Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


Bulletin  •  19S0-S1  Catalog  Issue 


Lebanon  Valley  College  in  Brief 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  co-ed, 
church  related,  liberal  arts  college, 
founded  in  1866,  located  in  the  town  of 
Annville,  PA,  near  Hershey. 
Enrollment  is  950  students  with  an 
equal  distribution  between  men  and 
women. 

The  student  faculty  ratio  is  10.5: 1. 
Degrees  offered  include  Bachelor  of 
Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Chemistry  and  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Medical  Technology. 
Majors  offered  include  accounting,  ac- 
tuarial science,  biochemistry,  biology, 
business  administration,  chemistry, 
computer  science,  economics,  elemen- 
tary education,  English,  foreign  lan- 
guages, French,  German,  history,  hu- 
manities, individualized  major, 
mathematics,  medical  technology, 
music,  music  education,  nuclear  medi- 
cine technology,  nursing,  operations  re- 
search, philosophy,  physics,  political 
science,  psychology,  religion,  scared 
music,  social  sciences,  social  service,  so- 
ciology, Spanish. 

Pre-professional  specializations 
include  dentistry,  engineering,  forestry, 
law,  medicine,  pharmacy,  podiatry,  min- 
istry, veterinary  medicine,  education 
(elementary  and  secondary),  and  social 
service  (criminal  justice,  gerontology, 
family  intervention,  thanatology  and 
social  work). 

Lebanon  Valley  College  reserves  the  right  to  change  any  provisions  or  requirements  at  any  time  within  the  student's  term  of 

residence. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  national  and  ethnic  origin,  sex,  age,  religion  or 

handicap. 

The  Bulletin  is  published  quarterly.  USPS  Number  308-480.  Second  Class  postage  paid  at  Annville,  PA  17003.  Office  of  Public 

Relations,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  PA  17003. 

Volume  14,  Number  3  Fall,  1980 


Facilities  include  an  80-acre  campus 
with  33  buildings  such  as  an  Adminis- 
tration Building;  a  Chapel;  a  College 
Center;  9  dormitories  of  various  size;  a 
Guest  House  and  Faculty  Lounge;  a 
Gymnasium;  a  Library;  a  Music  Center; 
the  President's  Home;  and  numerous 
small  buildings  housing  administrative 
and  faculty  offices. 

Athletic  competition,  both  intra- 
mural and  intercollegiate,  is  enjoyed  by 
a  large  percentage  of  Lebanon  Valley 
College  students.  Intercollegiate  sports 
include  baseball,  basketball,  cross- 
country, football,  golf,  lacrosse,  soccer, 
tennis,  track  and  wrestling  for  men;  bas- 
ketball, field  hockey  and  lacrosse  for 
women. 

Campus  organizations  cater  to  the 
interests  of  a  number  of  students.  Cate- 
gories of  student  organizations  include: 
departmental  clubs;  music  groups;  dra- 
matic troupes;  publications;  recognition 
groups;  religious  organizations,  service 
and  social  fraternities  and  sororities; 
special  interest  groups  and  student  gov- 
ernment. 
Communications:  THE  QUAD  (Stu- 
dent   newspaper);    THE    QUITTIE 
(Yearbook);  WLVC  (Radio  station). 
Departmental    Clubs:     Chemistry 


(American  Chemical  Society  Affili- 
ate); Education  (Childhood  Educa- 
tion Club);  Mathematics  (Industrial 
Mathematics  Society  Affiliate);  Mod- 
ern Languages  (Spanish  Club);  Music 
(Music  Educators  National  Confer- 
ence— Student  Chapter). 
Dramatics:  Alpha  Psi  Omega;  Wig 
and  Buckle. 

Music  Groups:  Chapel  Choir;  College 
Chorus;  Concert  Choir;  Guild  Student 
Group;  Symphonic  Band;  Symphony 
Orchestra;  Wind  Ensemble. 
Recognition  groups:  Phi  Alpha  Ep- 
silon;  Beta  Beta  Beta;  Pi  Gamma  Mu; 
Psi  Chi. 

Religious  organizations:  Delta  Tau 
Chi,  Fellowship  of  Christian  Athletes; 
PROJECT 

Service  groups:  Alpha  Phi  Omega 
(national);  Gamma  Sigma  Sigma  (na- 
tional). 

Social  groups:  Delta  Lambda  Sigma; 
Kappa  Lambda  Nu;  Kappa  Lambda 
Sigma;  Knights  of  the  Valley;  Phi 
Lambda  Sigma. 

Special  interest  groups:  Art  Club; 
Chess  Club;  Ice  Hockey  Club;  Inter- 
national Relations  Club;  Jazz  Band; 
Photography  Club;  Ski  Club. 
Student  government:  Student 
Council;  Student  Judicial  Board; 
Judicial  Appeals  Board. 


7F^ 


t 


i 


I 


i 


»\ 


'i. 


t 


History  of  the  College 

In  1866  the  East  Pennsylvania  Conference  of  the  Church  of  the  United 
Brethren  in  Christ  sought  to  establish  an  institution  of  higher  learning 
within  its  boundaries.  Site  selection  had  been  narrowed  to  two  towns 
— Annville  and  Lebanon.  The  town  making  the  best  financial  offer  would 
become  the  future  site  of  the  college.  Thus,  five  visionary  citizens  of  Ann- 
ville purchased  the  red  brick,  Annville  Academy  on  Main  Street  for  the  sum 
of  $4,500  and  presented  it  to  the  church  conference  "on  the  condition  that 
they  would  establish  and  maintain  forever  an  institution  of  learning  of  high 
grade."  That  institution  became  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  remains,  today, 
more  than  114  years  later,  true  to  its  founding  fathers'  dream,  "an  institution 
of  learning  of  high  grade." 

Over  the  years,  Lebanon  Valley  College  has  progressed  from  a  simple 
one  building  complex  on  a  few  acres  of  land  to  an  80-acre  campus  with  33 
buildings  ranging  in  age  from  1900  to  1975,  and  assets  totaling  more  than 
$20  million.  College  landmarks  bear  the  names  of  presidents,  benefactors, 
and  influential  faculty  and  staff— Bender,  Bollinger,  Blair,  Faust,  Pencil, 
Funkhouser,  Green,  Gossard,  Hammond,  Kreider,  Keister,  Lynch,  Miller, 
Mund  and  Vickroy— men  and  women  who  believed  in  the  dream  of  1866, 
and  who  committed  themselves  to  its  fulfillment. 

But  Lebanon  Valley  College  history  is  more  than  a  collection  of  build- 
ings and  artifacts.  Few  colleges  and  universities  are  fortunate  enough  to 
have  living  historians  on  campus.  At  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Dr.  Samuel  O. 
Grimm,  professor  emeritus  of  physics,  is  a  living  link  with  the  past.  "Soggy" 
(an  affectionate  nickname)  came  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  in  1909  as  a 
student  and  returned  to  teach  in  1912.  His  acquaintences,  then,  were  the 
very  people  who  knew  the  founding  fathers.  Professor  Grimm  still  visits  his 
laboratory  daily,  and  he  and  his  wife  Maude  take  their  daily  walk  down  Main 
Street  past  the  site  where  the  Annville  Academy  once  stood.  Despite  his  age 
of  91  years.  Dr.  Grimm  looks  forward  to  the  fulfillment  of  another  piece  of 
Lebanon  Valley  College  history: 

Today,  under  the  capable  leadership  of  its  thirteenth  president.  Dr. 
Frederick  P.  Sample,  Lebanon  Valley  College  embarks  upon  its  most  chal- 
lenging goal  fulfillment  in  its  entire  history— the  raising  of  $10  million  to 
substantially  increase  the  endowment  fund  of  the  college  and  to  construct  a 
$4.8  million  new  science  center  on  the  campus.  As  history  repeats  itself, 
Lebanon  Valley  College  will  realize  this  goal  and  others,  while  remaining 
"an  institution  of  learning  of  high  grade,"  committed  to  perpetuating  the 
dream  of  1866. 

Living  IVC History —Dr.  Samuel  O.  Grimm 


^' 


./* 


r      4 


?»ij4- 


Where  Is  Lebanon  Valley  College? 


At  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  can  have  the  best  of  both  worlds  as  far  as 

location  is  concerned.  Although  the  college  is  located  in  a  small  town  it  is  close 

to  urban  centers  such  as  Lebanon,  Hershey,  Lancaster,  Reading  and  Harrisburg. 

While  the  small  town  of  Annville  offers  peace  and  quiet  which  in  itself  is  an 

asset,  it  also  offers  the  services  of  gas  stations,  a  drugstore,  food  markets,  several 

banks,  churches,  a  hardware  store  and  restaurants.  On  the  other  hand,  the  urban 

centers  offer  numerous  social  and  cultural  opportunities  within  the  reach  of 

many  students. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  located  in  the  southcentral  "Pennsylvania  Dutch" 

country  of  rolling  farmlands,  within  an  hours  drive  of  the  cities  of  Lancaster, 

Reading  and  Harrisburg.  The  college  is  just  minutes  away  from  the  towns  of 

Lebanon  (famous  for  Lebanon  bologna)  and  Hershey  (famous  for  chocolate 

and  its  amusement  park). 


access     routes     including     the     Penn- 
sylvania Turnpike  (76)  and  Interstate  81 
with  nearby  connections  to  Interstates  80 
and  83. 


•Ma 


mmm 


■»*^»»-«*M»-4.. 


What  Is  Lebanon  Valley  College? 

Over  the  years,  Lebanon  Valley  College  has  gained  a  fine  reputation  as  a  co-educa- 
tional, church  related,  liberal  arts  institution. 

Since  our  founding  in  1866,  Lebanon  Valley  College  has  been  church  related,  and  is 
today  affiliated  with  the  United  Methodist  Church.  Throughout  our  more  than  110  years 
of  existence,  we  have  constantly  examined  our  reasons  for  being  in  the  business  of 
education.  Today,  as  much  as  ever,  we  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  have  chosen  to  maintain 
an  educational  institution  which  is  academically  strong,  guided  by  the  Christian  faith 
and  small  enough  to  give  personal  attention  to  all  students. 

Consequently,  there  are  only  950  full-time  students  on  our  campus,  and  when  you 
stack  that  up  against  our  75  full-time  and  30  part-time  teaching  faculty,  that  does  mean 
personal  attention.  In  many  cases  it  means  contact  on  a  first  name  basis.  But  personal 
attention  isn't  the  only  thing  we're  interested  in  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

We  are  dedicated  to  providing  you  with  a  quality  liberal  arts  education  tempered  with 
enough  practical  experience  to  help  you  enter  the  job  market  at  graduation  time.  If  you 
come  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  you'll  find  that  there's  plenty  of  hard  work  involved  in 
pursuing  a  college  career,  but  that  we  try  to  offer  a  variety  of  social,  cultural  and  personal 
experiences  to  make  your  four-year  college  experience  a  well-rounded  one. 


"Who  Is  Lebanon  Valley  College? 

At  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  will  meet  a  number  of  interesting  and  thought  provok- 
ing people,  whether  they  are  students,  members  of  the  administrative  staff  or  faculty 
members. 

Our  950  students  represent  15  states  and  5  foreign  countries.  There  is  an  equal 
distribution  between  men  and  women.  Approximately  66%  of  our  students  come  from 
Pennsylvania  and  19%  from  New  Jersey.  820  of  the  students  live  on  campus  while  130 
are  commuters. 

Our  professional  administrative  staff  which  numbers  34  keeps  the  college's  business 
affairs  running  smoothly  while  offering  such  student  services  as  career  planning  and 
placement,  publicity  and  health  care. 

Our  professors  represent  a  unique  cross  section  of  individuals.  Of  the  associate  and 

full  professors  85%  hold  an  earned  doctorate  degree.  Our  faculty  members  come  from 

6    What  Is  L.  V.C?  such  schools  as  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Columbia  University,  the  Juilliard  School 


of  Music,  Yale  University  and  Boston  University,  to  name  just  a  few.  Our  faculty  also 
represent  more  than  50  undergraduate  institutions,  while  representing  nearly  60  post- 
graduate institutions.  This  broad  base  of  faculty  education  helps  to  insure  that  the 
college  expresses  a  wide  range  of  thoughts  and  ideas  in  all  academic  disciplines. 

In  addition  to  having  some  of  the  nation's  finest  schools  as  background,  our  faculty 
are  intensely  interested  in  one  thing— teaching.  Because  of  our  extremely  low  student  to 
faculty  ratio  (10.5-1),  we  are  able  to  claim  an  average  class  size  of  18  students.  While 
some  lower  level  freshman  and  introductory  courses  are  of  the  larger  lecture  type,  nu- 
merous upper  level  courses  are  of  the  informal  seminar  type,  often  with  class  size  of  10 
or  fewer.  And  that  allows  for  maximum  teaching  effectiveness. 

Since  on  the  average  a  professor  spends  only  11  hours  a  week  in  the  classroom,  he  has 
sufficient  time  to  spend  in  class  preparation,  research  and  providing  out-of-classroom 
help  for  those  students  who  need  help  and  seek  it. 

Many  of  our  professors  work  on  field-related  projects  in  their  spare  time  and  add  yet 
another  dimension  to  their  classroom  teaching— first  hand  experience.  One  of  our  soci- 
ology professors  is  the  coordinator  of  a  Women's  Crisis  Intervention  Center  in  a  local 
community.  A  professor  in  the  English  department  has  written  two  books,  both  pub- 
lished in  the  prestigious  Twayne  United  States  Author  Series.  A  husband  and  wife  team 
in  biology  bring  additional  outside  research  findings  to  their  classes.  She  has  discovered 
two  previously  unknown  plants  in  the  Michoacan  mountain  province  in  Southern  Mex- 
ico. He  continues  original  research  in  the  field  of  carnivorous  plants.  And  the  list  of 
faculty  accomplishments  goes  on  and  on. 

Our  students  represent  a  diverse  cross  section  of  individuals.  Our  administrative  staff 
members  are  dedicated  to  improving  the  operation  of  the  college.  And  our  faculty  are 
primarily  interested  in  teaching.  At  Lebanon  Valley  College,  students,  staff  and  faculty 
work  together  to  create  an  atmosphere  that  fosters  enlivened  curiosity,  self-discipline, 
and  excitement  about  ideas.  All  are  characteristic  of  an  educated  individual. 


Campus  Life 


When  you  come  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  the  first  thing  that  you  may  notice  is  that 
it  is  a  very  friendly  place.  Not  only  will  many  of  your  professors  know  you  on  a  first  name 
basis,  you  will  also  develop  many  first  name  relationships  with  other  students. 

There  is  no  imposed  segregation  between  upper  and  underclassmen  at  the  college.  As 
a  freshman  you  may  live  on  the  same  floor  as  upperclassmen  and  you  may  notice  a 
number  of  upperclassmen  in  some  of  the  courses  that  you  select. 

When  you're  not  in  class  or  studying,  your  free  time  is  your  own.  Many  students  elect 
8   Campus  Life  to  become  involved  in  numerous  campus  organizations,  choosing  a  variety  of  extra- 


curricular  experiences.  Other  students  are  more  selective  and  choose  to  devote  consid- 
erable time  to  one  or  two  campus  organizations.  And  the  campus  organizations  that  you 
can  choose  from  are  very  diverse. 

For  students  in  the  academic  departments  of  biology,  chemistry,  elementary  education 
and  mathematics  there  are  departmental  clubs.  There  are  several  special  interest  groups 
including  a  chess  club,  an  international  relations  club,  a  photography  club,  and  a  ski 
club.  There  is  a  service  fraternity  and  sorority  on  campus  as  well  as  five  social  fraternities 
and  sororities. 

Another  area  of  intense  student  interest  is  in  dramatics  and  musical  productions. 
Each  year  the  Wig  and  Buckle  Society  presents  two  performances— a  dramatic  perfor- 
mance and  musical  production.  Alpha  Psi  Omega,  the  dramatics  fraternity,  has  presented 
a  series  of  one-act-plays  for  Parents  Weekend  for  the  past  several  years.  Sinfonia  and 
SAI,  the  men's  and  women's  music  fraternities,  also  present  a  musical  each  year.  All  of 
the  Lebanon  Valley  College  productions  take  place  in  the  College  Center  Little  Theater 
entirely  under  student  supervision.  If  you  have  a  flair  for  acting,  producing  or  like  to 
work  behind  the  scene  of  a  stage  production,  there  is  plenty  of  opportunity  to  do  so. 
Recent  productions  have  included  The  Glass  Menagerie,  Applause,  Little  Mary  Sun- 
shine and  The  Comedy  of  Errors. 

If  you're  into  music,  there  are  nine  musical  organizations  on  campus,  and  you  don't 
need  to  be  a  music  major  to  be  a  member.  These  organizations  include  the  unique  All 
Girl  Band,  the  Concert  Choir  and  Chamber  Orchestra  that  goes  on  tour  each  Spring,  and 
the  LVC  Jazz  Band.  Other  more  traditional  music  groups  include  the  Marching  Band, 
the  College  Chorus  and  the  Symphony  Orchestra. 

Another  important  part  of  your  student  life  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  could  include 
religious  activities.  The  college  employs  a  full-time  chaplain  who  coordinates  several 
interfaith  activities  and  who  is  available  for  counseling.  Each  week  a  chapel  convocation 
program  presents  outstanding  lecturers,  both  sacred  and  secular,  who  speak  on  a  variety 
of  thought  provoking  subjects.  Guest  artists  and  performers  are  also  part  of  the  chapel 
program  series.  Each  year  opening  semester  convocations  have  presented  such  well- 
known  speakers  3iS National  Review  publisher  William  Rusher,  political  activist,  Julian 
Bond,  former  CIA  director,  William  Colby,  and  China  expert,  Ross  Terrill.  A  Religious 
Emphasis  Day,  held  each  spring,  presents  such  speakers  as  Dr.  Martin  Luther  King,  Sr., 
Ruth  Carter  Stapleton,  and  Colonel  James  Irwin. 

In  addition  to  participating  in  on-campus  religious  activities,  students  are  welcomed 
by  community  congregations.  Our  students  represent  more  than  30  different  religious 
denominations.  Some  students  serve  in  such  capacities  as  organists,  choir  directors, 
guest  musicians,  Sunday  School  teachers  and  supply  ministers  in  local  churches. 

Athletics  could  also  be  an  important  part  of  your  life  on  the  Lebanon  Valley  campus. 
We  offer  a  wide  range  of  programs  in  intramural  and  intercollegiate  athletics.  Lebanon 
Valley  College  is  a  member  of  Division  III  of  the  Middle  Atlantic  Conference  in  athletic 
competition.  For  men  the  college  offers  intercollegiate  baseball,  basketball,  cross-coun- 
try, football,  golf,  lacrosse,  soccer,  tennis,  track  and  wrestling.  For  women  the  college 
offers  intercollegiate  basketball,  field  hockey  and  lacrosse.  Additional  sports  offered  in 
10   Campus  Life  intramural  athletics  include  weightlifting,  volleyball,  paddleball,  squash,  ping  pong, 


%. 


I  f  nk 


Softball,  swimming  and  billiards  for  men,  and  tennis,  volleyball,  paddleball,  ping  pong 
and  Softball  for  women. 

Other  student  activities  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  revolve  around  the  College  Center 
complex.  The  facility  includes  offices  for  the  campus  radio  station  (WLVC),  the  year- 
book, and  the  Spring  Arts  Festival.  The  center  also  includes  the  snack  shop,  a  game 
room,  the  college  bookstore,  a  music  listening  lounge,  the  dining  halls,  the  little  theater 
and  a  television  lounge. 

The  College  Center  has  a  spacious  entrance  lobby  used  for  monthly  art  exhibits 
featuring  the  works  of  artists  from  central  Pennsylvania.  You  may  also  appreciate  the 
annual  Spring  Arts  Festival  held  on  the  campus  the  last  weekend  of  April.  This  event, 
conceived  by  a  student  more  than  ten  years  ago,  has  blossomed  into  one  of  the  largest 
arts  festivals  of  its  kind  in  the  area.  Thousands  visit  the  campus  to  enjoy  outdoor  art 
exhibits  with  arts  and  crafts  for  sale,  a  juried  arts  and  crafts  exhibition,  numerous 
performing  groups,  as  well  as  theme  exhibits  and  performances  during  the  four-day 
affair.  The  festival  is  directed  by  students  and  community  volunteers. 

In  student  government,  Lebanon  Valley  college  has  three  organizations,  all  with 
student  representation.  The  Student  Council  serves  as  a  clearing  house  for  recommen- 
dations coming  from  students,  in  addition  to  coordinating  and  financing  student  activi- 
ties such  as  concerts,  symposiums  and  movie  series.  The  Student  Judicial  Board  is 
responsible  for  investigating  alleged  infractions  of  the  student  conduct  code,  for  hearing 
cases,  and  for  recommending  appropriate  discipline  in  the  cases  of  conduct  code  viola- 
tions. The  Judicial  Appeals  Board,  in  turn,  hears  appeals  from  students  on  decisions 
handed  down  by  the  Judicial  Board  or  the  Dean  of  Students. 

You  may  have  some  questions  about  dormitory  life.  All  of  our  dormitories  have  been 
built  since  1957.  There  are  three  large  dormitories  for  men  and  three  for  women.  There 
are  also  several  small  housing  units  available.  The  majority  of  our  rooms  are  double 
which  means  that  you  will  probably  have  a  roommate.  If  you  are  a  freshman  you  may 
specify  a  roommate  from  your  hometown  or  other  acquaintance.  If  you  don't  have  a 
specific  roommate  in  mind  we'll  try  to  match  you  with  someone  of  your  own  lifestyle. 
Each  year,  upperclassmen  are  allowed  to  sign  up  for  next  year's  room  and  roommate. 
Freshmen  are  not  segregated  from  upperclassmen  in  housing  arrangements. 

Each  of  the  new  dormitories  has  one  or  more  study  lounges,  a  television  lounge, 
student  mailboxes,  food  and  drink  concessions,  and  laundry  facilities.  None  of  the  dorms 
are  coeducational  but  there  is  an  intervisitation  policy  for  all  students. 

Recognizing  the  laws  of  Pennsylvania  and  our  founding's  background,  the  college 
prohibits  the  possession  and  use  of  both  alcohol  and  illegal  drugs  on  the  campus. 

The  primary  concern  of  the  college  regarding  social  life  is  to  provide  an  atmosphere 
which  stimulates  scholarship  and  personal  growth.  We  realize  that  recreation  is  an 
important  part  of  college  life,  but  after  all,  the  primary  reason  that  most  people  come  to 
college  is  to  receive  an  education.  We  attempt  to  provide  you  with  the  privacy  and  peace 
necessary  for  study,  and  to  encourage  you  to  take  responsibility  for  your  behavior  so  that 
12   CampusLife  your  fellow  student's  right  to  privacy,  peace  and  property  are  not  abused. 


1 

rrir 

iir 

ttL 

%im 

Academic  Life 


Since  you  are  interested  in  a  liberal  arts  college  you  probably  already  realize  that  you 
will  need  to  take  a  number  of  courses  of  a  general  nature  in  addition  to  those  courses 
that  relate  specifically  to  your  major.  These  general  requirements  take  up  about  one  third 
of  your  coursework  during  your  four  years  at  LVC  and  are  selected,  by  you,  from  a  number 
of  specified  courses.  These  general  requirements  fall  under  the  following  headings: 
Writing  Skills;  Religion  or  Philosophy;  Natural  Science;  Individual  and  Group  Behavior; 
Language;  Arts  and  Letters;  and  Physical  Education. 

In  addition  to  fulfilling  the  general  requirements,  you  will  also  need  to  complete  the 
required  number  of  hours  and  courses  for  your  major.  These  requirements  vary  from 
department  to  department,  but  you  will  supplement  your  major  with  courses  of  your  own 
choice  and  consistent  with  your  own  interests. 

The  flexibility  of  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  curriculum  is  especially  helpful  if  you 
enroll  without  a  particular  vocational  or  educational  goal  in  mind.  During  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  years  you  can  choose  from  courses  offered  by  any  department  of  the 
college  while  fulfilling  general  requirements.  The  two-year  period  is  usually  sufficient 
for  a  student  to  choose  a  major. 

If  one  of  our  33  majors  doesn't  suit  your  needs,  you  can  design  your  own  major  with 
the  help  of  two  advisers.  Some  students  major  in  two  fields. 

You'll  also  find  that  you  will  be  eligible  for  one  of  four  degrees  offered  by  Lebanon 
Valley  College.  They  include  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  degree,  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Chemistry  degree  (American  Chemical  Society  certified).  Your  major,  with 
the  exception  of  the  individualized  major,  will  determine  the  type  of  degree  that  you 
receive  at  graduation.  The  individualized  major's  degree  is  determined  by  the  specific 
areas  of  concentration. 

At  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  may  take  advantage  of  a  number  of  special  programs: 

Beginning  in  the  sophomore  year  you  may  elect  to  take  up  to  two  courses  per  semester 
on  a  pass/fail  basis,  with  a  total  of  six  courses  permitted  pass/fail  in  the  last  three  years. 

The  college  honors  program  provides  an  opportunity  for  superior  students  to  develop 
and  challenge  their  intellectual  abilities.  For  students  interested  in  doing  special  study 
on  their  own,  each  major  department  offers  the  independent  study  program. 

In  addition  to  attending  traditional  courses  on  the  college  campus,  you  may  also 
participate,  for  credit,  in  off-campus  educational  opportunities,  usually  during  the  junior 
and  senior  years.  These  opportunities  include  the  Germantown  Metropolitan  semester, 
the  Merrill-Palmer  Institute  semester,  the  Junior  Year  Abroad,  the.  Marine  Biology 
summer  study  program  and  the  Washington  semester  program.  You  may  also  participate 
in  internship  programs  which  provide  major-related  work  experience  with  various  com- 
munity businesses  and  service  organizations. 
14  Academic  Life  For  graduation  you  will  need  to  have  completed  a  minimum  of  120  total  hours  of 


•VtiV-:'^-'^'. 


i^% 


V*' 


7 


\.mmL 


»»«»-. 


NNKii* 


^^Ik. 


credit  (including  general  requirements,  requirements  for  the  major  and  elective  courses) 
plus  two  courses  in  physical  education. 

If  you  are  transferring  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  will  need  to  complete  a  minimum 
of  30  hours  of  work  on  the  Lebanon  Valley  campus  in  order  to  qualify  for  graduation. 
Each  transfer  student  s  credits  are  considered  on  an  individual  basis. 

Students  holding  an  associate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  two-year  college 
will  be  admitted  with  full  acceptance  of  course  work,  providing  the  work  is  compatible 
with  the  liberal  arts  curriculum  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Although  there  are  a  number  of  requirements  for  all  students,  the  thing  to  remember 
is  that  they  are  of  a  general  nature.  When  it  comes  to  making  a  choice  of  courses  within 
a  particular  area,  the  decision  is  yours.  The  requirements  within  your  major  are  also 
designed  to  give  you  a  basic  background  of  information  within  a  specific  field,  augmented 
by  elective  courses  of  interest  to  you  and  consistent  with  your  future  vocational  goals. 


M'e  Offer  You  Help 


Regarding  the  many  decisions  that  you  will  make,  don't  think  that  once  you  get  to 
college  we'll  abandon  you.  Lebanon  Valley  College's  dual  advising  system  is  designed  to 
give  a  new  student  a  good  start  in  college  life.  You  will  be  assigned  an  academic  adviser 
who  will  help  you  select  a  course  of  study  suited  to  your  specific  needs.  A  second  adviser, 
assigned  to  you  during  your  first  year  at  the  college,  will  try  to  help  you  with  any 
adjustment  problem  that  you  might  encounter— or  he  or  she  may  just  turn  out  to  be  a 
friend  that  you  like  to  visit  when  you  have  a  few  minutes. 

Even  after  you  have  started  classes,  our  concern  for  you  doesn't  stop.  If  you  need  help 
you  can  get  it.  Our  faculty,  who  are  primarily  teaching  oriented,  spend  considerable  time 
with  students.  This  is  one  of  the  advantages  of  our  low  student  to  faculty  ratio.  During 
class,  professors  spend  sufficient  time  in  answering  questions  as  well  as  presenting  new 
material.  After  class  you  don't  have  to  contend  with  graduate  students  for  a  professor's 
time,  nor  do  you  have  to  seek  a  teaching  assistant  for  help.  Our  professors'  schedules  are 
flexible  enough  that  if  you  need  extra  help  you  can  get  it. 

Some  departments  offer  tutorial  help,  and  the  college  recently  irhplemented  a  reading 
and  study  skills  program.  Students  may  enlist  the  services  of  a  Student  Writing  Center 
which  offers  individualized  instruction  in  writing  to  any  Lebanon  Valley  College  student. 
This  informal,  unpressured  and  personal  learning  environment  allows  tutor  and  student 
to  work  together  to  improve  a  student's  writing  skills. 

Throughout  your  four  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  you  will  be  asked  to  make  a 
number  of  decisions  regarding  your  education.  For  many  students  the  decisions  will  be 
clear  and  simple.  For  others,  decisions  are  best  made  with  an  adviser's  guidance.  We  are 
mainly  concerned,  however,  that  you  are  an  active  participant  in  choosing  and  creating  a 
program  of  study  that  suits  your  individual  needs. 

It  is  possible  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  We  Offer  You  Help    17 


Contents 

Academic  Calendar 19 

General  Information   20 

Admissions   25 

Costs  and  Financial  Aid 28 

Academic  Programs  and  Procedures    ....  37 

Courses  of  Study  49 

Directories    101 

Correspondence  Directory 108 

Campus  Map 109 

Index 110 

Application  Form    Ill 


Academic  Calendar  19S0-81 

Aug.  30  Saturday.  12:00  noon    Residence  halls  open  fornew  students 

Aug.  30-Sep.  1  Saturday  tlirough  Monday   Orientation  for  new  students 

1  Monday,  8:30  a.m Registration  by  new  students 

1  Monday.  1:00  p.m Registration  by  upperclassmen 

2  Tuesday.  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

2  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Opening  College  Convocation 

6  Saturday Board  of  Trustees  Retreat 

23  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Religion  and  Life  -  Balmer  Showers  Lecture 

Oct.  4  Saturday Homecoming  Day 

10  Friday,  5:00  p.m Long  Weekend  begins 

14  Tuesday,  8:00  a. rn Classes  resume 

20  Monday    Mid-Semester  grades  due 

25  Saturday Church  Day 

28  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Balmer  Showers  Lecture 

Nov.  8  Saturday Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

11-18  Tuesday  through  Tuesday    Pre-Registration  for  second  semester 

26  Wednesday,  1:00  p.m Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

Dec.  1  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

11  Thursday.  5:00  p.m First  semester  classes  end 

12-14  Friday  through  Sunday    Reading  period 

15-19  Monday  through  Friday   First  semester  examinations 

19  Friday,  5:00  p.m First  semester  ends 

Jan.  11  Sunday.  12:00  noon     Residence  halls  open 

12  Monday,  8:00  a.m Registration 

13  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  begin 

Feb.  10  Tuesday,  11:00  a.m Religion  and  Life-Balmer  Showers  Lecture 

16-19  Monday  through  Thursday    Religious  Emphasis  Week 

24  Tuesday,  1 1:00  a.m Founders'  Day 

?7_  Friday.  5:00  p.m Spring  Vacation  begins 

Mar.  4-13  Wednesday  through  Friday    Concert  Choir  tour 

9  Monday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

24  Tuesday   Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Day 

24-31  Tuesday  through  Tuesday    Pre-Registration  by  current  students  for  first 

semester,  1981-1982,  and  1981  summer  session 

29  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Wind  Ensemble 

Apr.  5  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  Symphonic  Band 

11  Saturday Orientation  1  for  incoming  students 

12  Sunday,  3:00  p.m Spring  Music  Festival,  College  Chorus 

and  Symphony  Orchestra 

16  Thursday,  5:00  p.m Easter  vacation  begins 

21  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m Classes  resume 

24-26  Friday  through  Sunday    Eleventh  Annual  Spring  Arts  Festival 

28  Tuesday,  1 1:00  a.m Awards  and  Recognition  Convocation 

May  1  Friday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  classes  end 

2-4  Saturday  through  Monday   Reading  Period 

2  Saturday Alumni  Day 

5-9  Tuesday  through  Saturday Second  semester  e.xaminations 

9  Saturday,  5:00  p.m Second  semester  ends 

15  Friday Board  of  Trustees  meeting 

16  Saturday Orientation  II  for  incoming  students 

17  Sunday,  9:00  a.m Baccalaureate  Service 

17  Sunday,  11:00  a.m 112th  Annual  Commencement 

1980  summer  session:  June  15  -  August  7 


1980 
First 
Semester 


1981 

Second 

Semester 


Calendar     19 


General  Information 


statement  of 
Purpose 


20    State,  of  Purpose 


Lebanon  Valley  College  affirms  its  Christian  origins  by  maintaining  affiliation 
with  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  by  recognizing  the  Christian  faith  as  the 
perspective  for  its  policies.  Both  the  Christian  spirit,  which  encourages  the  unham- 
pered search  for  truth,  and  the  academic  program,  which  gives  form  to  the  search 
for  truth,  combine  to  generate  free  and  responsible  inquiry  by  students  and  faculty. 

In  accordance  with  the  purposes  of  its  founders,  Lebanon  Valley  College  seeks 
to  provide  an  atmosphere  in  which  the  student  can  respond  creatively  to  the  con- 
temporary world.  Each  person  is  encouraged  ( 1 )  to  develop  a  genuine  concern  for 
cooperative  living  and  community  service;  (2)  to  attain  a  heightened  sense  of  moral 
and  spiritual  values  through  a  deepened  awareness  of  how  people  have  thought  of 
themselves  in  relation  to  nature,  to  society,  and  to  God;  (3)  to  appreciate  the  close 
and  unmistakable  relationship  among  rational  thought,  creative  imagination,  and 
moral  commitment;  and  (4)  to  deal  candidly  and  intelligently  with  the  past,  the 
present,  and  the  future  and  their  inter  relationship. 

The  programs  of  the  College  are  designed  to  provide  a  demanding  as  well  as  a 
rewarding  encounter  with  the  means  necessary  to  achieve  the  discovery  of  self  and 
society:  consideration  of  humanity's  most  significant  ideas  and  accomplishments; 
development  of  logical  thought  and  clear  communication;  practice  in  precise  anal- 
ysis and  effective  performance.  The  academic,  social,  religious,  and  aesthetic  ex- 
periences blend  to  create  the  atmosphere  of  the  College  in  a  way  that  fosters 
enlivened  curiosity,  discipline  of  self,  and  excitement  about  ideas  that  are  the 
hallmark  of  the  educated  individual. 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  with  approximately  one  thousand  students  and  a  low 
student-faculty  ratio,  in  giving  life  to  the  concept  of  liberal  arts  as  expressed  in  the 
preceding  paragraphs  has  chosen  to  maintain  an  educational  instituion  which  is 
academically  strong,  guided  by  the  Christian  faith,  and  small  enough  to  give  per- 
sonal attention  to  all  students. 

Adopted  February  1 ,  1975 
Lebanon  Valley  College  Board  of  Trustees 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved  list  of  the  Regents  of  the  State  Univer- 
sity of  New  York  and  the  American  Association  of  University  Women. 

Scholarship  Service;  Eastern  College  Athletic  Confer- 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  accredited  by  the  following 
bodies:  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Secondary  Schools:  Department  of  Education  of  Penn- 
sylvania; National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music; 
American  Chemical  Society 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the  following 
bodies:  College  Entrance  Examination  Board;  Central 
Pennsylvania    Field    Hockey    Association;    College 


ence;  Middle  Atlantic  States  Collegiate  Athletic  Con- 
ference; National  Association  of  Independent  Col- 
leges and  Universities;  National  Collegiate  Athletic 
Association;  Penn-Mar  Athletic  Conference;  Pennsyl- 
vania Association  of  Colleges  and  Universities;  Penn- 
sylvania Foundation  for  Independent  Colleges. 


Accredita- 
tion 


Lebanon  Valley  College  is  affiliated  with  the  United  Methodist  Church.  Control  of 
the  college  is  vested  in  a  Board  of  Trustees  composed  of  49  elected  members,  24  of 
whom  represent  church  conferences;  5  of  whom  represent  the  alumni  of  the  institution;  5 
of  whom  represent  the  faculty;  and  15  of  whom,  including  three  students,  are  elected  at 
large. 


Afniiation 

and 

Governance 


Lebanon  Valley  College  maintains  a  full  program  of  intramural  and  intercollegiate 
athletic  activities.  Intramural  leagues  and  tournaments  are  conducted  in  the  various 
sports  for  men  and  women. 

The  college  participates  in  ten  intercollegiate  sports  for  men  (baseball,  basketball, 
cross-country,  football,  golf,  lacrosse,  soccer,  track,  wrestling  and  tennis)  and  three  for 
women  (basketball,  hockey  and  lacrosse). 

Lebanon  Valley  College  supports  its  intercollegiate  athletics  program  because  it 
offers  its  students  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  activities  that  afford  an  outlet  for 
competitive  spirit  and  vitality,  while  further  providing  each  student  with  an  opportunity 
to  develop,  understand  and  appreciate  the  values  of  teamwork,  pride,  morale,  dedication, 
physical  fitness  and  school  spirit. 


Athletics 

and 

Recreation 


Athletia&Rec.     21 


Cultural 
Opportuni- 
ties 


Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  cultural  programs  in  the  form  of  the  Great  Artists 
Series,  concerts  by  students,  faculty  members,  and  musical  organizations  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Music,  lectures  sponsored  by  the  various  departments  of  the  college  and  the 
Spring  Arts  Festival.  In  addition,  the  neighboring  communities  of  Harrisburg,  Hershey 
and  Lebanon  offer  concerts,  lectures,  and  other  cultural  activities  throughout  the  year. 


Religious 
Life 


Lebanon  Valley  College  was  founded  as  a  Christian  college  and  continues  to  be 
dedicated  to  its  faith.  All  students  are  invited  and  urged  to  participate  in  some  phase  of 
religious  activity. 

A  series  of  twenty-four  programs  is  held  each  semester  from  which  each  student 
selects  a  minimum  of  twelve  to  fulfill  attendance  requirements.  These  programs  include 
chapel  services  and  convocation  programs  that  are  held  on  Tuesday  mornings,  as  well  as 
cultural  events  selected  by  the  Chapel-Convocation  Committee.  This  committee,  with 
equal  representation  from  administration,  faculty,  and  students,  will  announce  the  total 
chapel-convocation  program  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 

Throughout  the  year  several  organizations  (PROJECT,  Delta  Tau  Chi  and  Fellow- 
ship of  Christian  Athletes)  contribute  to  the  overall  religious  atmosphere  at  the  college 
by  sponsoring  retreats,  lectures,  seasonal  communion  services  and  daily  devotions. 

Each  year  the  college  also  sponsors  several  religious  lectureships  including  the 
Balmer  Showers  Lectureship,  Religion  and  Life  lectures  and  Religious  Emphasis  Week. 

Students  are  also  encouraged  to  participate  in  local  congregations  of  their  own 
faith,  or  at  the  College  Church,  Annville  United  Methodist  Church. 


Social  Life 


22    Cult.  Opport. 


The  primary  concern  of  the  college  in  regard  to  the  social  life  of  its  students  is  to 
provide  an  atmosphere  which  stimulates  scholarship  and  personal  growth.  It  attempts  to 
provide  the  privacy  and  peace  necessary  for  study,  and  to  encourage  the  individual  to 
take  as  much  responsibility  as  possible  for  his/her  own  behavior,  so  that  the  rights  of 
others  to  privacy,  peace  and  property  are  not  infringed. 

As  guidelines  for  the  behavior  deemed  conducive  to  scholarship  and  developing 
sensitivity  to  the  restraints  of  community  living,  the  college  recognizes  the  position 
taken  by  the  United  Methodist  Church,  to  which  it  is  affiliated,  and  by  the  Common- 
wealth of  Pennsylvania.  The  Discipline  of  that  church  firmly  opposes  the  misuse  of  drugs 
and  affirms  its  long-standing  recommendation  of  abstention  from  alcoholic  beverages 
because  of  the  spiritual,  physical,  and  social  harm  such  practices  may  produce.  The 
college  endorses  this  position  and  strongly  discourages  the  use  of  drugs  and  alcoholic 
beverages  by  its  students.  The  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  prohibit  the 
possession  and  use  of  all  illegal  drugs  and  the  possession  and  use  of  alcoholic  beverages 
by  minors  (presently  defined  as  those  prior  to  their  twenty-first  birthday).  The  college 
fully  supports  the  laws  of  the  state,  and  acknowledges  the  rights  of  enforcement  of  these 
laws  by  civil  authority. 


Most  of  the  success  of  any  community  in  establishing  a  harmonious  and  productive 
atmosphere  rests  on  the  voluntary  cooperation  of  its  members.  In  the  event, however,  of 
failure  of  individuals  to  respect  the  rights  and  privileges  of  others  and  of  the  institution, 
the  offenders  against  the  community  will  be  subject  to  penalties  designated  by  the 
appropriate  student  government  agencies  and/or  administrative  office. 


The  complete  Student  Conduct  Code  appears  in  the L-Book.  Several  provisions  of 
that  code  that  require  emphasis  are  given  here  in  order  to  prevent  misunderstanding  on 
the  part  of  all  prospective  students.  A  violation  of  the  Student  Conduct  Code  occurs 
when  a  student: 


1.  Limits  or  restricts  ttie  freedom  of  any  member 
of  the  campus  community  to  move  about  in  a  lawful 
manner. 

2.  Creates  or  participates  in  a  disturbance  that 
infringes  upon  the  individual's  right  to  privacy. 

3.  Enters  or  uses  facilities  or  property  of  the  col- 
lege or  another  person  without  authorization  from  the 
appropriate  college  official  or  person. 

4.  Misuses,  removes,  damages  tire  or  safety 
equipment. 

5.  Uses  or  possesses  firearms,  explosives  (includ- 
ing firecrackers)  or  other  dangerous  articles 
or  substances  potentially  injurious  to  persons  or 
property. 

6.  Possesses  and/or  consumes  alcoholic  bever- 


ages   on   any   property   owned    by    Lebanon    \'alley 
College. 

7.  Possesses,  distributes,  sells,  or  is  under  the 
influence  of  narcotics,  hallucinogenics.  dangerous 
drugs,  or  controlled  substances  except  as  permitted 
by  law. 

8.  Intentionally  obstructs  the  administrative  or 
academic  operation  and  functions  of  the  college. 

9.  \'isits  in  an  individual's  dormitory  room  at 
times  and  under  conditions  that  are  prohibited  by  in- 
stitutional policy^St'L'  L-Buok) 

10.  Keeps  pets  in  college  buildings  or  on  college 
grounds  unless  prior  approval  by  the  dean  of  students 
has  been  given. 


Student 

Condtict 

Code 


Within  the  program  and  operation  of  Lebanon  Valley  College,  there  is  a  wide 
commitment  to  the  principle  of  shared  governance.  In  this  commitment,  various  areas  of 
student  life  come  under  the  jurisdiction  of  student  government  in  varying  degrees  as  that 
part  of  the  total  campus  governance  system  has  been  developed  over  a  period  of  time. 

The  representative  organizations  described  below  are  privileged  to  conduct  the 
affairs  of  the  student  body  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  under  their  separate  responsibili- 
ties in  such  manner  as  to  guide  and  promote  the  affairs  of  the  students  and  as  to  refrain 
from  acting  contrary  to  local,  state,  and  federal  laws  and  to  the  Student  Conduct  Code  as 
defined  in  theL-Book. 


Student  Council 

The  Student  Council  seeks  to  foster  understand- 
ing and  cooperation  among  the  students,  faculty,  and 
administration  of  Lebanon  Valley  College.  It  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  Student  Council  to  serve  as  the 
central  clearing  house  for  all  recommendations  and 
grievances  emanating  from  the  student  body  and  to 
make  recommendations  for  altering  or  establishing 
policy  to  the  appropriate  administrative  office  or  fac- 
ulty committees.  The  Student  Council  also  coordi- 
nates student  activities  and  provides  for  the  financing 
of  those  activities.  It  is  composed  of  eighteen 
members. 


Student  Judicial  Board 

The  Student  Judicial  Board  is  responsible  for  the 
investigating  and/or  adjudicating  alleged  infractions 
of  the  Student  Conduct  Code.  It  is  composed  of  eight 
elected  students,  eight  selected  students,  and  non- 
student  members  appointed  by  the  president  of  the 
college. 

Judicial  Appeals  Board 

The  Judicial  Appeals  Board  hears  appeals  from 
students  on  decisions  rendered  by  the  Student  Judicial 
Board  and/or  sanctions  imposed  by  the  dean  of  stu- 
dents. It  is  composed  of  four  students,  three  faculty 
members,  and  three  administrators. 


Student 
Government 


student  Gov.     23 


'\(?^~ 


t- 


f4 


V  > 


:^: 


;4^ 


••.V  f' 


.Ah 


k? 


S#»\'-- 


1^^. 


if»     4,' 


VI.:'^r^t'.J 


rN--3^-''«*<^ 


"<•  V 


^i-ii"-?;^ 


^^^^^m:^ 


Admissions 


All  candidates  for  admission  are  expected  to  complete  16  units  of  entrance  credit 
and  graduate  from  an  accredited  secondary  school.  Of  the  nongraduate,  we  require 
submission  of  the  equivalency  certificate  (G.E.D.)  acquired  through  examination.  Ten  of 
the  16  required  units  should  be  distributed  as  follows:  English  (4);  foreign  language  (2); 
mathematics  (2);  science  (1);  social  studies  (1). 


High  School 
Preparation 


Because  evaluation  of  individual  interests,  merit  and  need  is  a  vital  part  of  our 
admissions  procedure,  all  candidates  for  admission  are  required  to  visit  the  campus  for  a 
personal  interview  and  campus  tour. 

The  admissions  office  is  open  Monday  through  Friday,  8:30  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  and  on 
Saturday  mornings,  9:00  a.m.  to  12  noon  during  the  academic  year.  Summer  hours  are 
Monday  through  Friday,  8:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 


The 

Personal 

Interview 


(3) 


(41 


Early  in  your  senior  year  of  high  school,  submit  a 
completed  application  form  (See  pp.  1 1 1-112,  and 
use  prepaid  envelope  at  back  of  catalog)  and  the 
$15.00  fee. 

Ask  your  high  school  guidance  counselor  to  sub- 
mit your  high  school  record. 
If  you  have  completed  post-graduate  work  at  an- 
other college  or  university,  ask  the  registrar  to 
send  us  official  transcripts  of  that  work. 
Have  the  results  of  your  Scholastic  Aptitude  Tests 
(or  American  College  Tests)  sent  to  us.  The  Col- 


lege Board  of  Achievement  Tests  are  not  required. 
However,  the  achievement  tests  in  foreign  lan- 
guage are  recommended  for  students  wishing  ad- 
vanced placement.  See  your  high  school  guidance 
counselor  for  information  on  dates  and  testing  lo- 
cations. 
(5)  If  you  plan  to  apply  to  the  music,  sacred  music  or 
music  education  programs,  you  arc  required  to  au- 
dition on  campus.  Audition  forms  are  available 
from  the  admissions  office. 


Application 
Procedure 


An  Early  Decision  applicant  will  be  expected  to  complete  an  application  stating 
his/her  intention  to  seek  consideration  as  an  Early  Decision  candidate.  The  application 
must  be  accompanied  by  a  $15.00  non-refundable  application  fee  no  later  i\\a.nNovember 
15.  An  Early  Decision  applicant  will  be  notified  of  the  Admissions  Committee  decision 
hy December  1.  A  student  accepted  as  an  Early  Decision  Candidate  must  confirm  his/her 
acceptance  by  submitting  a  $100  non-refundable  deposit  no  later  i\\d.x\  January  1.  An 
applicant  not  accepted  under  the  Early  Decision  Program  will  be  considered  for  admis- 
sion under  the  regular  admission  program. 


Early 
Decision 
Admissions 
Policy 


Regular 

Admissions 

Policy 


Advanced 
Placement 


A  student  wishing  to  be  considered  under  the  regular  admissions  program  should 
file  an  application  after  September  1  of  his/her  senior  year.  The  application  must  be 
accompanied  by  a  $15  non-refundable  application  fee.  Applicants  will  be  notified  of 
Admissions  Committee  decisions  d^liiix  December  75  on  a  continuous  basis.  A  student 
accepted  under  the  regular  admissions  program  must  confirm  his/her  acceptance  by 
submitting  the  $100  non-refundable  deposit  no  later  thani'Vfay  1. 

Please  Direct  All  Admissions-Related  Inquiries  To: 

Mr.  Gregory  G.  Stanson 
Dean  of  Admissions 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  PA  17003 


Advanced  placement  in  appropriate  courses  and  credit  will  be  granted  to  entering 
students  who  make  scores  of  4  or  5  on  College  Board  Advanced  Placement  examinations. 
For  scores  of  3,  final  determination  is  made  by  the  appropriate  department. 

Advanced  Placement  without  credit  may  be  granted  on  the  basis  of  the  Achieve- 
ment Tests  of  the  College  Board  examinations  or  such  other  proficiency  tests  as  may  be 
determined  by  the  registrar  and  by  the  chairman  of  the  department. 


College 
Level 
Examina- 
tion 
Program 
(CLEP) 


Credit  is  granted  for  acceptable  achievement  on  such  Subject  Examinations  of  the 
College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP)  as  are  approved  by  appropriate  depart- 
ments and  the  Curriculum  Committee.  Students  shall  have  achieved  a  scaled  score  of  50 
or  better  on  the  objective  section  and  earned  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  as  determined  by  the 
appropriate  department,  on  the  essay  section  of  the  examination. 

Six  (6)  semester  hours  credit  each  is  granted  for  achievement  of  a  composite  score 
in  the  50th  percentile  or  above  in  General  Examinations  in  English  Composition,  Hu- 
manities, Mathematics,  Natural  Sciences  and  History.  Three  (3)  hours  credit  will  be 
applied  to  the  appropriate  General  Requirement  areas.  For  the  English  Composition 
Examination,  the  student  is  given  credit  for  English  111.  For  the  Mathematics  Exami- 


nation,  the  student  is  given  credit  for  Mathematics  100.  Request  for  credit  must  be 
submitted  to  the  director  of  auxiliary  schools  for  Weekend  College  students,  and  to  the 
registrar  for  other  students  prior  to  the  student's  completion  of  30  semester  hours  credit. 
Examinations  may  be  taken  prior  to  admissions  or  after  a  student  has  matriculated 
at  the  College.  Credit  is  given  only  to  students  who  ha\'e  matriculated  at  the  College. 
Applicants  for  admission  interested  in  receiving  credit  should  consult  with  the  Office  of 
Admissions;  current  students  should  consult  with  the  registrar.  Applicants  interested  in 
the  CLEP  Program  should  write  to  the  Program  Director,  College  Level  Examination 
Program,  PO.  Box  1821,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540,  for  a  CLEP  Bulletin  of  Information  for 
Candidates,  which  provides  information  on  examinations  and  the  dates  and  locations  of 
test  administrations. 


A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing  after  having  attended  another  accredited 
instituion  shall  send  an  official  transcript  to  the  dean  of  admissions.  If  requested,  he 
must  provide  copies  of  the  appropriate  catalogs  for  the  years  of  attendance  at  the  other 
institution  or  institutions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided  that  the  grades  received  are  C-(1.7)  or 
better  and  the  work  is  equivalent  or  similar  to  work  offered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 
Grades  thus  transferred  count  for  hours  only,  not  for  quality  points. 

A  candidate  for  admission  holding  an  associate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited 
college  can  be  admitted  with  full  acceptance  of  course  work  at  the  previous  institution. 
Course  work  in  the  ynajor  field,  however,  for  which  the  applicant  has  received  a  D  will 
not  be  counted  toward  fulfilling  the  major  requirement. 

Because  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution,  consideration  of  full 
acceptance  of  the  associate  degree  will  be  granted  with  the  understanding  that  the 
candidate  has  followed  a  basic  course  of  study  compatible  with  the  curriculum  and 
academic  programs  of  the  college  and  has  been  enrolled  in  a  transfer  program. 

In  most  instances  the  applicant  may  be  expected  to  complete  the  baccalaureate 
degree  within  two  years.  However,  when  the  requirements  of  a  particular  major  field  or 
the  nature  of  the  previous  study  demand  additional  work  beyond  two  years,  the  applicant 
will  normally  be  notified  at  the  time  of  admission. 


Transfer 
Credit 


Two  spring  orientation  days,  one  in  April  and  another  in  May,  are  held  annually  for 
incoming  students.  At  this  time  the  activities  include  a  general  orientation  to  the 
college,  counseling  with  academic  advisers  and  pre-registration  for  courses.  Special 
sessions  for  parents  are  a  vital  part  of  the  program. 

An  orientation  period  of  several  days  at  the  beginning  of  the  college  year  is  provided 
to  help  new  students,  both  freshmen  and  transfers,  to  become  familiar  with  their  aca- 
demic surroundings.  This  time  is  devoted  to  lectures,  social  activities,  and  informal 
meetings  with  upperclassmen  and  faculty  members. 


Orientation 

for  ]\ew 
Students 


Orientation     27 


Costs  and  Financial  Aid 


Financial 
Support 


Lebanon  Valley  College  receives  support  authorized  by  the  General  Conference  of 
the  United  Methodist  Church,  individual  congregations  of  the  denomination  in  the 
Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference  and  the  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference,  endow- 
ments, and  the  Pennsylvania  Foundation  for  Independent  Colleges.  Also,  since  at  Leba- 
non Valley  College  as  at  most  other  institutions  of  higher  learning  the  tuition  and  other 
annual  charges  paid  by  the  student  do  not  cover  the  total  cost  of  his  education,  additional 
income  is  derived  through  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  Fund.  The  Fund  is  supported  by 
industry,  alumni,  the  Board  of  Trustees,  parents  of  students,  and  other  friends  of  the 
college. 

Total  assets  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  are  approximately  $20,000,000  including 
endowment  funds  of  about  $3,600,000.  Aside  from  general  endowment  income  available 
for  unrestricted  purposes,  there  are  a  number  of  special  funds  designated  for  specific  uses 
such  as  professorships,  scholarships,  and  the  library. 


Endowment 
Funds 


28    Fin.  Support 


Restricted 

For  educational  and  general  purposes 

Professorship  Funds 

Chair  of  English  Bible  and  Greek  Testament  •  Joseph 
Bittinger  Eberly  Professorship  of  Latin  Language  & 
Literature  •  John  Evans  Lehman  Chair  of  Mathematics 
•  Rev.  J.  B.  Weidler  Endowment  Fund  •  The  Ford  Foun- 
dation •  Butterwick  Chair  of  Philosophy  •  Karl  Milton 
Karnegie  Fund  •  The  Batdorf  Fund  •  E.  \.  Funkhouser 
Fund  •  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  H.  Horn  Fund  •  Mary  I.  Shum- 
berger  Fund  •  Wbodrow  \\.  VValtermyer  Professorship 
Fund 

Lectureship  Funds 

Bishop  J.  Balmer  Showers  Lectureship  Fund  •  Staley 
Distinguished  Christian  Scholar  Lectureship  Fund 

Library  Funds 

Library  Fund  of  Class  of  1916  •  Class  of  1956  Library 
Endowment  Fund  •  Dr.  Lewis  J.  and  Leah  Miller  Leiby 
Library  Fund  •  Robert  B.  Wingate  Library  Fund 

Maintenance  Funds 

Hiram  E.  Steinmetz  Memorial  Room  Fund  •  Williams 
Foundation  Endowment  Fund 

Equipment  Funds 

Dr.  Warren  H.  Fake  and  Mabel  A.  Fake  Science  Memo- 
rial Fund 

Publicity  Funds 

Harnish-Houser  Publicitv  Funds 


Restricted— Other 

L'nger  Academic  Assistance  Fund  •  C.  B.  Montgomery 
Memorial  Room  Fund  •  A.I.M.  Fund 

Non-Educational  Purposes 

Scholarship  Funds 

Ministerial    Scholarship    Trusts- 
Church 
1. 


■United    Methodist 


Western  Conference 

2.  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference 

3.  Eastern  Pennsylvania  Conference 

4.  General  Conference 

5.  Baltimore  Conference 

Alumni  Scholarship  Fund  •  Dorothy  Jean  Bachman 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Lillian  Merle  Bachman  Scholarship 
Fund  •  E.  M.  Baum  Scholarship  Fund  •  Arthur  S.  and 
Emma  E.  E5eckley  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  •  An- 
drew and  Ruth  E.  Bender  Scholarship  Fund  •  Cloyd  and 
Mary  Bender  Scholarship  Fund  •  Biological  Scholar- 
ship Fund  •  Eliza  Bittinger  Scholarship  Fund  •  Mary  A. 
Bixler  Scholarship  Fund  •  i.  T.  Buffington  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Alice  Evers  Burtner  Memorial  Award  Fund  • 
Oliver  P.  Butterwick  School  Fund  •  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D. 
Clark  Carmean  Scholarship  Fund  •  Isaiah  H.  Daugherty 
and  Benjamin  P.  Raab  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  • 
Senator  James  J.  Davis  Scholarship  Fund  •  Derickson 
Scholarship  Fund  •  William  E.  Duff  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Samuel  F.  and  Agnes  F.  Engle  Scholarship  Fund  •  M. 
C.  Favinger  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund  •  Fred  E.  Foos 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Thomas  G.  Fox  Memorial  Scholar- 
ship Fund  •  James  K.  Fry  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

•  C.  C.  Gingrich  Scholarship  Fund  •  Gossard,  Plitt  and 


Monteith  Scholarship  Fund  •  Margaret  Verda  Graybill 
Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  •  Peter  Graybill  Scholar- 
ship Fund  •  Jacob  F.  Greasley  Scholarship  Fund  •  Hilda 
Hafer  Scholarship  Fund  •  Alice  M.  Heagy  Scholarship 
Fund  •  J.  M.  Heagy  and  Wife  Scholarship  Fund  •  Bertha 
Foos  Heinz  Scholarship  Fund  •  Harvey  E.  Herr  Memo- 
rial Scholarship  Fund  •  Edwin  M.  Hershey  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Merle  M.  Hoover  Scholarship  Fund  •  Katherine 
S.  Howard  Scholarship  Fund  •  Judge  S.  C.  Huber  Schol- 
arship Fund  •  Cora  Appleton  Huber  Scholarship  Fund 

•  H.  S.  Immel  Scholarship  Fund  •  Henry  G.  and  Anna  S. 
Kauffman  and  Family  Scholarship  Fund  •  John  A.  H. 
Keith  Fund  •  Barbara  June  Kettering  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Dorothea  Killinger  Scholarship  Fund  •  Rev.  and  Mrs. 
J.  E.  and  Rev.  A.  H.  Kleffman  Scholarship  Fund  •  A.  S. 
Kreider  Ministerial  Scholarship  Fund  •  D.  Albert  and 
Anna  Forney  Kreider  Scholarship  Fund  •  W.  E.  Kreider 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Maud  P.  Laughlin  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Lebanon  Steel  Foundry  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 

•  David  E.  and  Abram  M.  Long  Memorial  Ministerial 
Scholarship  Fund  •  The  Lorenz  Benevolent  Fund  •  Mrs. 
Edwin  M.  Loux  Scholarship  Fund  •  F.  C.  McKay  Medi- 
cal Scholarship  Fund  •  Elizabeth  Meyer  Endowment 
Fund  •  Elizabeth  May  Meyer  Musical  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Elizabeth  H.  Millard  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  • 
Margaret  S.  Millard  Scholarship  Fund  •  Harry  E.  Miller 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Bishop  J.  S.  Mills  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Germaine  Benedictus  Monteux  Memorial  Scholar- 
ship Fund  •  Deborah  A.  Moore  Memorial  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Elizabeth  A.  Mower  Beneficiary  Fund  •  Laura 
Muth  Scholarship  Fund  •  Gene  P.  Neidig  Memorial 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Philadelphia  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege Alumni  Scholarship  Fund  •  Rev.  H.  C.  Phillips 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Pickwell  Memorial  Music  Award  • 
Quincy  Evangelical  United  Brethren  Orphanage  and 
Home  Scholarship  Fund  •  Ezra  G.  Ranck  and  Wife 
Scholarship  Fund  •  J.  Allan  Ranck  Memorial  Scholar- 


ship Fund  •  Levi  S.  Reist  Scholarship  Fund  •  Dr.  G.  A. 
Richie  Scholarship  Fund  •  Emmett  C.  Roop  Scholar- 
ship Fund  •  Reynaldo  Rovers  Memorial  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Mary  Sachs  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund  • 
Harvey  L.  Seltzer  Scholarship  Fund  •  Paul  Shannon 
Scholarship  Fund  •  Special  Fund  •  Mary  Ann  Ocker 
Spital  Scholarship  Fund  •  Rev.  and  Mrs.  Cawley  H. 
Stine  Scholarship  Fund  •  Dr.  Alfred  D.  Strickler  and 
Louise  Kreider  Strickler  Pre-Medical  Scholarship  Fund 

•  Robert  L.  Unger  Scholarship  Fund  •  Henry  J.  Wilder 
Scholarship  Fund  •  J.  C.  Winter  Scholarship  Fund  • 

Student  Loan  Funds 

Mary  A.  Dodge  Loan  Fund  •  Daniel  Eberly  Scholarship 
Fund  •  Glant-Gibson-Glunt  Educational  Loan  Fund  • 
Esther  and  Frank  Ligan  Fund  •  International  Student 
Loan  Fund  • 

Prize  Funds 

Bradford  C.  Alban  Memorial  Award  Fund  •  Class  of 
l964QuittiL'  Award  Fund  •  The  L.  G.  Bailey  Award  Fund 

•  Henry  H.  Baish  Award  •  Andrew  Bender  Memorial 
Chemistry  Fund  •  Governor  James  H.  Duff  Award  •  Flor- 
ence Wolf  Knauss  Memorial  Music  Award  •La\'ic  Col- 
legienne  Award  Fund  •  Max  F.  Lehman  Fund  •  People's 
National  Bank  Achievement  Award  in  Economics  •  The 
Rosenberry  Award  •  Francis  H.  Wilson  Biology  Award 

Annuity  Funds 

Ruth  E.  Bender  •  Ruth  Detwiler  Rettew  •  Paul  F  Fulk 
and  Margaret  M.  Fulk  •  Rev.  A.  H.  Kleffman  and  Erma 
L.  Kleffman  •  E.  Roy  Line  Annuity  •  Mary  Lutz  Mairs  • 
Esta  Wareheim 

Unitrust  Agreements 

Richard  L.  and  Ruth  W.  Davis  Fund  •  Parke  H.  and  Cecil 
B.  Lutz  Fund  •  Dr.  Elizabeth  K.  Weisburger  Trust  Fund 


■"*!i 


Endow.  Funds     29 


student 
Finances 


Student  charges  are  based  upon  the  principal  of  prepayment  (i.e.,  to  keep  student 
charges  at  a  minimum  and  yet  at  a  level  consistent  with  maintaining  adequate  facilities 
and  high  quality  instruction,  payment  is  a  prerequisite  for  registration).  The  student 
does  not  pay  the  full  cost  of  his  education,  for  a  portion  of  the  cost  of  his  education  is 
derived  from  endowment  earnings,  gifts,  and  grants. 


Fees- 1980-81 


1980—81  Fee  Structure  for  Full-Time 

Private   Music   Instruction   ('-_■   hr. 

per 

$110.00 

Students 

week,  beyond  1st  half  hr.) 

Comprehensive  Fee 

Per.  Yr. 

Science  Laboratory  Fees  (Part  Time 

Day 

$25.00 

Fee  includes  the  following: 

$4,205 

Student/Anv  Auxiliary  School 

Stu- 

Tuition                                  $4,080 

dent) 

Fees                                            125   . 

Registration  Fees  (Day  School) 
Change  of  Registration 

Total  Charges  for  Commuting  Student 

$4,205 

$10.00 

Room  (other  than  single  occupancy) 

780 

Late  Pre-Registration 

$10.00 

Single  in  a  single  occupancy  125%  of 

Late  Registration 

$10.00 

abo\'e  room  rate 

Part  Time  Student  Registration 

$10.00 

Single  in  a  double  occupancy 

Application  Fee 

$15.00 

150"o  of  above  room  rate 

Dining  Hall 

1,190 

Auxiliary  Schools  (Evening.  Summer. 

Total  Charges  for  a  Resident  Student 

$6,175 

Weekend) 

Private  music  Instruction  ('j  hour  per 

Tuition  (per  sem.  hr.  cr.) 

$80.00 

wk.) 

Beyond  the  First  Half  Hour  (per  se- 

Registration Fee 

$10.00 

$110 

(Degree  Students  Taking  Week 

end 

mester) 

College  Courses  Do  Not  Pay) 

Transcript  in  Excess  of  One 

$2 

Change  of  Registration 

$10.00 

Each   student,   former  student,   or 

Late  Registration 

$10.00 

graduate  is  entitled  to  one  transcript 

Application  Fee 

$15.00 

of  his  college  record  without  charge. 

Late  Payment  Fees  (Day  School) 

$35.00 

For  each  copy  after  the  first,  a  fee  of 

If  not  paid  by  stipulated  deadlines  of 

two  dollars  is  charged. 

August  10  and  January  2 

Student  Charges  for  1980  -  1981 

If  not  paid  by  registration  and  allowed 

Part  Time  (less  than  12  hrs.  per  sem.) 

$110.00 

to  register— additional  $15  above 

the 

Student  Charge  (per  sem.  cr.  hr.) 

first  $35  stated  above 

Fees  and 
Deposits 


30    Student  Fin. 


A  non-refundable  application  fee  is  charged  each  applicant  and  upon  acceptance  a 
non-refundable  admission  deposit  of  $100  is  required  of  all  new  (including  transfer) 
students.  The  admission  deposit  upon  registration  is  applied  to  the  student  s  account. 

Failure  to  register  in  any  prescribed  pre-registration  or  registration  period,  late 
registration,  change  in  registration— each  involves  a  $10  charge  to  the  student. 

The  semester  credit  hour  charge  for  part-time  students  (less  than  12  credit  hours 
per  semester)  is  $110.00  and  the  registration  fee  for  a  part-time  student  is  $10.00. 

A  health's  service  fee  is  collected  in  the  first  semester  of  the  student's  enrollment 
and  a  pro-rata  charge  applies  to  the  student  who  first  enrolls  in  the  second  semester. 

The  contingency  deposit  in  the  amount  of  $50.00  must  be  made  before  registration 
and  is  required  of  all  full-time  students  and  will  be  refunded  upon  graduation  or  with- 
drawal from  college  provided  no  damage  has  been  caused  by  the  student.  All  student 
breakage  that  occurs  in  college-operated  facilities  will  be  charged  against  this  deposit 
and  the  amount  must  be  repaid  to  the  college  within  30  days  of  notice  to  the  student. 


Semester  charges  are  due  and  payable  in  full  on  August  10  (first  semester)  and 
January  2  (second  semester)  as  a  condition  for  registration.  Those  preferring  to  pay 
semester  charges  in  monthly  installments  are  invited  to  consult  with  the  office  of  the 
Controller  regarding  deferred  payment  plans  offered  by  various  financial  institutions. 
Arrangements  for  deferred  payment  plans  shall  be  completed  early  enough  to  assure 
payment  of  bills  no  later  than  the  date  that  semester  charges  are  due  and  payable  (Aug. 
10  and  Jan.  2). 

A  satisfactory  settlement  of  all  college  accounts  is  required  before  grades  are 
released,  transcripts  are  sent,  honorable  dismissal  granted,  or  degree  conferred. 


Payment  of 
Fees  and 
Deposits 


Refunds,  as  indicated  below,  are  allowed  only  to  students  who  officially  withdraw 
from  the  college  by  completing  the  clearance  procedure: 

Period  after  registration    °b  refunded  of  tuition 

Within  2  weeks    75% 

Within  3rd  week    50% 

Within  4th  week    25% 

After  4  weeks  0% 

The  above  refund  schedule  also  applies  to  part-time  students,  and  to  full-time 
students  who  withdraw  from  a  course  or  courses  so  as  to  reduce  the  remaining  course 
load  to  less  than  12  semester  credit  hours. 

A  prorated  refund  on  board  charges  is  allowed  for  the  period  beginning  after  hon- 
orable official  withdrawal.  No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  charges. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  deposit  except  when  withdrawal  results  from  suspen- 
sion or  dismissal  by  college  action  or  when  withdrawal  results  from  entrance  into  active 
military  service. 

Refunds  for  students  who  withdraw  due  to  health  reasons  during  the  first  half  of 
either  semester  will  be  determined  by  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 


Refunds 


Residence  hall  rooms  are  reserved  only  for  those  continuing  students  who  make  an 
advance  room  reservation  deposit  of  $50.00  (Receipt  must  be  presented  at  the  time  of 
room  sign-up  which  occurs  during  April.) 

Occupants  must  pay  for  any  breakage  or  loss  of  furniture  or  any  other  damage  for 
which  they  are  responsible.  Damage  not  assignable  to  an  individual  occupant  may  be 
prorated  to  accounts  of  occupants  within  the  responsible  area  (wing,  hall,  floor,  dorm, 
etc.). 

Each  room  in  the  men's  residence  halls  is  furnished  with  chests  of  drawers,  book 
case,  beds,  mattresses,  chairs,  and  study  tables.  Drapes  are  provided  in  Funkhouser, 
Hammond,  and  Keister  Halls.  Students  must  provide  bedding,  rugs,  lamps,  and  all  other 
furnishings. 


Residence 
HaUs 


Residence  Halls     31 


«  lU 


mn 


Each  room  in  the  women's  residence  halls  is  furnished  with  beds,  mattresses,  chairs, 
dressers,  book  case,  and  study  tables.  Drapes  are  provided  in  Mary  Green  and  Vickroy 
Halls.  Other  desired  furnishings  must  be  supplied  by  the  student. 

Students  rooming  in  residence  halls  may  not  sublet  their  rooms  to  commuting 
students  or  to  others. 

Since  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  primarily  a  boarding  institution,  all  students  are 
required  to  live  in  college-owned  or  controlled  residence  halls.  Exceptions  to  the  above 
are:  married  students,  students  living  with  immediate  relatives,  or  those  living  in  their 
own  homes  who  commute  daily  to  the  campus. 

Should  vacancies  occur  in  any  of  the  residence  halls,  the  college  reserves  the  right 
to  require  students  rooming  in  the  community  to  move  into  a  residence  hall. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  close  all  residence  halls  during  vacations  and 
between  semesters. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  inspect  any  student's  room  at  any  time.  Periodic 
inspection  of  residence  halls  will  be  made  by  members  of  the  administration. 

The  college  is  not  responsible  for  loss  of  personal  possessions  by  the  students.  It  is 
recommended  that  each  student  consider  the  need  to  provide  private  insurance  coverage. 


32    Meals 


f^i^OtS  ^'^  resident  students  are  required  to  take  their  meals  in  the  college  dining  rooms. 

Commuting  students  may  arrange  for  meals  Monday  through  Friday,  on  a  semester  basis, 
if  space  is  available. 


Lebanon  Valley  College  makes  every  effort  to  financially  assist  those  students  who, 
without  such  assistance,  would  be  unable  to  attend.  It  is  impossible  for  many  students  to 
meet  the  high  costs  of  the  quality  education  which  Lebanon  Valley  provides,  and  this  is 
supported  by  the  fact  that  nearly  70"o  of  current  LVC  students  are  receiving  some  type  of 
aid. 

Lebanon  Valley  s  financial  aid  program  is  based  on  the  premise  that  it  is  the  respon- 
sibility of  the  student  and  his  or  her  parents  to  meet  educational  expenses  to  the  extent 
that  they  are  able.  When  it  is  determined  that  a  student  demonstrates  financial;?ft?t/  (the 
difference  between  overall  educational  costs  and  the  amount  of  money  the  family  can 
reasonably  make  available  for  educational  purposes),  aid  resources  are  then  allocated  in 
an  effort  to  meet  that  need.  Lebanon  Valley  subscribes  to  the  nationally  accepted  need 
analysis  guidelines  known  as  uniform  methodology. 

In  order  to  assist  the  greatest  number  of  needy  students,  limited  financial  aid 
resources  are  allocated  equitably  in  packages  consisting  of  gift  aid  (grants,  scholarships) 
and  "self-help  (loans,  work).  No  student  should  be  expected  to  carry  an  unusual  burden 
of  self-help  under  normal  circumstances,  nor  should  any  student  expect  his  need  to  be 
met  entirely  with  grant  funds. 


Financial 
Aid 


Financial  Aid     33 


T^pesof 

Financial 

Assistance 


Financial  aid  resources  available  to  students  attending  Lebanon  Valley  College  are 
of  three  basic  types— grants  and  scholarships,  loans,  and  employment.  Sources  of  aid 
include  federal  and  state  governments,  various  private  agencies,  and  Lebanon  Valley 
College. 


Grants  and  scholarships  are  outright  gift  aid  to  stu- 
dents, and  do  not  have  to  he  repaid.  With  the  e.xcep- 
tion  of  L\'C  Presidential  Scholarships,  which  are 
merit  awards,  all  grants  are  need-based.  These  grants 
include:  Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grants 
(BEOG).  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants  (SEOG).  Pennsylvania  (PHE.A.-X)  and  other 
State  Grants,  L\'C  Grants-in-.Aid.  and  external  grants 
and  scholarships. 

Loans  to  students  are  available  in  the  form  of  Na- 
tional Direct  Student  Loans  (XDSL),  and  Guaran- 
teed Student  Loans  (GSL).  The  NDSL  is  a  need- 
based  loan,  whereas  the  GSL  may  be  obtained  bv  any 


student  who  is  enrolled  at  least  halftime,  regardless 
of  need.  These  loans  must  be  repaid  at  low  interest 
rates  upon  the  student's  departure  from  the  institu- 
tion. 

Campus  Employment  opportunities  are  available  to 
students  in  such  areas  as  the  dining  hall,  library,  or 
academic  departments.  Needy  students  are  assigned 
part-time  jobs  under  the  federally-subsidized  Col- 
lege Work-Study  program;  other  students  may  ob- 
tain jobs  under  the  institutionally-funded  work-aid 
program  if:  1.)  their  services  are  requested  by  a  par- 
ticular department,  or  2.)  there  are  jobs  available 
after  needy  students  have  been  assigned. 


More  detailed  information  regarding  specific  aid  programs  is  contained  in  the  Financial 
Aid  brochure  published  each  fall  by  the  LVC  Financial  Aid  Office. 


Application 
Procedures 


1.)  .All  students  applying  for  financial  aid  at  Lebanon 
\'alley  College  must  file  the  complete  Financial 
.Aid  Form  (F.AF  plus  the  Supplement)  with  the- 
College  Scholarship  Service  in  Princeton,  New 
Jersey.  Filing  this  form  will  allow  students  to  be 
considered  for  L\'C  Grants,  NDSL,  SEOG,  and  Col- 
lege Work-Study.  The  FAF  may  also  be  used  to 
apply  for  BEOG  and  some  state  grants  (i.e.  New 
Jersey).  Forms  are  available  in  high  school  guid- 
ance offices  and  college  financial  aid  offices,  and 
should  be  filed  prior  to  March  1.  FAFs  must  be 
received  in  the  LVC  Financial  Aid  Office  by  June  1 
in  order  for  students  to  be  considered  for  fall  se- 
mester LVC  Grants. 


2.)  Pennsylvania  residents  must  file  the  combined 
PHEAA/BEOG  Application  in  order  to  be  consid- 
ered for  state  grant  aid.  This  application  is  mailed 
in  late  fall  to  all  high  school  seniors  who  have 
taken  the  SATs,  and  must  be  filed  by  May  1. 

3.)  Students  applying  for  Guaranteed  Student  Loans 
(bank  loans)  should  do  so  prior  to  July  1.  This  loan 
requires  a  separate  application,  which  must  be  ob- 
tained from  the  bank  or  lending  agency,  and  takes 
about  six  weeks  to  process. 

4.)  Application  for  financial  aid  must  be  made  annu- 
ally. Returning  students  should  file  the  FAF  prior 
to  .April  1. 


Award 

Notification 

to  Students 


34    Types  of  Fin.  Afsis. 


Students  are  notified  of  the  amount  and  provisions  of  all  financial  aid  awarded  upon 
the  college's  receipt  and  evaluation  of  all  necessary  forms.  Where  awards  from  external 
agencies  are  expected  but  not  yet  made  official,  estimated  awards  will  be  stated.  Stu- 
dents are  responsible  for  notifying  the  college  of  acceptance  or  rejection  of  the  aid 
offered,  and  are  responsible  for  signing  and  returning  all  necessary  forms. 

Awards  to  new  students  are  made  within  two  weeks  of  receipt  of  all  necessary 
information,  and  the  college  subscribes  to  the  standard  financial  aid  acceptance  date  of 
May  L  Returning  student  award  notices  are  sent  to  students  within  four  weeks  of  the 
end  of  the  spring  semester,  with  an  expected  response  period  of  thirty  days. 


The  financial  aid  officer  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  responsible  for  the  allocation 
of  LVC  Grants  as  well  as  federal  campus-based  student  assistance  (NDSL,  SEOG,  Work- 
Study).  These  resources  are  used  to  meet  remaining  need  after  BEOG,  state  grants,  and 
external  awards  (not  made  by  LVC)  are  considered.  Lebanon  Valley  attempts  to  achieve 
a  comparable  grant  vs.  self-help  ratio  in  the  total  aid  package  of  all  incoming  students, 
however,  the  wide  variance  in  external  aid  awards  (i.e.  state  aid)  often  makes  this 
impossible.  Limited  institutional  resources  also  require  that  students'  academic  talents 
and  special  abilities  be  considered  in  the  awarding  of  LVC  Grants. 

Each  student's  financial  need  is  computed  yearly,  and  LVC  attempts  to  maintain 
approximately  the  same  proportion  of  grant  aid  in  the  student's  package,  unless  the 
applicant's  need  changes  drastically 


Packaging 

Financial 

Aid 


A  student's  receipt  of  financial  assistance 
responsibilities.  These  are  stated  below. 


requires  that  he/she  assume  certain 


1.)  students  must  be  enrolled  full-time  in  order  to  be 
considered  for  LVC  Grants.  SEOG,  NDSL,  Work- 
Study,  or  state  grants. 

2.)  Students  must  be  enrolled  at  least  half-time  (six 
credits)  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  BEOG  or  obtain 
Guaranteed  Student  Loans. 

3.)  Students  receiving  financial  aid  awards  in  excess 
of  $100  from  external  sources  must  report  these 
awards  to  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  The  College 
reserves  the  right  to  adjust  the  student's  aid  pack- 
age accordingly. 

4.)  All  transfer  students  must  submit  a  Financial  Aid 
Transcript  of  aid  resources  from  their  previous  in- 
stitution(s)  before  LVC  aid  can  be  finalized. 

5.)  Students  must  maintain  satisfactory  academic  and 
social  standing  requirements  to  retain  their  finan- 
cial aid.  For  retention  of  LVC  Grants,  satisfactory 
academic  requirements  are  defined  as:  1.)  students 
must  be  enrolled  fulltime,  and  2.)  must  either  not 
be  on  academic  probation,  or,  if  on  probation  have 
a  cumulative  grade-point  average  higher  than  the 
corresponding  semester  GPA  levels  which  serve  as 
criteria  for  academic  probation.  A  student's  status 


is  evaluated  each  semester.  Presidential  Scholar- 
ship recipients  must  maintain  a  2.5  cumulative 
GPA  to  insure  retention  of  that  award. 
."Xcademic  progress  terms  for  PHEA.A  Grants  re- 
quire that  students  successfully  complete  24  credit 
hours  during  the  most  recent  two-semester  period 
in  which  they  received  state  grant  aid.  .Academic 
progress  for  all  other  programs  is  defined  by  the 
student's  eligibility  for  continued  enrollment  in  a 
degree  program  at  LVC. 

In  order  to  demonstrate  satisfactory  social  stand- 
ing for  purposes  of  retaining  LVC  Grants  and 
Scholarships,  students  must  not  be  placed  on  dis- 
ciplinary probation  by  the  dean  of  students.  Stu- 
dents will  be  denied  L\'C  grant  assistance  for  each 
semester  (including  portions  of  semesters)  during 
which  the  student  is  in  probationary  status.  The 
denial  of  aid  will  take  place  in  the  semester(s)  im- 
mediately following  ttie  semester  in  which  disci- 
plinary action  is  taken.  Satisfactory  social  stand- 
ing for  all  other  programs  is  defined  by  the  student's 
eligibility  for  continued  enrollment  in  a  degree 
program  at  LVC. 


Policies  and 
Student 
Responsi- 
bilities 


For  additional  information  regarding  financial  aid  contact: 

Financial  Aid  Office 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  PA.  17003 
(717)867-4411  Ext.  207 


Policies     35 


SVt^ 


J^^ 


^i        ' 


■Ik-'- 


Academic  Programs/Procedures 


Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  four  bachelor  degrees  upon  students  who  are  rec- 
ommended by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees.  They  are:  Bachelor  of 
Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Medical  Technology. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  conferred  upon  students  who  complete  requirements 
in  the  following  areas:  English,  foreign  languages,  French,  German,  history,  humanities, 
music,  philosophy,  political  science,  psychology,  religion,  sacred  music,  social  science, 
sociology  and  Spanish. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  conferred  upon  students  who  complete  require- 
ments in  the  following  areas:  accounting,  actuarial  science,  biochemistry,  biology,  busi- 
ness administration,  chemistry,  computer  science,  cooperative  engineering,  cooperative 
forestry,  economics,  elementary  education,  mathematics,  music  education,  nuclear  med- 
icine technology,  nursing,  operations  research,  physics  and  social  service. 

As  appropriate,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred 
upon  the  student  who  completes  an  individualized  major  program. 

The  professional  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry  and  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Medical  Technology  are  conferred  upon  students  who  complete  the  respective 
requirements. 


Degrees 


Requirements  for  degrees  are  stated  in  semester  hours  of  credit.  Generally,  one 
semester  hour  of  credit  is  given  for  each  class  hour  a  week  throughout  the  semester.  In 
courses  requiring  laboratory  work,  not  less  than  two  hours  of  laboratory  work  a  week 
throughout  a  semester  are  required  for  a  semester  hour  of  credit.  A  semester  is  a  term  of 
approximately  15  weeks. 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  obtain  a  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  credit  in 
academic  work  in  addition  to  the  required  two  semester  hours  credit  in  physical  educa- 
tion. However,  a  student  who  has  a  physical  disability  may  be  excused  (on  recommen- 
dation from  the  college  physician)  from  the  physical  education  requirement. 


Semester 
Hours 


Each  student  is  assigned  a  faculty  adviser  who  serves  in  the  capacity  of  friendly 
counselor.  The  chairman  or  another  adviser  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  has 
elected  to  major  becomes  the  adviser  for  that  student.  The  adviser's  approval  is  necessary 
before  a  student  may  register  for  or  withdraw  from  any  course,  select  or  change  his 
pass/fail  elections,  change  course  hours  credit,  or  change  from  credit  to  audit  or  vice 
versa. 


Faculty 
Advisers 


Faculty  Addsers     37 


Major 


As  part  of  the  120  semester  hours  credit  required  in  academic  work,  every  degree 
candidate  must  present  at  least  24  semester  hours  credit  in  a  major.  The  initial  selection 
of  a  major  may  be  indicated  or  recorded  any  time  before  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year. 
Such  a  choice  of  major  must  be  made  by  the  time  of  registration  for  the  junior  year. 

A  student  shall  be  accepted  as  a  major  in  a  department  so  long  as  he  has  not 
demonstrated  (by  achieving  less  than  the  minimum  grade-point  average  in  the  desired 
major)  that  he  is  incapable  of  doing  satisfactory  work  in  the  department.  A  student 
accepted  as  a  major  has  the  right  to  remain  in  that  department,  except  by  special  action 
of  the  dean  of  the  faculty,  as  long  as  the  student  is  in  college. 

Substitution  or  waving  of  specific  courses  required  for  the  major  may  be  approved 
by  the  departmental  chairman  or  advisers  upon  student  request. 

A  student  desiring  to  major  in  two  subject  areas  should  consult  his  current  adviser 
and  the  chairman  of  the  department  of  his  proposed  second  major  concerning  the 
requirements  and  procedure. 


Residence 
Require- 
ment 


Degrees  will  be  conferred  only  upon  those  candidates  earning  in  residence  a  mini- 
mum of  30  semester  hours  out  of  the  last  36  taken  before  the  date  of  the  conferring  of 
the  degree,  or  before  the  transfer  to  a  cooperating  program.  Residence  credit  is  given  for 
course  work  completed  in  regular  day  classes  and  in  Weekend  College,  evening  and 
summer  session  courses  taken  on  campus. 


Transfer 
Students 


Students  transferring  from  two-year  institutions  (except  those  in  the  medical  tech- 
nology and  nursing  programs)  are  required  to  have  at  least  60  hours  of  work  at  a  four-year 
institution  for  graduation.  All  students  must  take  a  minimum  of  30  hours  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College. 

Students  transferring  from  other  institutions  must  secure  a  grade-point  average  of 
1.75  or  better  in  work  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  College,  and  must  meet  the  2.0  grade- 
point  average  in  their  major  field. 


Grade-Point 
Averages 


38    Major 


Candidates  for  degrees  must  obtain  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  1.75,  com- 
puted in  accordance  with  the  grading  system  indicated  below.  In  addition,  candidates 
must  earn  a  major  grade-point  average  of  2.0. 

Only  grades  received  in  courses  taken  on  campus,  in  courses  staffed  by  Lebanon 
Valley  College  at  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg,  or  in  courses  in  the  LVC-Central 
College  International  Studies  Program  are  used  to  determine  grade-point  averages. 


student  work  is  graded .4,  B,  C,  D  oxF,  with  the  plus  and  minus  available  to  faculty 
members  who  wish  to  use  them.  These  grades  have  the  following  meanings: 
A  —distinguished  performance 
5— superior  work 

C— general  satisfactory  achievement 

Z)— course  requirements  and  standards  satisfied  at  a  minimum  level 
F— course  requirements  and  standards  not  satisfied  at  a  minimum  level 

A  student  may  not  take  any  course  which  has  as  a  prerequisite  a  course  that  he  has 
failed. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades,  the  symbols  /,  W,  WP,  and  WF  are  used  on  grade 
reports  and  in  college  records.  /  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  (that  the  student 
has  postponed  with  the  prior  consent  of  the  instructor  and  for  substantial  reason,  certain 
required  work),  but  otherwise  satisfactory.  This  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first 
six  weeks  of  the  beginning  of  the  next  semester,  or  the  /  will  be  converted  to  an  F. 
Appeals  for  extension  of  time  beyond  six  weeks  must  be  presented  in  writing  to  the 
registrar  not  later  than  one  week  after  the  beginning  of  the  next  semester. 

W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  through  the  eighth  week  of  semester  classes. 
In  case  of  a  withdrawal  from  a  course  thereafter  through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes, 
the  symbol  WP  will  be  entered  if  the  student's  work  is  satisfactory,  and  WF  if  unsatisfac- 
tory. The  grade  of  WF  is  counted  as  an  F  in  calculating  the  grade-point  averages. 

For  physical  education  courses  and  courses  in  which  no  academic  credit  is  involved, 
student  work  is  evaluated  as  eitherS  (satisfactory)  oxU  (unsatisfactory). 

For  each  semester  hour  credit  in  a  course  in  which  a  student  is  graded  A,  he  receives 
4quality  points:/!  -  3.7;/?+,  3.3;  5,  3.0;  5-  2.7;  and  so  on.  F  carries  no  credit  and  no 
quality  points. 


Grading 
System  and 
Quality 
Points 


Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  as  part  of  its  responsibility  to  its  students  the 
need  for  providing  sound  educational,  vocational,  and  personal  counseling.  Measures  of 
interest,  ability,  aptitude,  and  personality,  in  addition  to  other  counseling  techniques,  are 
utilized  in  an  effort  to  help  each  student  come  to  a  fuller  realization  of  his  capabilities 
and  personality. 

Placement  services  are  provided  by  the  college  for  aiding  students  in  procuring 
part-time  employment  while  in  college  and  in  obtaining  positions  upon  graduation.  A 
current  file  is  maintained  which  contains  information  about  positions  in  various  com- 
panies and  institutions,  teaching,  civil  service  opportunities  and  examinations,  entrance 
to  professional  schools,  assistantships,  and  fellowships.  Representatives  of  business, 
industry,  and  educational  institutions  visit  the  campus  annually  to  interview  seniors  for 
prospective  employment.  A  file  of  credentials  and  activities  of  those  students  availing 
themselves  of  the  services  is  available  to  prospective  employers.  Graduates  may  keep 
their  individual  files  active  by  reporting  additional  information  to  the  director  of  place- 
ment. 

Records  of  students'  credentials  in  all  areas  of  student  activities  are  on  file. 


Counseling 

and 

Placement 


Counseling     39 


Baccalaure- 
ate and 
Cofninence- 
ment 
Attendance 


All  seniors  are  required  to  attend  the  May  baccalaureate  and  commencement  pro- 
grams at  which  their  degrees  are  to  be  conferred,  except  for  the  most  compelling  reasons 
and  only  upon  a  written  request  approved  by  the  registrar  and  submitted  to  him  at  least 
two  weeks  prior  to  commencement.  Faculty  approval  is  required  for  conferring  of  the 
degree  and  issuance  of  the  diploma  in  any  case  of  willful  failure  to  comply  with  these 
regulations. 

Students  graduating  in  January  (mid-winter)  or  August  (summer)  are  invited,  along 
with  their  families,  to  attend  an  informal  but  meaningful  ceremony  marking  the  comple- 
tion of  their  collegiate  experience.  Participation  in  these  exercises  is  not  required. 
Students  graduating  in  January  or  August  are  also  entitled  to  participate  in  the  May 
Commencement  and  Baccalaureate  if  they  desire. 


Pass/Fail       degree  students  prior  to  first  semester,  1979- 1980 

After  attaining  sophomore  standing  (28  semester  hours  credit),  a  student  may  elect 
to  take  up  to  two  courses  for  the  semester  and  one-semester  course  per  summer  session 
on  a  P/F  basis,  but  only  six  of  these  courses  can  be  counted  toward  graduation  require- 
ments. 

Any  courses  not  being  counted  toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  general  requirements 
or  the  major  requirements  may  be  optional  on  a  pass/fail  basis.  Any  prerequisite  course 
taken  P/F  and  successfully  completed  will  satisfy  the  prerequisite. 

Each  department  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  faculty,  designate  certain 
courses,  including  those  required  for  the  major,  in  which  the  grading  will  be  P/F  for  all 
students.  Courses  so  designated  shall  not  count  toward  the  total  number  of  courses 
available  P/F  to  the  student. 

A  course  taken  P/F  will  be  graded  P/H  (B^and  higher),  P  (D-  through  B),  and  F 
(below  D-). 

A  course  passed  P/F  shall  be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements,  but  only  an 
F  grade  shall  be  included  in  computing  the  grade-point  average. 

The  student,  with  approval  of  his  adviser,  will  indicate  at  registration  or  through 
the  eighth  week  of  semester  classes  the  courses  that  he  has  elected  to  take  P/F.  He  may, 
with  approval  of  his  adviser,  remove  a  course  from  P/F  during  the  same  period. 

Instructors  may  be  informed  of  P/F  options  selected  by  students  only  after  semes- 
ter grades  have  been  reported.  Instructors  will  submit  for  each  student  an  A  through  F 
grade  which  will  be  converted  to  P/H,  P,  or  F. 


40    Bacc.  &  Cimim.  Att. 


PERSONS  BEGINNING  STUDY  AS  DEGREE  STUDENTS  IN  THE  FIRST 
SEMESTER,  1979-1980,  AND  THEREAFTER 

Pass/fail  requirements  are  the  same  as  listed  above  with  the  following  exceptions: 
(1.)  courses  which  are  prerequisites  or  corequisites  for  major  courses  may  not  be  taken 
P/F.  (2.)  Election  of  the  P/F  option  shall  be  completed  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  the 
semester;  a  student  may  remove  a  course  from  P/F  during  the  first  eight  weeks  of  the 
semester. 


AREA  Semester 

Hours 

1.  Writing  Skills     6 

2.  Religion  and/or  Philosophy 

(2  one-semester  courses! 6 

3.  Natural  Science 

(2  to  4t  one-semester  courses  in  biology,  chemis- 
try, computer  science,  mathematics,  physics,  and 
psychology.  One  course  must  be  a  laboratory  course 
(listed  in  italics)    6-9* 


REQUIRED  OR  ELIGIBLE  COURSES 

En  111,  112 

Re  110.  111.  112.  120,222; 
Ph  110.228,231 
B\101/102.  111/112.  302.  309: 
Ch  101,  102,703.  104.  111.  112, 
113.  114.  115H;Ma  100,  102, 
111,161,  170:Phv;00,  110, 
103.  104.  111.  112:  PsvlllO], 
120.  235.236.237.238.  444 
Ch  111  &  11.5Hmayno/  both 
be  counted.  Ch  111  &  112  were 
4-hr  credit  courses,  including 
laboratory,  prior  to  1980-81. 


The  General 
Require- 
ments 


4.  Individual  and  Group  Behavior 

(3  or  4t  one-semester  courses  in  economics,  psy- 
chology, religion,  and  sociology— from  at  least  2 
different  disciplines)    9-10* 


Foreign  Language 

—  either  a,  b,  c,  d,  or  e  3-9* 

a.  2  elementary  foreign  language  courses  in  one 
language  (6  sem.  hrs.) 

b.  2  intermediate  foreign  language  courses  in  one 
language  (6  sem.  hrs.) 

c.  1   intermediate  foreign  language  and   1  com- 
puter language  course  (6  sem.  hrs.) 

d.  1  advanced  foreign  language  course  (3  sem. 
hrs.) 

e.  2-4t  additional  General  Requirements  exclu- 
sive of  Phys.  Ed  (6-9  sem.  hrs.) 

Arts  and  Letters 

(2  one-semester  courses  in  art.  literature,  music, 
and  philosophy)    6 


7.  Physical  Education 
(2  one-semester  courses) 


Ec  110/120;  Geo  112;  all  historv  courses  except  Hi 
400,412.500;  MS  260;  PS  111/112,211,212.311, 
312,314,411,413;  Psv  100,321,337,343,346;  Re 
140;  So  110,  122(352),  21 1,232,  242,  251(121),  272, 
282(132),  322(321);  appropriate  Interdisciplinary 
Courses 


Fr.  Ger,  Bk.  La,  Sp  101.  102  courses 

Fr.  Ger.  Gk.  La.  Sp  111,  112  courses 

Fr,  Ger,  Gk.  La,  Sp  1 1 1 ,  1 1 2  courses; 

CP170 
Fr,  Ger,  Sp  115,215 

Any  2-4t  additional  courses  in  areas  2,  3.  4.  6.  not  in 
the  major  field(s)  or  otherwise  required  for  the 
major(s)  (6-9*  sem.  hrs.). 

Ar  110,  201,  203;  En  221/222,  225/226,  227/228, 
250-299,  321/322,  337,  338,  339;  all  foreign  lan- 
guage courses  numbered  116  or  higher  except  FL 
252,  440,  Fr,  Ger,  Sp  215,  445/446,  500;  MS  270, 
290;  Mu  100  or  341/342;  Ph  [340],  350-399;  appro- 
priate Interdisciplinary  Courses 

PEllO 


*The  number  of  hours  will  depend  upon  the  selection  of  courses. 
tThe  number  of  courses  will  depend  upon  the  selection  of  courses. 
(     I  Recent,  former  course  numbers. 
[     ]  Eligible  courses  which  are  no  longer  offered  by  departments. 

Total  hours  required  for  graduation,  including  the  above,  courses  required  for  the  major,  and  electives:  120  academic 
semester  hours  credit  and  2  semester  hours  credit  for  physical  education. 

No  course  from  a  student's  first  major  field  may  be  used  to  meet  any  of  the  General  Requirements.  However,  social  science 
majors  are  exempted  from  Area  4  requirements;  humanities  majors  are  exempted  from  Area  6  requirements;  courses  required  in 
another  (collateral)  field  by  particular  majors  may  be  used  to  meet  requirements  in  appropriate  areas,  as  may  courses  in  a 
student's  second  major  field. 

Certain  requirements  may  be  earned  through  proficiency  examinations,  the  Advanced  Placement  Program,  and  the  College 
Level  Examination  Program.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  registrar. 


Gen.  Requirements     41 


OoUC^C  "^^^  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  superior  students  to  develop  and 

'^  to  challenge  their  intellectual  abilities,  to  challenge  their  originality  and  intellectual 

nOflOrS       curiosity,  and  to  nurture  academic  excellence  both  in  students  and  faculty. 

The  Program  has  two  phases:  lower  division  Freshman-Sophomore  Honors:  upper 
division  Honor  Studies  and  Departmental  Honors. 

Prospective  freshmen  are  selected,  after  interviews  with  members  of  the  Honors 
Subcommittee  of  the  Academic  Life  Committee  and  Honors  instructors,  on  the  basis  of 
class  rank,  CEEB  scores,  Presidential  Scholarship  Examinations,  and  other  useful  infor- 
mation. Others  may  be  chosen  by  a  similar  procedure  by  the  Honors  Subcommittee 
toward  the  end  of  the  first  semester,  on  the  basis  of  recommendations  invited  from  all 
instructors. 

To  graduate  with  college  honors,  a  student  must  earn  twelve  semester  hours  in 
lower  division  honors  and  nine  semester  hours  in  upper  division  honors.  In  upper  division 
work,  three  semester  hours  must  be  gained  in  Honors  Studies  and  three  in  Independent 
Study.  A  student  s  grade-point  average  must  be  at  least  3.0  overall  and  in  Honors  work. 


Freshman- 
Sophomore 
Honors 


Freshman- Sophomore  Honors  may  be  conducted  in  either  lecture  or  seminar  for- 
mat: all  students  are  expected  to  contribute  to  seminar  discussion.  Participation  in 
Freshman- Sophomore  Honors  is  restricted  to  Honor  students;  exceptions  are  made  only 
with  consent  of  the  instructor  and  the  Honors  Subcommittee  of  the  Academic  Life 
Committee.  Enrollment  in  Freshman- Sophomore  Honors  sections  should  be  limited  to 
15. 

Freshman- Sophomore  honors  sections  are  offered  in  the  following  courses  which 
meet  the  appropriate  general  requirements:  Biology  101,  Chemistry  115,  Economics 
110/120,  English  111/112,  English  227/228,  Foreign  Languages  225/226,  History 
111/112,  History  125/126,  Mathematics  170,  Philosophy  110,  Political  Science  111/112, 
Psychology  100  and  Religion  110. 


YTqi^qI^c  Honors  Study  is  a  team  effort  in  independent  work  with  the  guidance  of  one  or 

more  instructors.  Honors  Study  generally  deals  with  an  interdepartmental  subject,  is 

SttlClieS  restricted  to  Honors  Students  at  the  junior-senior  level,  and  consists  of  a  team  of  no  more 
than  seven  students.  An  Honors  student  may  participate  in  an  Honors  Study  after 
completing  nine  hours  in  Freshman- Sophomore  honors.  In  appropriate  instances,  the 
Curriculum  Committee  will  be  petitioned  to  approve  courses  to  meet  the  distribution 
requirements. 


Departmen- 
tal Honors 


42    College  Honors 


Departmental  Honors  is  taken  in  the  major  field  in  junior  and  senior  years.  The 
program  consists  of  a  reading  and/or  research  program  producing  a  thesis  or  an  essay. 
The  latter  is  done  on  a  problem  or  subject  of  the  student's  own  choosing  under  the 
supervision  of  a  faculty  adviser.  Opportunity  also  exists  to  do  creative  work.  A  maximum 
of  nine  hours  credit  may  be  earned  in  departmental  honors. 


Summer  sessions,  evening  classes  on  campus,  Weekend  College,  and  extension 
classes  in  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg  enable  teachers,  state  employees,  and 
others  in  active  employment  to  attend  college  courses,  and  secure  academic  degrees.  By 
a  careful  selection  of  courses  made  in  consultation  with  the  appropriate  adviser,  students 
can  meet  many  of  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Some  courses  may  be 
taken  for  provisional  and  permanent  teaching  certification;  others  may  be  taken  with  the 
aim  of  transferring  credit  to  another  institution.  Many  courses  lead  to  professional 
advancement  or  are  of  direct  benefit  to  persons  in  business  or  industry,  while  others 
assist  in  broadening  the  student's  vocational,  social,  and  cultural  background. 

Brochures  are  published  for  the  summer  session,  the  evening  classes,  and  Weekend 
College.  For  copies  or  for  other  information  write  to  the  Director  of  Auxiliary  Schools. 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003. 


Summer  Session 

Regular  enrolled  students  may,  by  taking  summer 
session  courses,  meet  the  requirements  for  the  bache- 
lor's degree  in  three  years. 

Campus  Evening  Classes 

Evening  classes  are  offered  on  the  campus,  Mon- 
day through  Thursday,  and  carry  residence  credit. 

The  evening  school  includes  an  ENRICH  Pro- 
gram in  Business  Administration  or  Accounting.  The 
student  receives  a  certificate  of  achievement  upon  suc- 
cessful completion  of  the  60  semester-hour  program. 

Weekend  College 

The  Weekend  College  offers  full  degree  programs 
in  accounting,  business  administration,  nursing,  so- 
cial science— sociology,  and  social  service,  with  all  of 
the  necessary  classes'  meeting  on  Friday  nights  and 
Saturdays  in  both  the  academic  semesters  and  the 
summer.  These  residence  credit  classes  are  primarily 
intended  for  off-campus  adults  interested  in  pursuing 
a  college  degree. 


University  Center  at  Harrisburg 

Extension  classes  are  offered  at  the  Center's  cam- 
pus. 2991  North  Front  Street,  Harrisburg.  17110.  on 
Monday  through  Thursday  evenings  and  on  Saturday 
mornings  during  the  regular  academic  semesters. 
Classes  meet  during  the  summer  sessions  on  various 
evenings.  Lebanon  Valley  College's  extension  program 
in  Harrisburg  is  carried  on  in  conjunction  with  Eliza- 
bethtown  College,  Temple  University  The  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University,  and  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

.W\  students  admitted  and  enrolled  for  a  degree  at 
the  college  are  required  to  secure  the  permission  of 
their  advisers  and  the  registrar  prior  to  enrolling  for 
any  courses  at  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg. 

For  details  pertaining  to  the  University  Center  at 
Harrisburg  write  or  call  the  director  at  2991  North 
Front  Street,  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania  17110.  at  717- 
238-9694'during  the  day  or  717-238-9696  during  the 
evening. 


Auxiliary 
Schools 


A  student's  study  at  Lebanon  Valley 
work.  The  college  participates  in  several 
students  may  register  and  receive  credit. 

Environmental  Biology 

Lebanon  Valley  College  maintains  active  pro- 
grams in  the  following  areas  of  Environmental  Biol- 
ogy: Ecology;  Marine  Biology;  Field  Botany  and  Zool- 
ogy; Forestry  (Cooperative  Program);  Environmental 
Management  (Cooperative  Program). 

Field  trips  to  the  College  of  Marine  Studies,  Uni- 
versity of  Delaware,  and  the  llniversity  of  Georgia  Ma- 
rine Institute.  Sapelo  Island.  Georgia,  are  made  by  stu- 
dents involved  in  the  Marine  Biology  and  Ecology 
programs.  Students  in  the  cooperative  forestry  and  en- 


College  is  not  limited  totally  to  on-campus 
off-campus  learning  experiences  for  which 


vironmental  management  programs  visit  Duke  L'niver- 
sity  each  year.  Freshwater  pond  and  forest  ecosystems 
which  are  used  for  ecological  study  are  located  on  the 
campus  at  Kreiderheim.  Wilderness  areas  which  in- 
clude the  transition  zone  between  southern  and  north- 
ern forests  occur  within  a  few  miles  of  campus.  Flooded 
limestone  quarries  are  available  for  students  who  de- 
sire more  intensive  training  in  aquatic  ecology  and/or 
limnology. 

Internships  in  a  number  of  ecologically  related 


Off-Campus 
Opportuni- 
ties 


Off-Campus  Opport.     43 


44    Off-Campus  Opport. 


areas  have  been  arranged  with  local  industries  and  mu- 
nicipal governmental  agencies.  On  occasion  these 
lead  directly  to  future  employment. 

The  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Biology  in- 
cludes professors  specifically  trained  in  and  actively 
engaged  in  research  in  the  areas  of  marine  biology, 
ecology,  plant  taxonomy,  animal  ta.xonomy,  and  plant 
physiology.  All  hold  doctoral  degrees  in  their  area  of 
specialty  and  all  involve  students  in  their  research  ef- 
forts. The  result  has  been  an  unusually  high  degree  of 
achievement  in  student  research  projects,  a  number  of 
which  have  been  published  in  prominent  scientific 
journals. 

It  is  the  experience  of  the  department  that  stu- 
dents well  trained  in  all  areas  of  science  who  have  an 
understanding  of  mathematical  methods,  chemical 
techniques,  and  biological  theory  meet  with  the  great- 
est success  both  in  finding  employment  and  in  their 
future  graduate  work.  Therefore  a  well-balanced  pro- 
gram of  courses  in  science  is  stressed  with  emphasis 
on  those  important  for  environmental  biology,  and  stu- 
dents in  these  areas  are  encouraged  to  obtain  a  biology 
major.  However,  if  a  student  wishes  his/her  major  to 
be  in  a  more  specialized  area  such  as  Marine  Biology, 
this  can  be  arranged  through  the  College's  Individual- 
ized Major  Program. 
Advisers:  Dr.  Williams.  Dr  Paul  Wolf 


Germantown  Metropolitan  Semester 

Lebanon  Valley  College  sponsors  an  urban  semes- 
ter program  through  the  Metropolitan  Collegiate  Cen- 
ter of  Germantown,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  This 
is  a  one-semester  program  of  a  pre-professiimal  intern- 
ship and  academic  seminars  relating  to  the  city.  The 
program  is  designed  especially  for  students  who  are 
interested  in  cities  and  the  opportunity  of  living  and 
working  in  a  pluralistic  urban  world;  or  who  want  the 
practical  and  personal  advantages  of  concrete  work 
experience  especially  for  purposes  of  vocational  and 
educational  decisions. 

Internship  placements  are  available  in  a  diverse 
range  of  social  service,  mental  health,  law  enforce- 
ment, medical  research,  and  health-care-delivery  agen- 
cies. Fifteen  academic  credits  are  offered  in  the  pro- 
gram. Metropolitan  Semester  students  live  in  housing 
approved  by  the  Center  staff.  Total  costs  are  compara- 
ble to  those  of  a  semester  on  campus. 
Adviser:  Dr.  Lockwood 


International  Studies  Program 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  an  International 
Studies  Program  in  cooperation  with  Central  College, 
Pella,  Iowa.  This  affiliation,  which  is  shared  with 
twenty-three  other  colleges  and  universities  across  the 
country,  enables  Lebanon  Valley  students  to  enroll  for 


foreign   study   in    France,   Germany-Austria,   Spain, 
Mexico,  Wales  or  England  while  maintaining  their      J 
regular  enrollment  status  at  Lebanon  Valley  and  their      \ 
college  and  other  financial  aid. 

Students  may  also  study  abroad  under  a  program 
administered  by  an  accredited  American  college  or 
university,  or  in  a  program  approved  by  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  Such  students  must  have  maintained  a  3.0 
average  at  Lebanon  \'alley  College,  must  be  proficient 
in  the  language  spoken  in  the  country  in  which  they 
will  study,  and  must  be  a  person  who,  in  the  judgment 
of  the  registrar  and  the  faculty,  will  be  worthy  repre-       , 
sentatives  of  their  own  country.  Their  proposed  courses      I 
of  study  must  be  approved  by  the  appropriate  depart-      I 
mental  chairman  and  the  registrar. 
.Advisers:  Dr.  Iglesias,  Dr.  Ford  ! 


Washington  Semester  Program 

students  at  Lebanon  \'alley  College  are  eligible 
to  participate  in  the  Washington  Semester  Program 
which  is  offered  in  cooperation  with  American  Univer- 
sity in  Washington,  D.C.  This  includes  the  study  of  the 
American  governmental  and  political  system  as  a 
whole  (the  Washington  Semester),  the  urban  polity 
and  intergovernmental  decision-making  in  urban  af- 
fairs (the  Washington  Urban  Semester),  American  for- 
eign policy  formulation  and  implementation  (the  For- 
eign Policy  Semester),  and  international  development 
(the  International  Development  Semester).  Students 
in  the  first  two  programs  take  a  seminar,  which  in- 
cludes meetings  with  public  officials,  political  figures, 
private  interest  group  representatives,  and  other 
knowledgeable  persons;  an  individual  research  project 
determined  in  consultation  with  instructors  at  Leba- 
non Valley  and  .American  L^niversity;  and  either  an 
elective  course  at  the  university  or  an  internship  pro- 
gram arranged  with  a  political  or  administrative  office 
in  Washington.  The  Foreign  Policy  Semester  and  the 
International  Development  semester  are  modules,  ex- 
pected to  occupy  the  student's  full  academic  time. 

The  program  is  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  in  any 
major  field  who  have  at  least  a  2.5  average,  have  had 
the  basic  courses  in  American  national  government, 
and  are  recommended  by  the  chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  History  and  Political  Science.  Two  students 
from  the  college  will  be  selected  each  November  by 
American  University  to  participate  in  the  following 
spring  semester.  Students  in  the  program  have  the 
same  status  as  full-time  undergraduates  at  American 
University  and  will  receive  full  credit  for  one 
semester's  work  toward  their  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College. 
Adviser:  Dr.  Geffen 


There  are  a  number  of  academic  procedures  necessary  to  insure  that  all  students  are 
given  every  opportunity  to  take  courses  which  contribute  to  their  total  educational 
program. 


Preregistration  and  Registration 

Students  are  required  to  preregister  and  register 
for  courses  on  designated  days  of  each  semester.  These 
dates  are  listed  in  the  official  college  calendar. 

Late  Preregistration  and  Registration 

Students  preregistering  or  registering  later  than 
the  days  and  hours  specified  will  be  charged  a  fee  of 
$10.00.  Students  desiring  to  register  later  than  one 
week  after  the  opening  of  the  semester  will  be  admit- 
ted only  by  special  permission  of  the  registrar. 

Change  of  Registration 

Change  of  registration,  including  pass/fail  elec- 
tions, changes  of  course  hours  credit,  changes  from 
credit  to  audit  and  vice  versa,  must  be  approved  by 
signature  of  the  adviser.  In  most  instances  registration 
for  a  course  will  not  be  permitted  after  the  course  has 
been  in  session  for  one  full  week.  With  the  permission 
of  the  adviser,  a  student  may  withdraw  from  a  course 
at  any  time  through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes 
(see  grading  policy).  A  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  for 


every  change  of  course  made  at  the  student's  request 
after  registration. 

Discontinuance  of  Courses 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  dis- 
continue any  course  for  which  an  insufficient  number 
of  students  have  registered. 

Repetition  of  Courses 

A  student  may  repeat  as  often  as  desired,  for  a 
higher  grade,  a  previously  taken  course  in  which  he 
received  a  passing  grade,  including  P  or  P/H,  or  a 
grade  of  F  or  WF,  subject  to  the  following  provisions: 
the  course  must  have  been  taken  in  all  registrations  on 
campus  and/or  in  courses  staffed  by  the  college  at  the 
University  Center  at  Harrisburg.  Semester  hours  credit 
are  given  only  once.  The  grade  received  each  time 
taken  and  computed  in  the  semester  grade-point  aver- 
age. The  higher  or  highest  grade  is  used  to  compute 
the  cumulative  grade-point  average.  Each  semester 
grade  report  will  show  hours  credit  each  time  passed, 
but  the  total  hours  toward  degree  will  be  equal  only  to 


Academic 
Procedures 


Acad.  Proc.     45 


the  semester  hours  credit  for  the  course.  For  a  course 
previously  passed  P/F,  the  grade  received  in  the  sub- 
sequent registration  for  regular  grade  is  the  "higher 
grade."  Each  grade  received  remains  on  the  permanent 
record  card  and  a  notation  is  made  thereon  that  the 
course  has  been  repeated. 

Concurrent  Courses 

A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College  may  not  carry  courses  concurrently  at  any 
other  institution  or  in  Evening  School.  Weekend  Col- 
lege or  the  L'niversity  Center  at  Harrisburg  without 
prior  consent  of  his  adviser  and  the  registrar. 

A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College 
may  not  obtain  credit  for  courses  taken  in  other  col- 
leges, including  the  University  Center  at  Harrisburg, 
during  the  summer  unless  such  courses  have  prior  ap- 
proval of  his  adviser  and  the  registrar. 

Auditing  Courses 

students  may  register  to  audit  courses  with  ap- 
proval of  the  academic  adviser.  Audited  courses  are 
counted  in  considering  the  course  load  relative  to  limit 
of  hours  (overload).  The  regular  tuition  fee  is  charged 
to  part-time  students.  Neither  grade  nor  credit  is  given 
either  at  the  time  the  course  is  audited  or  thereafter.  A 
grade  of  AU  (audit)  will  not  be  entered  on  the  student's 


permanent  record  card  if  he  seldom  attended  classes. 
A  change  of  registration  from  credit  to  audit  or  from 
audit  to  credit  must  be  accomplished  by  the  end  of  the 
fifth  week  of  semester  classes. 

Arrangement  of  Scliedules 

Each  student  arranges  a  semester  program  of 
courses  in  consultation  with,  and  by  approval  of,  his 
faculty  adviser.  Students  already  in  attendance  do  this 
during  preregistration  periods.  New  students  accom- 
plish this  on  one  of  two  spring  orientation  days. 

Limit  of  Hours 

To  be  classified  as  full-time,  a  student  must  take 
at  least  twelve  semester  hours  of  work.  Si,\teen  semes- 
ter hours  of  academic  work  is  the  maximum  permitted 
without  approval  of  the  adviser  and  special  permission 
of  the  registrar.  Audited  courses  are  counted  in  deter- 
mining the  course  load,  but  physical  education  and 
course  RSS  1 10  (Reading  and  Study  Skills)  are  not. 

Academic  Classification 

Students  are  classified  academically  at  the  begin- 
ning of  each  year.  Membership  in  the  sophomore,  ju- 
nior or  senior  classes  is  granted  to  students  who  have 
earned  a  minimum  of  28,  56  or  84  academic  semester 
hours  credit  respectively. 


Administra- 
tive Regula- 
tions 


The  rules  of  the  college  are  designed  to  provide  for  proper  regulation  of  the  aca- 
demic community.  The  rules  and  regulations  as  stated  in  this  bulletin  are  announcements 
and  in  no  way  serve  as  a  contract  between  the  student  and  the  college.  Attendance  at  the 
college  is  a  privilege  and  not  a  right.  The  student  by  his  act  of  registration  concedes  to 
the  college  the  right  to  require  his  withdrawal  any  time  deemed  necessary  to  safeguard 
the  ideals  of  scholarship  and  character,  and  to  secure  compliance  with  regulations.  It  is 
expected  that  the  conduct  of  all  campus  citizens  will  conform  to  accepted  standards.  All 
students  are  required  to  respond  to  communications  sent  by  any  duly  constituted  author- 
ity of  the  college. 


46    Admin.  Reg. 


Class  Attendance 

Each  student  is  held  responsible  for  knowing  and 
meeting  all  requirements  for  each  course,  including 
regular  class  attendance.  Because  of  differences  in  var- 
ious disciplines,  specific  regulations  governing  class 
attendance  are  set  by  each  department,  approved  by 
the  dean  of  the  faculty,  and  administered  by  the  in- 
structor. At  the  opening  of  each  course  the  instructor 
will  clearly  inform  students  of  class  attendance  regu- 
lations. \iolations  of  regulations  will  make  the  stu- 
dent liable  to  being  dropped  from  the  course  with  a 
failing  grade,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  instruc- 
tor and  with  the  approval  of  the  registrar. 

In  case  of  a  short  absence  from  class  because  of 
illness  and  for  most  other  reasons,  the  student  speaks 


directly  with  the  instructor  concerning  the  absence, 
whether  anticipated  or  not,  even  if  an  examination  has 
been  scheduled.  The  student  informs  the  registrar 
iinly  if  the  absence  could  not  be  anticipated  and  the 
period  of  absence  will  be  a  week  or  more.  The  registrar 
informs  faculty  members  of  students  who  will  be  ab- 
sent from  classes  because  of  participation  in  official 
functions  of  the  college.  Students  on  academic  proba- 
tion are  permitted  only  excused  absences. 

E.xciised  absencL>.<;  do  not  afoo/rc  .'itudents  from 
the  necessity/  of  fulfilling  nil  course  requirements. 

Academic  Dishonesty 

Instances  of  open  and  conclusive  academic  dis- 
honesty are  dealt  with  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 


ing  regulations:  for  the  first  offense  the  faculty  mem- 
ber shall  have  the  authority  to  fail  the  student  in  the 
course;  for  the  second  offense  the  student  shall  be 
failed  in  the  course  and  additional  action  taken,  up  to 
and  including  expulsion  from  college,  if  deemed  war- 
ranted by  the  dean  of  the  faculty;  for  the  third  offense, 
if  the  second  act  of  dishonesty  did  not  warrant  expul- 
sion in  the  opinion  of  the  dean  of  the  faculty,  the  stu- 
dent shall  be  failed  in  the  course  and  expelled  from  the 
college. 

Chapel-Convocation  Program 

A  chapel-convocation  program  is  held  regularly 
each  week.  The  weekly  programs  are  augmented  by 
additional  events  at  other  times  during  the  semester. 
From  the  total  of  twenty-four  programs  each  full-time 
student  will  select  not  less  than  twelve  to  fulfill  his 
attendance  requirement  for  the  semester. 

Hazing 

Hazing  is  strictly  prohibited.  Any  infringement 
by  members  of  other  classes  upon  the  personal  rights 
of  freshmen  as  individuals  is  interpreted  as  hazing. 

Cars  and  Student  Parking 

All  cars  owned  or  operated  by  Lebanon  Valley 
College  students  must  be  registered  with  the  college 
center.  Violations  of  established  parking  regulations 
will  result  in  fines  and  may  result  in  suspension  or 
revocation  of  parking  privileges. 

Transcripts 

Each  student,  former  student,  or  graduate  is  en- 
titled to  one  transcript  of  his  college  record  without 
charge.  For  each  copy  after  the  first,  a  fee  of  two  dollars 
is  charged. 

Regulations  Regarding  Academic 
Probation,  Suspension,    Dismissal, 
Withdrawal 

A.  Probation 

A  student  can  be  placed  on  academic  probation 
by  the  dean  of  the  faculty  or  suspended  or  dismissed  if 
his  academic  standing  fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade- 
point  average  shown  in  the  following  table; 

Suspension  or 
Probation  dismissal 

1st  semester  1.25 

2nd  semester    1.50  1.25  cumulative 

3rd  semester 1.65 

4th  semester 1.75  1.50  cumulative 

5th  semester 1.75 

6th  semester 1.75  1.65  cumulative 

7th  &  8th  semesters    ....    1.75  in  all  courses 

A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is  noti- 
fied of  such  status  by  the  dean  of  the  faculty  and  in- 
formed of  the  college  regulations  governing  proba- 
tioners. Students  on  probation  are  expected  to  regulate 


their  work  and  their  time  so  as  to  make  a  most  deter- 
mined effort  to  bring  their  performance  up  to  the  re- 
quired standard. 

The  extent  of  a  probationer  student's  participa- 
tion in  extra-curricular  activities  and  in  non-credit 
courses  shall  be  determined  by  a  consensus  of  the  stu- 
dent, the  student's  parents,  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty 
(The  dean  shall  consult  with  appropriate  college  per- 
sonnel—e.g.  adviser,  instructors,  dean  of  students, 
coaches.)  All  three  of  the  primary  parties  in  this  deci- 
sion shall  express  their  views  in  writing.  No  student 
on  academic  probation  can  initiate  or  continue  partic- 
ipation in  extra-curricular  activities  and/or  non-credit 
courses  prior  to  these  consultations. 


B.  Suspension 

1.  A  student  who  obviously  fails  to  achieve  at  a 
level  commensurate  with  his  measured  ability  may  be 
suspended  for  at  least  one  semester. 

2.  A  student  suspended  for  academic  reasons  is 
not  eligible  for  reinstatement  for  at  least  one  semes- 
ter, preferably  two. 

3.  A  student  seeking  reinstatement  to  Lebanon 
Valley  College  must  apply  in  writing  to  the  dean  of  the 
faculty. 

4.  Students  suspended  for  academic  reasons  are 
not  permitted  to  register  for  work  in  the  auxiliary 
schools  except  for  the  most  compelling  reasons  and 
then  only  with  the  approval  of  the  registrar. 

5.  A  student  may  be  suspended  without  a  prior 
period  on  probation. 

6.  A  student  twice  suspended  for  academic  rea- 
sons shall  be  considered  for  readmission,  upon  appli- 
cation, only  if  the  following  conditions  are  fulfilled;  (a) 
He  shall  present  firm  evidence  of  renewed  interest  and 
motivation,  (b)  He  shall  have  completed  a  significant 
amount  of  transferrable  academic  work  at  an  accred- 
ited institution  subsequent  to  his  second  suspension. 
|c)  He  shall  be  readmitted  on  probationary  status  on 
recommendation  of  the  appropriate  academic  depart- 
ment. The  student  shall  achieve  at  such  a  level  as  will 
make  likely  the  successful  completion  of  this  program 
or  he  will  be  subject  to  dismissal. 

C.  Dismissal 

A  student  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  is  not 
eligible  for  readmission. 

D.  Withdrawal  from  College  and  Readmission 

Official  withdrawal  from  the  college  is  accom- 
plished only  by  the  completion  of  withdrawal  forms 
obtained  in  the  office  of  the  registrar.  This  is  the  sole 
responsibility  of  the  student. 

Application  for  readmission  will  be  considered 
only  if  the  formal  withdrawal  procedure  has  been  fol- 
lowed at  the  time  of  withdrawal. 


Admin.  Reg.     47 


■^ 


\^ 


■"^■fj 


Courses  of  Study 


COURSE  NUMBERING  SYSTEM 

The  first  digit  of  the  course  number  indicates  the  academic  year  in  which  the  course  is 
normally  taken.  (A  first  digit  of  1  may  also  indicate  that  the  course  may  be  taken  by 
freshmen  even  though  it  is  usually  taken  by  sophomores,  juniors  or  seniors.)  A  first  digit 
of  5  is  used  for  courses  in  private  music  instruction  and  independent  study  courses. 
Course  numbers  for  music  organizations  begin  with  6. 

A  course  is  offered  in  the  first  semester  if  the  third  digit  is  an  odd  number,  in  the 
second  semester  if  it  is  an  even  number.  A  course  with  0  as  a  third  digit  is  a  one-semester 
course  offered  in  either  or  both  semesters. 

A  comma  separating  the  numbers  of  two  courses  with  a  common  title  indicates  that 
the  first  course  (offered  in  the  first  semester)  is  a  prerequisite  to  the  second  course  (offered 
in  the  second  semester).  A  slash  (/)  separating  the  numbers  of  two  courses  with  a 
common  title  indicates  that  the  first  course  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  the  second  course. 

Not  all  courses  are  offered  each  year.  Some  courses  are  offered  on  demand  only. 
Students  should  consult  registration  schedules  for  each  semester's  course  offerings. 

PRE-REQUISITES 

Some  courses  require  pre-requisites  which  are  designated  in  italics  at  the  end  of  the 
course  description. 

COURSE  CREDIT 

The  number  otcredits  that  a  specific  course  carries  is  also  indicated  in  italics  at  the 
end  of  the  course  description.  Some  courses  carry  variable  credit.  Some  courses  carry  no 
credit.  Some  courses  require  both  classroom  and  laboratory  work.  Some  courses  may  be 
taken  more  than  once  for  credit  (i.e.,  most  independent  study  courses,  some  special 
topics  courses,  and  others)  and  are  so  indicated  in  italics  (i.e.,  1-3  credits  per  semester. 
Maximum  of  9).  Students  should  consult  registration  schedules  for  hour  requirements. 


General  In- 
formation 


Accounting 

(See  Economics  and  Business 
Administration) 


Actuarial 
Science 

(See  Mathematical  Sciences) 


Art 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Iskowitz(Chmn.) 
Dr.  Wise  (Adj.) 


The  Art  Department,  although  not  constituted  as  a  department  offering  a  major,  is 
committed  to  providing  the  opportunity  and  the  environment  for  creative  expression  and 
a  richer  understanding  of  man's  accomphshments  in  the  visual  arts.  Exposure  to  art  as 
an  area  of  humanistic  study  can  develop  qualities  of  insight,  imagination,  awareness, 
organization,  self-discipline  and  initiative  that  are  an  asset  to  the  individual  generally, 
and  to  whatever  professional  career  a  student  may  pursue. 

The  Art  Department  is  responsible,  along  with  student  committees  and  community 
members,  in  coordinating  the  annual  Spring  Arts  Festival  on  campus. 

The  monthly  College  Center  Art  Exhibit  series,  under  the  Art  Department's  egis, 
provides  a  broad  exposure  to  artists  working  in  a  variety  of  styles  and  content. 


Courses  in  Art 

1 10.  Introduction  to  Art.  The  two  and  three  dimen- 
sional arts,  including  architecture,  are  analyzed  in  an 
attempt  to  understand  the  nature  of  art.  The  impor- 
tance of  shaping  perception  is  stressed  to  show  how 
the  observer  plays  an  active  role  in  his  appreciation  of 
zrt. 3  credits. 

140.  Drawing,  Painting  and  Printmaking.  Prob- 
lems provide  an  opportunity  for  students  to  develop 
their  creative  ability.  Knowledge  is  acquired  about 
various  media,  techniques  and  tools.  The  staff  reserves 
the  right  to  select  one  example  of  each  student's  work 
for  its  permanent  collection. Prerequisite:  Art  110.  3 
credits. 

201.  Art  History  I,  Pre-history  through  the  Mid- 
dle Ages.  Representative  examples  in  painting,  sculp- 
ture and  architecture  of  the  major  cultures  of  succes- 
sive historic  periods  are  considered.  Stress  is  given  to 
the  interaction  of  factors  influencing  the  various  forms 
of  visual  expressions.  Pa'R'i/u/s/fe- .4  r/  110.  3  credits. 
203.  Art  History  II,  Renaissance  to  Twentieth 
Century.  Study  of  the  major  forms  of  the  visual  arts 
representative  of  the  Renaissance  and  succeeding  cen- 
turies as  expressed  both  by  the  individual  and  major 
schools.  These  viewed  in  terms  of  degree  of  reflection 
of  the  social,  ideological,  and  economic  foci  of  the 
period. Pri?r<;</u/,S(fe;  Art  110.  3 credits. 
401.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  Introduction 
to  creative  art  activity  for  children  in  elementary  school. 
Topics  covered  include  philosophical  concepts,  curric- 
ulum, evaluation  and  studio  activity  involving  a  vari- 
ety of  art  media,  techniques  and  processes.  3  credits. 


Biochemis- 
try 


Adfisers: 

Dr.  Moe 
Dr.  Pollack 


The  major  in  biochemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  which  provides  an  oppor- 
tunity for  interested  students  to  engage  in  a  comprehensive  study  of  the  chemical  basis 
of  biological  processes.  It  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  advanced  study  in  medical, 
dental,  and  other  professional  schools,  for  graduate  programs  in  a  variety  of  areas  includ- 
ing biochemistry,  clinical  chemistry,  pharmacology,  molecular  biology,  genetics,  micro- 
biology, and  physiology,  and  for  research  positions  in  industrial,  academic,  and  govern- 
ment laboratories. 


Departmental  tionors  may  be  taken  in  either  biology  or  chemistry. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biochemistry. 

Major:  Biology  111,  112,  201,  202  and/or  307,  306,  401  (24  hours);  Biochemistry 
421,  422, 430,  480  (9  hours);  Chemistry  111,  112, 113, 114,  213,  214,  216,  311,  312,  319, 
(27  hours);  Mathematics  161,  162  or  166  (6  hours);  Physics  103  or  111,  104  or  112 
(8  hours). 


Courses  in  Biochemistry 

421,422.  Biochemistry  I,  II.  A  course  in  the  physi- 
cal and  organic  aspects  of  living  systems.  Prerequi- 
sites: Chemistry  21 4.  216,  and  312  or  approval  of  the 
departmental  chairmen.  3  credits  per  semester. 
430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  Investigations  of 
the  properties  of  proteins,  nucleic  acids,  carbohy- 
drates, and  \\p\ds. Prerequisites:  Chemistry  214,  216. 
1  credit. 


480.  Biochemistry  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions, 
and  reports  on  special  topics  in  biochemistry,  i  credit. 
500.  Independent  Study.  Intensive  library  and  lab- 
oratory study  of  relevant  research  problems  in  the  area 
of  biochemistry.  Prerequisites  or  corequisites:  Chem- 
istry 311,  312,  and  the  consent  of  the  departmental 
chairmen.  2-3  credits  per  semester  (Maximum  of  9). 


The  aims  of  the  program  for  biology  majors  are  1)  to  provide  students  with  a  thorough 
understanding  of  the  principles  of  biology  and  background  in  disciplines  basic  to  biol- 
ogy; 2)  to  develop  in  students  skills  in  the  application  of  the  scientific  method  and  at  the 
retrieval  and  communication  of  technical  information;  and,  3)  to  provide  preparation  for 
students  interested  in  graduate,  professional  and  medical  programs. 

The  department  believes  that  a  student,  well  trained  in  all  areas  of  science  and  having 
an  understanding  of  mathematical  methods,  chemical  techniques  and  biological  theory, 
has  the  best  chance  for  success  in  gaining  employment  and/or  pursuing  graduate  work. 

Graduates  of  the  department  have  entered  professional  schools  of  the  health  profes- 
sions, as  well  as  "graduate  schools  with  programs  in  anatomy,  hospital  management, 
various  ecology  concentrations  and  wildlife  management,  to  name  a  few.  Graduates  of 
the  environmental  biology  concentrations  are  employed  in  the  areas  of  marine  biology, 
waste  water  analysis  and  environmental  impact  analysis.  Graduate  schools  represented 
include  Cornell,  Clemson,  Duke,  University  of  Georgia,  Virginia  Institute  of  Marine 
Sciences  and  many  others. 

Students  who  do  not  attend  graduate  or  professional  school  find  employment  in 
university  and  medical  research  laboratories,  aquaculture  programs,  ecological  consult- 
ing firms,  environmental  educational  centers,  pharmaceutical  firms,  quality  control  in 
laboratories  in  industry,  private  and  public  education,  veterinary  laboratories,  and  state 
and  federal  environmental  control  agencies. 

PROFESSIONAL  AND  PRE-PROFESSIONAL  PROGRAMS 

Specific  professional  and  preprofessional  programs  are  available  which  can  be  entered 
before  or  after  a  typical  freshman  year  as  a  biology  major.  A  list  of  these  programs 
together  with  the  degrees  and  majors  follow. 

Cooperative  Programs:  Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major 
in  biology  and  MF  or  MEM.  Medical  Technology:  B.S.  degree  in  medical  technology. 


Biology 


Faculty: 

Ms.  Costello 
Dr.  Henninger 
Dr.  Pollack 
Dr.  Verhoek 
Dr.  Williams 
Dr.  Wolf 
Dr.  Wolfe 


Biology     5 1 


Nuclear  Medicine  Technology:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  nuclear  medicine  technology. 
Podiatry:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology,  and  DPM. 

Environmental  Biology:  Botany  and  zoology,  ecology,  and  marine  biology.  B.S.  degree 
with  a  major  in  biology. 

Health  Professions:  Dentistry,  Medicine,  Optometry,  Osteopathy,  Pharmacy,  Podiatry 
and  Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology  (or  other  major). 

Nursing:  A  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  nursing. 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  A  program  accredited  by  the  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania  is  available.  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

INTERNSHIPS 

Internships  with  qualified  professionals  in  a  student's  area  of  interest  are  taken  under 
Bi  451/452,  Special  Topics  I,  II.  Currently,  positions  are  available  in  conservation, 
environmental  education,  veterinary  medicine,  and  water  quaUty  control.  Additional 
internships  may  be  developed  upon  demand. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  departmental  honors  program  in  biology  is  open  to  students  of  junior  and  senior 
status  who  have  demonstrated  superior  scholastic  ability  in  formal  courses  as  well  as 
the  potential  to  complete  successfully  an  original  independent  research  project.  The 
candidate  submits  a  thesis  based  on  his/her  laboratory  investigations  and  defends  it 
before  an  examining  committee  chosen  by  the  research  sponsor.  Following  successful 
completion  of  the  defense,  a  decision  will  be  made  concerning  a  recommendation  to  the 
dean  of  the  faculty  that  the  candidate  graduate  with  departmental  honors. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Major:  Biology  111,  112,  201,  302  or  307,  411  or  412;  one  course  each  in  the  general 
areas  of  physiology,  cellular  and  subcellular  biology,  and  morphology;  and  four  additional 
hours  of  biology  for  a  minimum  of  33  hours.  Also  required  are  two  years  of  chemistry; 
Physics  103, 104,  or  111,  112;  and  Mathematics  161  or  111. 


52    Biology 


Courses  in  Biology 

101/102.  Introduction  to  Biology  I,  II.  These 
courses,  designed  for  the  non-science  major,  place  em- 
phasis on  the  mastery  of  certain  biological  principles 
which  are  inherent  in  living  material.  These  principles 
are  then  applied  to  specific  organisms  with  special 
stress  placed  on  the  study  of  human  biology.  The  lab- 
oratory includes  exercises  in  anatomy,  physiology,  em- 
bryology, genetics,  and  acoXogy.S  credits  per  semester. 
111/1 12.  General  Biology  I,  II.  A  rigorous  study  of 
basic  biological  principles  at  the  cellular,  organismal 
and  population  levels. 4  credits  per  semester. 
201.  Genetics.  The  central  theme  of  this  course  is  the 
mastery  of  the  universal  properties  of  the  mechanism 
of  heredity.  The  laboratory  stresses  the  demonstration 
of  the  key  concepts  of  heredity  utilizing  both  a  classi- 


cal and  a  molecular  approach.  Prerequisites:  Biology 
111  and  one  year  of  cliemistry.  4  credits. 
202.  Animal  Physiology.  A  study  of  the  principles 
of  vertebrate  body  function.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon 
the  mechanisms  by  which  cells  and  organs  perform 
their  functions  and  the  interaction  of  the  various  or- 
gans in  maintaining  total  body  function.  Prerequi- 
sites: Biology  101  or  112.  4  credits. 
302.  Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom.  The  develop- 
ment and  diversity  of  plants  and  the  relationships  be- 
tween them.  Field  and  laboratory  work  will  familiarize 
the  student  with  the  morphology  of  plants  and  with 
the  identification  of  gymnosperms  and  angiosperms  in 
the  local  flora.  Prerequisite:  Biology  112  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  4  credits. 


304.  Developmental  Biology.  The  study  of  basic 
descriptive  phenomena  in  the  development  of  typical 
invertebrate  and  vertebrate  embryos  will  be  extended 
into  consideration  of  modern  embryological  prob- 
lems. 4  credits. 

305.  Vertebrate  Histology  and  Microtechnique. 
Microscopic  anatomy  of  vertebrate  tissues  illustrating 
basic  tissue  similarities  and  specialization  in  relation 
to  function.  The  laboratory  work  includes  the  prepa- 
ration of  slides  utilizing  routine  histological  and  his- 
tochemical  techniques. 4  credits. 

306.  Microbiology.  A  basic  study  of  the  morphology, 
physiology,  and  biochemistry  of  representative  micro- 
organisms.-^ credits. 


307.  Plant  Physiology.  A  study  of  the  functioning  of 
plants  with  emphasis  on  vascular  plants. Prerequisite: 
Three  semesters  of  chemistry  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 4  credits. 

308.  Comparative  Chordate  Anatomy.  The  com- 
parative anatomy  of  chordates  with  particular  atten- 
tion given  to  the  correlation  of  structure  to  habitat. 
Laboratory  work  involves  dissection  and  demonstra- 
tion of  representative  chordates.  4  credits. 

309.  Fundamentals  of  Ecology.  The  fundamental 
concepts  of  ecology  are  examined  with  emphasis  placed 
on  the  interaction  between  organisms  and  their  bio- 


logical and  physical  environment  in  selected  ecosys- 
tems—freshwater, marine,  and  terrestrial. 4  credits. 

401.  Cell  Physiology.  The  functioning  of  cells.  En- 
ergetics, mechanisms  and  control  of  cell  transport, 
metabolism,  and  irritability  Includes  biological 
rhythms  and  photophysiology.4  credits. 

402.  Invertebrate  Zoology.  Through  the  use  of  a 
systemic  approach,  the  morphology  and  physiology  of 
representatives  of  most  of  the  invertebrate  phyla  are 
studied.  This  approach  centers  around  the  following 
areas:  movement,  metabolism,  information  and  con- 
trol, reproduction,  and  association  between  animals. 
4  credits. 

409.  Quantitative  Ecology.  An  intense  study  of 
basic  ecological  processes  emphasizing  quantitative 
field  work  at  population  and  community  levels  in  se- 
lected freshwater,  marine  and  terrestrial  ecosystems. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 
411/412.  Biology  Seminar  I,  II.  Reading,  discus- 
sions, and  reports  on  special  topics  in  biology.  1  or  2 
credits  per  semester 

451/452.  Special  Topics  I,  II.  Provides  a  range  of 
topics  for  students  with  special  interests.  Topics  rou- 
tinely offered  are  Ethology,  Immunology,  Instrumen- 
tation, Internships,  Limnology,  Marine  Biology,  Neu- 
rophysiology and  Parasitology.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  staff  1-3  credits  per  semester. 
453/454.  Special  Topics  in  Nursing  I,  II.  Research 
and  a  detailed  report  on  a  topic  of  interest  relating  to 
the  nursing  profession.  Topics  may  include  aspects  of 
special  types  of  nursing  health  care,  the  epidemiology 
of  a  particular  disease,  mental  disorders,  social  issues 
in  health  care,  or  any  other  pertinent  topic.  Prerequi- 
site: Permission  of  the  instructor.  1-3  credits  per  se- 
mester. (Maximum  of  6). 

500.  Independent  Study.  Limited  to  students  major- 
ing in  biology  who  have  had  ample  courses  in  the  de- 
partment and  whose  records  indicate  that  they  can  be 
encouraged  to  take  part  in  research  or  can  work  inde- 
pendently on  research  problems  in  which  they  have  a 
special  interest.  Biology  500  may  lead  to  departmen- 
tal honors  for  qualified  students.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  staff  1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum 
of  9). 


Business 
Administra- 
tion 

(See  Economics  and  Business 
Administration) 


The  aims  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  to  provide  students  majoring  in  chem- 
istry with  rigorous  training  in  the  principles  and  appHcations  of  modern  chemistry. 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  offers  two  degrees  for  students  who  major  in  chemistry: 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  chemistry  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
chemistry  degree  which  meets  the  requirements  of  the  American  Chemical  Society  for 
the  training  of  chemists  for  industry  and  for  advanced  study  in  chemistry.  Both  degree 
programs  offer  the  necessary  preparation  for  students  to  become  industrial  chemists;  to 
enter  masters  and  doctorate  programs  in  chemistry  and  related  fields;  to  enroll  in  profes- 


Chemistry 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Bell 

Dr.  Dahlberg 

Dr.  Lockwood 

Dr.  Moe 

Dr.  Neidig  (Chmn.) 


sional  schools  of  medicine,  dentistry,  optometry,  osteopathic  medicine,  or  podiatry;  or 
to  teach  chemistry. 

The  chemistry  courses  are  designed  to  present  the  interaction  of  theoretical  and 
experimental  chemistry.  In  all  laboratory  courses,  special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  use  of 
instrumentation  including  extensive  instruction  in  computer  programming  and  interfac- 
ing. A  required  independent  study  course  for  senior  chemistry  majors  is  designed  for  the 
investigation  of  basic  or  applied  research  problems  involving  both  library  research  and 
laboratory  work.  Opportunities  are  available  for  all  students  to  do  additional  laboratory 
work  in  conjunction  with  their  chemistry  courses. 

During  their  college  careers,  students  have  many  opportunities  to  work  independently. 
Some  students  participate  in  research  programs  funded  by  such  organizations  as  the 
Petroleum  Research  Fund  or  Research  Corporation.  These  students  often  become  co- 
authors on  research  papers  published  in  the  chemical  journals  in  addition  to  presenting 
papers  at  student  research  conferences. 

There  are  also  opportunities  for  some  students  to  gain  practical  work  experience  in 
local  industries  such  as  Alcoa  and  Michter  Distilleries.  Such  experience  during  college 
prepares  students  for  entering  industry  and  government  service  upon  graduation.  Recent 
graduates  have  accepted  positions  with  such  industries  as  General  Electric,  American 
Cyanamid,  Borg-Warner,  and  Sterling  Drugs. 

Our  graduates  have  also  enrolled  in  such  institutions  as  Temple  University  Medical 
School,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathy,  the  School  of 
Medicine  of  the  University  of  Pittsburgh,  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Dental  School, 
Philadelphia  School  of  Pharmacy,  the  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania,  and  Philadelphia 
College  of  Podiatry. 

Graduate  programs  in  which  recent  chemistry  graduates  have  enrolled  include  Ari- 
zona State  University  (physical  chemistry),  Drexel  University  (inorganic  chemistry), 
Indiana  University  at  Bloomington  (organic),  Lehigh  University,  Michigan  State  Univer- 
sity, Ohio  State  University  and  University  of  Florida  (biochemistry).  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity (business  administration,  physical  chemistry),  Pennsylvania  State  University  (en- 
vironmental engineering),  Purdue  University  (analytical  chemistry).  University  of 
California  at  I3erkeley  (physical  chemistry).  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 
(computer  science),  University  of  Maryland  (environmental  chemistry).  University  of 
Pennsylvania  (physical  chemistry  and  biochemistry),  University  of  Pittsburgh  (biochem- 
istry and  forensic  chemistry),  and  the  University  of  Wisconsin  (theoretical  mathematics). 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Juniors  and  seniors  may  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program  if  they  have 
demonstrated  a  high  scholastic  ability  and  proficiency  in  both  experimental  and  theoret- 
ical chemistry.  To  be  recommended  for  departmental  honors,  a  student  is  required:  (1)  to 
submit  a  thesis  based  on  extensive  laboratory  investigation  of  an  original  problem;  and 
(2)  to  defend  the  thesis  before  an  appropriate  examining  committee. 

Degrees:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  chemistry.  B.S.  in  Chemistry  degree  (American 
54   Chemistry  Chemical  Society  certification) 


Major:  Chemistry  111  (or  115H),  112,  113,  114,  200,  213,  214,  216,  311,  312,  314, 
315,  316,  319,  321,  322,  and  four  hours  of  500;  Mathematics  161,  162;  Physics  111  and 
112  for  a  total  of  53  hours. 

B.S.  in  Chemistry  (certified  by  the  American  Chemical  Society):  Chemistry  111,  (or 
115H),  112,  113,  114,  200,  213,  214,  216,  311,  312,  314,  315,  316,  319,  321,  322,  411, 
412,  413, 414,  and  4  hours  of  500;  Mathematics  161, 162;  Physics  111  and  112  for  a  total 
of  65  hours. 


Courses  in  Chemistry 

101.  Chemistry  as  Science  and  Technology.  A 

semi-quantitative  presentation  of  the  basic  concepts 
of  ctiemistry  designed  to  give  the  student  some  under- 
standing of  the  role  of  chemistry  as  science  and  tech- 
nology in  society  today  and  tomorrow.,?  credits. 

102.  Chemistry,  The  Individual,  and  Society.  The 
course  will  attempt  to  show  the  relationship  of  chem- 
istry to  other  disciplines,  as  well  as  to  government  and 
politics.  A  problem  or  question  would  be  presented, 
and  facts  and  information  from  pertinent  disciplines 
brought  to  bear  to  enable  the  students  to  reach  a  ra- 
tional solution.  3  credits. 

103.  104.  Experimental  Chemistry.  Laboratory 
course  to  accompany  101  and  102  respectively.  Pre- 
requisite  or  corequisite:  Cher7iistry  101  and /or  102. 
1  credit  per  semester. 

Ill,  112.  Principles  of  Chemistry  I,  II.  A  syste 
matic  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  and  con- 
cepts of  chemistry  4  credits  per  seryiester. 

113,  114.  Introductory  Laboratory  Investiga- 
tions I,  II.  Laboratory  courses  to  accompany  1 1 1  and 
112  respectively.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Chem- 
istry 111  and/or  112.  1  credit  per  semester. 
115H.  The  Philosophical  Development  of  the 
Structure  of  Matter.  A  quantitative  presentation  of 
the  atomic  theory  of  matter  designed  to  introduce  the 
student  to  scientific  methodology  with  emphasis  on 
historical  development  and  philosophical  attitudes. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  staff.  3  credits. 
200.  Special  Topics.  Designed  tor  those  students 
who  have  a  special  need  for  a  laboratory,  lecture, 
and/or  reading  e.xperience  involving  content  and/or 
approach  significantly  different  from  the  course  offer- 
ings of  the  department.  Open  to  any  student  with  per- 
mission of  staff  of  the  department.  7-5  credits. 
216.  Laboratory  Investigations  I.  Investigations 
of  methods  of  synthesis  and  analysis  of  organic  com- 
pounds including  some  physical-organic  studies.  Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  213.  Corequisite:  Chemistry 
214.  lor 2 credits. 

311, 312.  Physical  Chemistry  I,  IL  A  course  in  the 
physical  theories  of  matter  and  their  applications  to 
systems     of    variable     composition.    Prerequisites: 


Chemistry  214.  ."^lathematics  162.  arid  Physics  112. 
3  credits  per  semester. 

314.  Instrumental  Analysis.  A  consideration  of  the 
use  of  instrumental  analytical  methods  including 
spectrophotometric,  electroanalytical.  coulometry,  and 
polargraphy  Prca'(/'"'''''-'-'>'  Chemistry  311  and  319. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  312.  3  credits. 

315,  316.  Laboratory  Investigations  II,  IIL  Use 
of  instrumental  techniques  for  investigating  chemical 
systems.  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  214  arid  216.  Co- 
requisites:  Chemistry  311.  312.  1  credit  per  semester. 
319.  Chemical  Equilibria.  A  rigorous  mathemati- 
cal description  of  the  role  of  a  chemical  equilibrium  in 
chemical  systems  emphasizing  reactions  involving 
ionic  substances  and  using  modern  analytical  meth- 
ods. Prfrei/u/.s/tes-;  Chemistry  214  and  216.  4  credits. 
321,  322.  Laboratory  Investigations  IV,  V, 
Physical-chemical  investigations  of  chemical  sys- 
tems. Corc(7i/is;7i?;  Chemistry  311  or  312.  1  credit  per 
semester. 


Chemistry     55 


411,  412.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I,  II. 

An  advanced  course  applying  theoretical  principles  to 
ttie  understanding  of  the  descriptive  chemistry  of  the 
elements.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  312.  3  credits  per 
semester 

413.  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry.  A  study  of 
advanced  topics  in  analytical  chemistry.  Prerequi- 
sites: Chemistry  312  and  314.  3  credits. 

414.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry.  A  considera- 
tion of  the  structure  of  organic  compounds  and  the 
mechanisms  of  homogeneous  organic  reactions.  Pre- 
requisites: Chemistry  214.  216.  and  312.  3  credits. 
213,214.  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II.  An  introduction 
to  the  structure,  nomenclature,  and  properties  of  the 
major  classes  of  organic  compounds  with  emphasis  on 
the  principles  and  reaction  mechanisms  describing 
their  behavior.  Prcri?(/(/M;Ye;  Chemistry  112.  4  credits 
first  semester.  3  credits  second  semester. 
421,422.  Biochemistry  I,  II.  A  course  in  the  physi- 
cal and  organic  aspects  of  living  systems.  Prerequi- 
sites: Chemistry  214,  216,  and  312  or  approval  of  the 
departmental  chairman.  3  credits  per  semester 

425.  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis.  Presentation  of 
the  principles  and  methods  of  organic  analysis.  Pre- 
requisites: Chemistry  214  and  216.  2  credits. 

426.  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry.  A  presentation 


of  advanced  topics  in  chemistry  from  such  areas  as 
quantum  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  and  kinetics. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  312.  3  credits. 
430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  Investigations  of 
the  properties  of  proteins,  nucleic  acids,  carbohy- 
drates, and  hpids.  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  214  and 
216.  1  credit. 

480.  Biochemistry  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions, 
and  reports  on  special  topics  in  biochemistry,  i  credit. 
490.  Internship.  Supervised  chemistry  laboratory 
experience  in  an  industry,  government  agency,  or  hos- 
pital. Participants  will  be  selected  by  members  of  the 
department.  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  312  and  322. 
1-6  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  Intensive  library  and  lab- 
oratory study  of  special  interest  to  advanced  students 
in  the  major  areas  of  chemistry.  For  students  majoring 
in  biochemistry,  intensive  library  and  laboratory  study 
of  relevant  research  problems  in  the  area  of  biochem- 
istry. For  students  preparing  for  secondary  school 
teaching,  the  emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  of  teach- 
ing chemistry.  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  311,  312, 
and  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  department.  2 
or  3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9  for  students 
in  honors  program). 


Computer 

Program- 

mifig 


Faculty: 
Miss  Burras 


Computer 
Science 

(See  Mathematical  Sciences) 


Courses  in  computer  programming  are  offered  for  the  student  who  may  need  to  use  the 
college  PDP  11/40  computer  in  courses  in  business,  mathematics  and  the  sciences. 


Courses  in  Computer  Programming 
110.  Introduction  to  Timesharing.  5  weeks.  An 

introduction  to  timesharing  and  language  concepts 
with  an  emphasis  on  the  use  of  the  LVC  PDP  11/40 
computer  system. A/b  credit. 
150.  BASIC-PLUS  Programming.  10  weeks.  A 

study  of  the  BASIC-PLUS  language  to  include  strings, 
matrices  and  functions  as  well  as  traditional  algo- 
rithms demonstrating  search  and  sort  techniques. Prc- 
requisite:  Computer  Programming  110  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  1  credit. 
170.  Computers  and  Programming.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  techniques  of  computer  programming  and 
to  the  designs,  uses,  capabilities,  and  implications  of 
computers. 5  creA'/s.  Note:  Fortran  IV is  available  but 
will  not  be  taught  in  these  courses.  Students  who  have 
taken  CP 150  will  receive  only  two  semester  hours  of 
credit  for  CP  1 70. 


In  keeping  with  the  aim  of  the  college,  the  Department  of  Economics  and  Business 
Administration's  program  of  study  is  designed  to  provide  majors  in  accounting,  business 
administration,  and  economics  with  a  broad  liberal  education,  so  that  graduates  of  the 
department  will  play  a  more  active  role  in  the  changing  world  of  ideas  and  actions, 
coupled  with  a  sound  and  integrated  knowledge  of  the  essential  principles  and  problems 
of  accounting,  business  administration  and  economics. 

Regardless  of  major,  a  set  of  core  courses  is  required  for  all,  so  that  everyone  will  have 
a  common  framework  of  reference  as  well  as  common  tools  of  analysis  to  pursue  special 
interests  within  their  particular  major.  The  department  offers  three  majors:  accounting— a 
tool  for  summarizing  and  analyzing  business  performance  and  making  practical  man- 
agement decisions;  business  administration— a  study  to  prepare  for  making  manage- 
ment decisions  and  to  gain  an  understanding  of  contemporary  business  practices;  and 
economics— a  theoretical  and  empirical  study  of  the  economic  well-being  of  mankind 
and  society  in  terms  of  stable  growth  in  real  income,  full  employment,  and  optimum 
allocation  of  resources. 

Classroom  experience  is  supplemented  by  various  major-related  activities  including 
an  annual  field  trip  for  departmental  upperclassmen  to  New  York  and  Washington  finan- 
cial and  business  centers;  internships  for  qualified  upperclassmen  in  local  business  and 
industry;  and  special  projects  involving  both  primary  and  secondary  research  methods  as 
well  as  computer  assisted  instruction. 

Majors  in  accounting  can  look  forward  to  professions  in  the  areas  of  auditing,  taxes, 
government,  banking,  financial  analysis,  corporate  accounting,  not-for-profit  accounting, 
teaching,  consulting,  and  systems  analysis. 

Majors  in  business  administration  may  seek  employment  in  consulting,  retailing, 
productive  management,  government,  wholesale  and  distribution,  advertising,  transpor- 
tation, and  teaching. 

Majors  in  economics  anticipate  careers  in  government,  banking,  public  utilities, 
teaching,  and  industry. 

A  number  of  graduates  of  all  three  majors  attend  graduate  and  professional  schools, 
and  work  in  a  variety  of  businesses  and  industry  including  Aetna  Life  Insurance,  DuPont, 
Reliance  Insurance,  and  AMP,  Inc.  Other  students  work  for  a  number  of  small  accounting 
firms,  banks,  family-owned  businesses  or  are  self-employed. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  accounting  or  business  administration  or  eco- 
nomics. 

Major  Accounting  151;  Business  Administration  180;  Economics  110, 120, 201,  and 
222;  the  seminar  course  (490)  in  the  major  field,  plus  15  additional  credit  hours  (6  in  the 
student's  major),  for  a  minimum  of  36  hours. 


Economics 
and  Busi- 
ness Admin- 
istration 


Faculty: 

Judge  Gates  (Adj.) 

Dr.  Heffner 

Dr.  Knight 

Mr.  Sanders 

Mr.  Sniegocki  (Adj.| 

Mr.  Stone 

Dr.  Tom 

Mr.  Wfeaver  (Adj.l 


Courses  in  Accounting 

151.  Principles  of  Financial  Accounting.  A  begin- 
ning course  in  accounting.  Common  business  transac- 
tions are  recorded  in  various  journals  and  summarized 
in  general  and  subsidiary  ledgers.  The  effects  of  these 


transactions  are  reported  in  classified  financial  state- 
ments. J  credfYs. 

152.  Principles  of  Managerial  Accounting.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  the  accumulation  and  analysis  of 
financial  data  for  management  purposes.  Prerequi- 
site: Accounting  151.  3  credits. 


Econ.  &  Bus.  Ad.     57 


58    Econ.  &  Bus.  Ad. 


251.  Intermediate  Accounting  I.  An  advanced 
course  in  accounting  principles  stressing  statement 
presentation  and  valuation  problems  in  presenting  as- 
sets, liabilities,  and  stockholder's  equity  on  the  state- 
ments. Prt'rt?(;(/i.s;7(?:.4ccoi/;;/;>i(7  152.  Scredits. 

252.  Intermediate  Accounting  II.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  analysis  of  financial  statements,  effects 
of  error  on  statements,  preparation  of  funds  flow  state- 
ments, and  price  level  adjustments.  Prerequisite:  Ac- 
counting  251.  3  credits. 

351.  Advanced  Accounting.  Includes  a  study  of 
partnerships,  installment  sales,  consignment  sales, 
home  branch  office  relationships,  business  combina- 
tions, special  problems  of  consolidations,  foreign  sub- 
sidiaries and  branches,  and  fiduciary  accounting.  Pre- 
requisite:  .Accounting  252.  3  credits. 

352.  Government  and  Non-Profit  Accounting. 
Basic  concepts  of  fund  and  budgetary  accounting  used 
to  account  for  the  financial  activities  of  federal,  state, 
and  local  governmental  units  and  systems  for  achiev- 
ing accounting  and  administrative  controls  for  service 
organizations,  such  as  hospitals,  educational  institu- 
tions, and  other  non-profit  organizations.  Prerequi- 
site: .Accounting  152.  3  credits. 

400.  Internship.  Field  experience  in  a  business,  gov- 
ernment or  other  organization  in  some  area  of  ac- 
counting. Ordinarily  a  few  juniors  will  be  chosen  for 
the  available  internships  by  the  departmental  faculty. 
3-9  credits. 

452.  Income  T^x  Accounting.  Analysis  of  the  fed- 
eral income  ta.x  law  and  its  applications  to  individuals, 
partnerships,  fiduciaries,  corporations;  case  problems, 
preparation  of  returns.  Prerequisite:  .Accounting  152, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

454.  Advanced  Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  costing  for  planning  and  con- 
trol, including  cost-volume-profit  analysis,  budgeting, 
capital  budgeting,  inventory  control,  standard  cost- 
ing, and  the  concept  of  relevant  costs.  Prerequisite: 
.Accounting  152.  3  credits. 

455.  Auditing.  Involves  a  study  of  professional  ethics 
and  legal  responsibilities  of  public  accountants,  gen- 
erally accepted  accounting  principles,  and  auditing 
procedures. Prerequisite:  .Accounting  252.  3  credits. 

490.  Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  A  capstone 
course  involving  a  computer  simulation  that  inte- 
grates the  concepts  of  accounting,  economics,  and 
business  administration.  Financial  statement  prepa- 
ration is  an  essential  segment  of  the  course.  Required 
of  all  accounting  majors.  Prerequisites:  Business  .Ad- 
ministration  361;  .Accounting  252.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  stu- 
dents in  the  departmental  honors  program  and  other 
qualified  students  who  wish  to  undertake  the  indepen- 
dent study  in  a  specific  area  of  accounting,  i-6  crecf;Ys 
IMa.ximum  of  9). 


Courses  in  Business  Administration 

100.  Introduction  to  Business.  An  orientation  to 
the  nature  and  environment  of  business,  its  structure, 
organization,  functions  and  opportunities.  Provides 
an  integrated  framework  for  further  study  in  account- 
ing, finance,  marketing,  and  management.  (Not  open 
to  Sin\ori.]3  credits. 

180.  Principles  of  Management.  A  study  of  the  pro- 
cess of  utilizing  and  coordinating  all  available  re- 
sources in  order  to  achieve  the  objectives  of  a  business, 
governmental,  educational,  social,  or  religious  orga- 
nization. Includes  discussions  and  cases  on  decision- 
making, planning,  organizing,  staffing,  motivation, 
leadership,  control,  and  communication.  J  crerf/7s, 

350.  Behavioral  Theory  in  Management.  A  de- 
tailed study  of  organizational  behavior  theories  and 
models  with  an  emphasis  upon  the  practical  applica- 
tion of  these  models  toward  improving  individual, 
group  and  organizational  performance.  J?  crec/zY.';. 

361.  Corporation  Finance.  A  study  of  financial 
management  covering  analysis  of  asset,  liability  and 
capital  relationships  and  operations;  management  of 
current  assets,  working  capital,  cash,  liquid  assets, 
receivables,  inventory;  capital  planning  and  budget- 
ing; capital  structure  and  dividend  policy;  short  and 
intermediate  term  financing;  long  term  financing,  ex- 
ternal and  internal;  mergers  and  acquisitions;  multi- 
national operations;  and  corporate  failures  and  liqui- 
dation. Prerequisite:  .Accounting  152.  3  credits. 

362.  Investments.  Development  and  role  of  invest- 
ment and  its  relation  to  other  economic,  legal,  and 
social  institutions.  Includes  discussion  on  investment 
principles,  machinery,  policy,  and  management;  types 
of  investment,  and  the  development  of  portfolios  for 
individuals  and  institutions.  Prerequisite:  Business 
.Administration  361.  3  credits. 

371/372.  Business  Law  I,  II.  Elementary  principles 
of  law  as  they  relate  to  the  field  of  business.  Contracts, 
agency,  employment,  commercial  paper,  personal 
property,  sales,  security,  devices,  insurance,  partner- 
ships, corporation,  real  estate,  estates,  bankruptcy, 
and  government  regulations  are  discussed.  3  credits 
per  semester 

382.  Marketing.  A  study  of  the  marketing  system 
within  an  economy  in  terms  of  an  efficient  use  of  re- 
sources and  the  distribution  from  producers  to  con- 
sumers according  to  the  objectives  of  the  society;  per- 
formance of  business  activities  to  direct  the  flow  of 
goods  and  services  to  satisfy  customer  needs.  Includes 
market  research,  product  development,  packaging, 
distribution,  promotional  activities,  sales  manage- 
ment, and  price  policy.  To  bridge  the  gap  between  the 
understanding  and  the  application  of  marketing  prin- 
ciples, students  are  required  to  prepare  and  discuss  a 
number  of  cases  pertaining  to  some  specific  areas  of 
marketing.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  Busi- 
ness Administration  180.  3  credits. 


390.  Internship.  Field  experience  in  a  business,  gov- 
ernment or  other  organization  in  some  area  of  business 
administration.  Ordinarily,  a  lew  juniors  will  be  cho- 
sen lor  the  available  internships  by  the  departmental 
lacuHy.  3-9  credits. 

450.  Business  Strategy.  A  capstone  course  to  enable 
the  mature  student  to  interpret  business  policies  and 
strategies  in  light  of  the  larger  environment  and  de- 
mands of  profitability,  social  responsibility  and  indi- 
vidual rights  as  required  in  the  successful  management 
of  a  company,  institution  or  organization.  3  credits. 

490.  Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  Reading,  dis- 
cussion, and  research  in  business  administration  under 
the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  departmental 
staff.  Required  of  all  business  administration  majors. 
Prerequisite:  Business  .Administration  361  or  Ac- 
counting 351.  3  credits  per  semester  (Maximum  of  9). 
500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  stu 
dents  in  the  departmental  honors  program  and  other 
qualified  students  who  wish  to  undertake  independent 
study  in  a  specific  area  of  business  administration.  1-6 
credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


Courses  in  Economics 

Economics  110  and  120  are  prerequisites  for  all 
courses  of  a  higher  number  in  this  section. 
110.  Principles  of  Economics  I.  An  introductory 
study  in  economic  principles  and  the  American  econ- 
omy with  emphasis  on  the  elementary  concepts  of  na- 
tional income,  price  level,  business  fluctuations,  bank- 
ing activities,  money  supply,  and  economic  growth.  J 
credits. 

120.  Principles  of  Economics  II.  An  introductory 
study  in  economic  principles  and  the  American  econ- 
omy with  emphasis  on  the  elementary  concepts  of  con- 
sumption function,  production  function,  product  pric- 
ing, factor  pricing,  resource  allocation,  labor 
economics,  public  finance,  and  international  econom- 
ics. J  credits. 

130.  Economics  of  Public  Issues.  A  survey  and  eco- 
nomic analysis  of  public  issues.  3  credits. 
201.  Microeconomic  Analysis.  Economic  decision- 
making of  firms  and  resource  allocation  of  an  economy, 
a  core  course  studying  tools  of  analysis  for  students  in 
economics,  business,  accounting,  and  related  areas  or 
disciplines.  3  credits. 

203.  Macroeconomic  Analysis.  Theoretical  and 
empirical  study  of  national  income  and  business  cycles. 
3  credits. 

222.  Quantitative  Methods.  Development  and  ap- 
plication of  mathematical  concepts  and  statistical 
methods  to  the  analysis  of  theory,  and  the  resolution 
of  problems,  in  economics  and  business  administra- 
tion. Prerei/u/s/te- iVfarti?nja//cs  7  70.  3  credits. 


301.  Labor  Economics  and  Industrial  Relations. 

Theoretical  analysis  of  labor  market  functioning,  in- 
cluding impact  of  unionism,  government  policy,  de- 
mographic trends,  etc.;  human  capital  theory;  mea- 
surement of  the  labor  force  and  data  sources;  history  of 
the  American  labor  movement;  U.S.  legislation  affect- 
ing industrial  relations;  collective  bargaining  process 
and  the  system  of  industrial  jurisprudence.  Pn?n?</u/- 
site:  Econotijics  201  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3 
credits. 

312.  Money  and  Banking.  Nature  and  functions  of 
money  and  credit.  Development  and  role  of  commer- 
cial banking  and  central  banking.  Structure  and  func- 
tions of  the  Federal  Reserve  System.  .Monetary  and 
banking  theory,  policy,  and  practice.  Influence  on  prices, 
level  of  income  and  employment  and  economic  stabil- 
ity and  progress.  3  credits. 

321.  Public  Finance.  Revenues  and  e.xpenditures  and 
economic  functioning  of  the  federal,  state,  and  local 
governments;  principles  of  taxation— shifting,  inci- 
dence, and  burden;  influence  on  incentives,  income  dis- 
tribution, and  resource  allocation;  economic  and  so- 
cial aspects  of  public  spending;  budgetary  control  and 
debt  management;  fiscal  policy  and  economic  stabil- 
ity. .3  credits. 

332.  International  Economics.  .A  study  of  theories 
and  empirical  analysis  of  international  trade;  capital 
movement;  mechanism  for  attaining  equilibrium;  eco- 
nomic policies  such  as  tariff,  quota,  monetary  stan- 
dards and  exchange  rate,  state  trading,  cartel,  and 
other  international  economic  agreements.  ,3  credits. 

400.  Internship.  Field  e.xperience  in  a  business,  gov- 
ernment or  other  organization  in  some  area  of  econom- 
ics. Ordinarily,  a  few  juniors  will  be  chosen  for  the 
available  internships  by  the  departmental  faculty. 5-9 
credits. 

401.  History  of  Economic  Thought.  The  evolution 
of  economic  thought  through  the  principal  schools 
from  mercantilism  to  the  present.  Attention  will  be 
given  to  the  analysis  of  the  various  theories  of  value, 
wages,  interest,  rent,  profit,  price  level,  business  cycles, 
and  employment,  and  to  the  influences  of  earlier  eco- 
nomic ideas  upon  current  thinking  and  policy-making, 
3  credits. 


Econ.  &  Bus.  Ad.     59 


411.  Economic  Growth  and  Development.  Analy- 
sis of  classical  and  modern  theories  and  models  of 
economic  growth;  study  of  theory  and  implications  of 
alternative  development  policies.  3  credits. 
490.  Seminar  and  Special  Problems.  Reading,  dis- 
cussion, and  research  in  economics  under  the  direction 
and  supervision  of  the  departmental  staff.  Required  of 


all  economics  majors.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201 
or  202.  3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 
500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  stu- 
dents in  the  departmental  honors  program  and  other 
qualified  students  who  wish  to  undertake  independent 
study  in  a  specific  area  of  economics.  1-6  credits  per 
semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


Education     elementary  education 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Albrecht 

Dr.  Ebersole  (Chmn.) 

Dr.  Grella 

Mrs.  Herr  (Adj.) 

Dr.  Jacques 


60    Education 


Students  who  may  be  concerned  about  ttie  oversupply  of  elementary  school  teachers 
should  be  aware  that  there  is  always  a  demand  for  well-trained  and  conscientious  teach- 
ers. The  high  school  graduate  who  enjoys  working  wth  children  should  be  encouraged  to 
participate  in  Lebanon  Valley  Colleges  teacher  training  program  which  includes  train- 
ing in  all  phases  of  teaching,  and  sufficient  individualized  attention  to  each  student  fori 
realizing  his  full  potential.  The  elementary  education  program  is  field-centered.  Students  " 
have  opportunities  both  voluntarily  and  required  to  work  with  children  in  schools 
throughout  their  college  years.  J 

As  a  freshman,  a  student  will  spend  two  hours  a  week  observing  and  assisting  in  an 
elementary  school.  As  a  sophomore,  a  student  gives  two  volunteer  hours  a  week  in 
assistance  in  an  elementary  classroom.  In  a  student  s  junior  year,  one  hour  per  week  is 
spent  tutoring  a  child  or  a  small  group  of  children  in  reading,  as  partial  requirements  for 
the  teaching  of  reading  course.  Two  volunteer  hours  per  week  of  the  junior  year  are  spent 
in  assignment  as  a  student  aid.  Also  during  the  junior  year  and  during  the  summer 
following  the  junior  year,  a  student  may  qualify  for  an  independent  study  internship  with 
a  local  Mental  Health— Mental  Retardation  center.  During  the  senior  year,  the  first 
semester  is  spent  in  full-time  student  teaching.  The  second  semester  provides  opportu- 
nities to  work  with  nursery  school  children  and  with  classes  for  exceptional  children. 

In  the  student  teaching  semester,  the  careful  selection  of  the  cooperating  teacher  is 
crucial.  Every  attempt  is  made  to  match  the  student  teacher  with  a  cooperating  teacher 
who  is  compatible  in  personality,  philosophy,  and  goals  of  education.  The  teacher  edu- 
cation program  emphasizes  the  developmental  process  of  the  whole  student  in  prepara- 
tion for  teaching  the  whole  child. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

The  departmental  honors  program  in  elementary  educaton  permits  the  capable  stu- 
dent to  increase  the  depth  of  his  understanding  in  an  area  of  special  interest  and  the 
general  scope  of  his  knowledge  of  elementary  education.  It  is  planned  as  an  integral  part 
of  the  student's  major  program  rather  than  work  superimposed  upon  it. 

A  student  majoring  in  elementary  education  may  participate  in  the  departmental 
honors  program  when  he  completes  the  freshman-sophomore  college  honors  program  or 
when  he  demonstrates  in  his  academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to 
undertake  an  extensive  research  project.  He  must  also  have  achieved  a  3.3  grade-point 
average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  all  college  courses. 


Application  is  made  in  writing  to  the  chairman  of  the  department  not  later  than  the  end 
of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year.  Approval  of  the  application  must  be  given  by  the 
dean  of  the  faculty  upon  recommendation  by  the  department  staff. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  elementary  education. 

Major  Elementary  Education  220,  270,  332,  341,  344,  361/362,  440,  444;  Art  401; 
Education  342;  Geography  111;  one  of  the  following:  History  111,  112,  125,  126;  Psy- 
chology 321,  for  a  total  of  51  hours. 


Courses  in  Elementary  Education 

220.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.  Fundamen- 
tals of  music,  varied  approaches  for  developing  con- 
ceptual learning,  movement,  playing  classroom  in- 
struments, introduction  of  Orff  and  Kodaly  techniques, 
creative  applications,  guided  listening,  the  child  voice, 
materials  for  use  in  interest  centers  in  elementary 
school,  beginning  with  early  childhood.  3  crerf;/s. 
250.  Mathematics  for  the  Elementary  Grades.  An 
introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  of  mathe- 
matics taught  in  early  childhood,  elementary  and  mid- 
dle school. 3  credits. 

260.  Principles  and  Practices  in  Early  Child- 
hood Education.  Study  of  three  differing  types  of 
early  childhood  programs  — Montessori.  Piaget  and 
Open  Classroom— including  their  theories,  materials, 
curricula  and  methods.  Course  will  include  field  expe- 
rience in  local  programs,  and  preparation  of  a  prepared 
plan  for  teaching  in  one  type  of  program.  3  credits. 
270.  Children's  Literature.  A  study  of  the  literature 
of  childhood,  including  early  childhood.  Attention  is 
given  to  children's  reading  interests,  criteria  and  aids 
in  selecting  materials,  a  survey  of  the  development  of 
children's  literature,  and  the  art  of  storytelling.  3 
credits. 

332.  The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary 
School.  Appropriate  teaching  methods  and  materials 
in  math  and  science  and  their  application  in  the  early 
childhood  and  elementary  school  classroom.  Prereq- 
uisites: Elementary  Education  250  and  one  year  of  a 
laboratory  science.  3  credits. 


341/342.  Teaching  of  Reading  I,  II.  A  study  of  the 
problems  and  procedures  of  instruction  in  the  devel- 
opment of  basic  reading  skills  from  the  readiness  pro- 
grams of  Early  Childhood  Education  to  the  more  com- 
prehensive techniques  required  for  the  teaching  of 
reading  in  the  elementary  and  middle  schools.  Effec- 
tive reading  programs,  teaching  and  learning  materi- 
als, and  research  studies  in  this  field  are  investigated 
and  evaluated  per  semester.  Prerequisite:  Elemen- 
tary Education  270.  3  credits. 

344.  Health  and  Safety  Education.  The  course  in- 
cludes a  study  of  basic  health  and  safety  practices  and 
procedures  as  applied  to  the  elementary  school,  a  pro- 
gram of  physical  education  for  elementary  school  chil- 
dren, an  American  Red  Cross-approved  program  of 
first  aid,  and  an  evaluation  of  sources  and  use  of  ma- 
terials. Prerequisites:  Education  110:  Psychology 
220.  3  credits. 

361/362.  Communications  and  Croup  Processes 
in  the  Elementary  School  I,  II.  Deals  with  the  fun- 
damentals for  language  growth  in  areas  of  oral  and 
written  expression,  beginning  with  early  childhood. 
Planned  to  assist  teachers  in  helping  children  com- 
municate effectively  and  responsibly  in  a  creative  man- 
ner, in  growing  toward  self  understanding,  and  in  de- 
veloping satisfying  interpersonal  relationships.  The 
use  of  varied  group  processes  in  multifaceted  settings 
is  emphasized.  3  credits  per  semester. 
440.  Student  Teaching.  Each  student  spends  an  en- 
tire semester  in  a  classroom  of  an  area  public  school 
under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooper- 
ating teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  A  cumulative 
grade-point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semes- 
ters in  college  is  required.  Prerequisites:  Education 
110:  Psychology  220:  Elementary  Education  270, 
332.  341/342.  and361/362.  12credits. 
444.  Senior  Seminar.  Special  topics  related  to  per- 
tinent problems  in  student  teaching  or  to  further 
professional  growth  in  the  profession  are  researched.  3 
credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  the 
student  who  desires  to  engage  in  independent  study 
whether  enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program 
or  not.i-3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


Education     61 


SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

There  is  no  separate  major  for  those  interested  in  secondary  education.  Interested 
students  major  in  a  subject  area  and  also  enroll  for  courses  in  the  Education  Department. 
This  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  for  teacher  certification  in  Pennsyl- 
vania and  neighboring  states. 

Those  students  desiring  teacher  certification  must  complete  a  minimum  of  18  credits 
in  professional  courses  together  with  the  approved  program  in  the  subject  field  to  be 
taught.  Education  110  serves  as  an  introduction  to  the  secondary  classroom,  with  each 
student  being  assigned  to  work  as  a  student  aide  in  a  nearby  secondary  school. 

During  the  senior  year  one  semester  is  designated  as  a  professional  semester.  The 
student  enrolls  in  the  following  courses: 

Ed.  420:  Human  Growth  and  Development. 

Ed.  430:  Practicum  and  Methods  (English  431  for  English  majors) 

Ed.  440:  Student  Teaching. 

The  student  teaching  is  done  in  a  nearby  secondary  school  throughout  the  entire 
semester.  Each  student  teacher  is  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  selected  experienced 
teacher  and  the  guidance  of  faculty  responsible  for  teacher  education. 

Prerequisites  for  student  teaching  include: 

a.  A  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.0  in  the  major  field. 

b.  Completionof  Education  110. 

c.  Completion  of  methods  in  the  major  field. 

d.  Approval  of  the  major  advisor  and  the  director  of  secondary  student  teaching. 

A  student  may  also  return  to  the  college  following  graduation  to  complete  an  approved 
program  of  teacher  certification. 


62    Education 


Courses  in  Education 

110.  Foundations  of  Education.  A  study  is  made  of 
the  social,  historical  and  philosophical  foundations  of 
.American  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of  the 
principles  and  theories  of  noted  educational  leaders 
who  have  influenced  educational  practices  today.  3 
credits. 

331.  Educational  Measurements.  A  study  of  the 
principles  of  validity  and  reliability  appraisal  and  con- 
struction of  test  items  and  consideration  of  the  uses  of 
test  results.  Recommended  elective  in  elementary  and 
secondary  fields.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  110.  3 
credits. 

342.  Reading  Improvement.  An  advanced  course  in 
reading  giving  special  attention  to  diagnosis,  readi- 
ness, correction,  and  remediation  in  reading.  Atten- 
tion will  be  focused  on  current  research  findings.  In- 
struments and  guidelines  for  effective  diagnostic 
teaching  will  be  examined  and  evaluated.  Open  only 


to  junior  or  senior  students  enrolled  in  the  elementary 
and  secondary  programs. 3  credits. 
346.  Educational  Technology  and  Instructional 
Media.  Some  psychological  bases  of  technological 
teaching  devices  and  media  are  examined,  types  of 
media  and  equipment  studied  and  appraised,  and  ap- 
plications and  uses  are  explored.  3  credits. 
423.  An  Introduction  to  Guidance.  The  history, 
philosophy,  and  development  of  public  school  guid- 
ance, and  the  procedures  and  instruments  used  by  the 
teacher. Prerequisite:  Education  110.  3  credits. 
442.  The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.  A 
general  view  of  the  practices  and  programs  for  the 
education  of  exceptional  children  and  youth  beginning 
with  early  childhood.  The  study  includes  children  with 
physical,  mental,  and  emotional  handicaps,  and  gifted 
children.  Field  work  in  special  classes  provides  first- 
hand experience.  Prerequisites:  Education  110.  Psy- 
ctiology  110.  3  credits. 


Courses  in  Secondary  Education 

420.  Human  Growth  and  Development.  This  course 
deals  with  the  practical  application  of  principles  of 
psychology  and  human  learning  to  secondary  school 
teaching.  Required  of  all  seniors  in  secondary  educa- 
tion.Pri?rt'i/t//.s;7e;£'c?uca/(or7  110.  3  credits. 

430.  Practicum  and  Methods.  This  course  is  de- 
signed to  acquaint  the  students  with  some  basic  be- 
haviors and  methods  in  the  classroom  that  will  help 
the  prospective  teacher  in  any  subject  area.  Students 
work  independently  on  the  problems  related  to  their 
major  areas  and  teaching  reading  in  their  particular 
fields.  This  course  is  required  of  all  seniors  in  second- 


ary education,  except  English  majors  who  will  take 
English  i31. Prerequisite:  Education  110.  3  credits. 
440.  Student  Teaching.  Each  student  spends  one  se- 
mester in  a  classroom  at  an  area  school  under  the  su- 
pervision of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher. 
Open  to  seniors  only.  Requirements  are:  (1)  a  cumula- 
tive grade-point  average  of  2.0  during  the  first  six  se- 
mesters in  college.  (2)  the  written  recommendation  of 
the  major  adviser,  (3)  the  approval  of  the  director  of 
secondary  student  teaching,  and  (4|  the  approval  of 
the  dean  of  the  idtcuMy.  Prerequisites:  Education  110, 
420;  Education  430  or  English  431.  9  credits. 


In  the  cooperative  3-2  Engineering  Program  a  student  may  earn  a  B.S.  degree  from 
Lebanon  Valley  College  and  a  B.S.  degree  in  one  of  the  fields  of  engineering  from  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  or  other  cooperating  institution.  Students  who  pursue  this 
cooperative  engineering  program  take  three  years  of  work  at  Lebanon  Valley  and  then,  if 
recommended  by  the  college,  they  may  attend  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  two 
additional  years  of  work  in  engineering.  After  the  satisfactory  completion  of  the  fourth 
year  of  the  program,  LVC  grants  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  areas  of 
science  or  mathematics.  At  the  completion  of  the  fifth  year,  the  University  grants  the 
appropriate  engineering  degree. 

Requirements:  Required  courses  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  in  the  3-2  program 
include  Mathematics  161, 162, 261, 266,  and  242;  Physics  111,  112, 211;  Chemistry  111; 
Eleven  courses  in'humanities  and  social  sciences. 

Additional  courses  in  physics,  mathematics,  chemistry  and  biology  appropriate  for 
the  particular  area  of  engineering  are  chosen  in  planning  the  total  program  to  meet  the 
particular  needs  of  an  individual  student.  For  mechanical,  civil,  and  electrical  engineer- 
ing. Physics  311,  312,  321  and  322  are  among  the  needed  courses. 

In  the  cooperative  4- 1  program,  in  which  Lebanon  Valley  cooperates  with  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania,  the  student  completes  his  four-year  baccalaureate  degree  with  a 
major  in  biology,  chemistry,  mathematics,  or  physics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College,  and 
then  moves  into  an  engineering  curriculum  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  which  leads 
to  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  a  field  of  engineering.  An  adviser  from  the  University 
is  assigned  to  the  student  during  his  senior  year  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  to  provide  for 
a  smooth  transition  to  graduate  study.  It  is  then  possible  for  the  student  to  earn  his 
Masters  degree  in  a  year  plus  a  summer  of  work  in  the  engineering  school. 

At  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  the  student  may  select  from  among  eight  different 
engineering  fields — bioengineering,  chemical  engineering,  civil  and  urban  engineering, 
computer  science  and  engineering,  electrical  engineering  and  science,  mechanical  en- 
gineering and  applied  mechanics,  metallurgy  and  materials  science,  and  systems  science 
and  engineering. 


Engineering 
(Coopera- 
tive) 

.Adviser: 
Dr.  Rhodes 


Engineering     63 


p^H^joli  The  English  major  traditionally  introduces  students  to  the  humanistic  study  of  liter- 

^^  ature  and  thus  to  the  noblest  expressions  of  the  human  condition  and  the  finest  examples 

of  esthetic  accomplishment.  The  English  Department  recognizes  that  an  English  major 

Faculty:  ^jjq  should  prepare  a  student  to  enter  the  job  market,  and  furthermore,  that  a  major  in 

^'''^u-^^  English  can  do  this  particularly  well. 

Dr.  Ford  (Chmnj  First,  the  graduate  in  English  has  learned  to  express  himself  clearly,  coherently,  and 

Dr.  Kearney  concisely  Second,  an  English  major  who  has  worked  through  the  intricacies  of  a 

"or^Markowkz  Shakespearean  play,  who  has  written  a  paper  on  Puritan  poetics,  or  who  has  organized 

Dr.  o'Donneii  an  Oral  panel  presentation  has  learned  to  gather  data,  organize  it,  and  present  it  effec- 

Dr.Struble(Adj.)  tively 

Mr.  Woods  ^^  Lebanon  Valley  College  the  individualized  English  major  program  allows  students 

to  concentrate  on  developing  communication  skills  through  courses  such  as  oral  com- 
munication, journalism,  and  technical  writing  and  through  our  developing  intern  pro- 
grams. Furthermore,  our  flexible  major  program  allows  each  student  to  add  work  from 
other  departments  easily  and  coherently 

The  program  for  English  majors  also  allows  flexibility  for  a  student  to  study  on  his 
own,  or  to  participate  in  career  related  activities  for  credit.  The  independent  study 
program  encourages  self-study  on  subjects  from  theater  to  creative  writing.  Internships 
offer  on  the  job  experience. 

Graduates  of  the  Department  of  English  can  look  forward  to  employment  in  a  number 
of  areas  including  teaching  of  all  levels,  graduate  work,  college  administration,  editing, 
public  relations  and  the  media,  book  publishing,  business  and  government. 

Graduate  schools  represented  by  Lebanon  Valley  College  English  Department  gradu- 
ates include  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Penn  State  University,  Michigan  State, 
William  &  Mary,  EJoston  College,  Northeastern  and  Cambridge  University  (England)  to 
name  a  few. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  are  majoring  in  English  may  become  candidates  for  departmental  hon- 
ors if  they  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0  in  courses  in  English,  and  if  they  receive 
permission  from  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty,  ordinarily 
no  later  than  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

The  specific  program  for  each  student  accepted  for  the  departmental  honors  program 
will  be  worked  out  by  that  student  in  consultation  with  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

Degree:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  English. 

Major:  Each  English  major  devises,  with  an  adviser,  a  major  program  reflecting  the 
major's  vocational  goals  and  allowing  the  student  to  demonstrate  mastery  of  grammati- 
cal skills  and  writing  conventions,  to  be  broadly  knowledgeable  about  major  authors, 
trends  and  issues  in  Western  literature,  to  display  a  deeper  knowledge  of  authors,  works, 
and  literary  subjects,  to  have  a  fundamental  knowledge  of  the  historical  development 
and  present  character  of  the  English  language  and  (for  secondary  education  majors)  to 
64  English  have  a  working  knowledge  of  at  least  two  grammars. 


Courses  in  English 

111/112.  English  Composition  1, 11.  Both  semes 
ters  concentrate  on  developing  basic  skills  of  compo- 
sition. 3  credits  per  semester. 

211/212.  Word  Study  I,  II.  This  course  has  a  two- 
fold purpose:  (1)  to  give  the  student  some  insight  into 
linguistic  processes,  particularly  as  they  pertain  to  the 
growth  of  the  English  vocabulary;  and  (2)  to  increase 
the  range  of  the  student's  vocabulary.  1  credit  per  se- 
mester 

215.  Writing  Workshop.  Practice  and  instruction  in 
sound  principles  of  composition  with  the  student 
choosing  the  type  of  writing  he  or  she  wishes  to  pur- 
sue; e.g.,  journalistic,  technical,  scientific  or  general 
expository  writing.  3  credits. 

218.  Oral  Communication.  This  course  is  designed 
to  establish  basic  concepts,  understandings,  and  atti- 
tudes concerning  the  nature  and  importance  of  oral 
communication  and  to  provide  experience  in  speaking 
and  in  competent  criticism  of  these  activities.  3 
credits. 

221/222.  American  Literature  I,  II.  First  semes- 
ter: a  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  begin- 
nings to  the  Civil  War.  Second  semester:  a  survey  of 
American  literature  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present 
day  3  credits  per  semester. 

223.  Creative  Writing.  This  course  alternates  be- 
tween the  writing  of  fiction  and  the  writing  of  poetry 
3  credits. 
225/226.  Survey  of  English  Literature  I,  II.  A 

study  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  our 
own  time,  viewed  in  perspective  against  the  back- 
ground of  English  life  and  thought.  3  credits  per  se- 
mester 

227/228.  World  Literature  I,  II.  While  the  organi 
zation  of  this  course  is  basically  chronological,  the 
emphasis  is  thematic:  major  ideas  of  western  thought 
are  traced  through  important  literary  works  from  the 
ancient  Greeks  to  the  moderns.  3  credits  per  semester. 
250-299.  Studies  in  Literary  Contexts.  This  se 
quence  of  courses,  several  of  which  are  offered  any  one 
year,  examines  literary  works  within  the  larger  con- 
texts of  social  and  intellectual  concerns.  3  credits  per 
semester. 


321/322.  Shakespeare  I,  II.  A  survey  of  English 
drama  from  its  beginnings  to  and  including  Shake- 
speare: (a)  a  study  of  Shakespeare's  history  plays  and 
their  place  in  the  Elizabethan  world,  and  an  analysis 
of  early  Shakespearean  comedy;  (b)  a  study  of  Shake- 
speare's major  tragedies,  the  problem  comedies,  and 
the  late  romantic  comedies.  3  credits  per  semester. 

331.  History  of  the  English  Language.  Historical 
study  of  English  sounds,  grammatical  forms,  and  vo- 
cabulary; and  brief  survey  of  standards  of  correctness 
and  current  usage.  3  credits. 

332.  Chaucer.  Intended  to  give  the  student  a  reason- 
able familiarity  with  Chaucer  and  other  medieval  au- 
thors, and  to  develop  skill  in  the  reading  of  Middle 
English.  3  credits. 

334.  Modern  Grammars.  A  review  of  traditional 
grammar  and  an  introduction  to  recent  concepts  in 
grammar  resulting  from  developments  in  structural 
Mnguisiics. Prerequisite:  English  331.  3  credits. 

337.  The  Novel.  A  study  of  the  development  of  the 
novel  in  England  from  Richardson  to  ioyce. 3  credits. 

338.  Contemporary  Drama.  A  survey-workshop  of 
Continental,  British,  and  American  drama  from  Ibsen 
to  the  present. 5  cr<?d//5. 

339.  History  of  the  Theater.  A  selection  of  Western 
and  some  Oriental  dramas  from  Aeschylus  to  Ibsen 
presented  historically  with  attention  to  theater  modes 
and  techniques.  3  creAYs. 

344.  Theater  Workshop.  The  elements  of  theater 
art  oriented  toward  stage  presentation,  with  class- 
room practice  in  production  of  scenes  and  whole  plays. 
3  credits. 
390.  Internship,  i  9  credits. 

431.  The  Teaching  of  English  in  Secondary 
Schools.  Concerned  primarily  with  the  role  of  the  En- 
glish teacher  in  the  secondary  schools.  Attention  may 
be  given  to  the  teaching  of  composition,  mechanics, 
speech,  and  literary  forms.  Sessions  on  recent  research 
in  the  field  of  English,  resource  materials,  mass  media, 
and  teaching  techniques  will  be  included. 5  cred(/s. 

440.  Special  Problems.  Offered  according  to  inter- 
ests of  students  and  staff.  This  course  will  rotate 
among  faculty  members,  the  content  of  the  course  to 
be  determined  by  the  instructor  with  the  advice  of  the 
department  and  consent  of  the  chairman  and  the  dean 
of  the  faculty.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 
3  credits. 

444.  Seminar  in  English.  This  capstone  course  for 
English  majors  varies  in  content  depending  on  the  in- 
terests of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  For  the  student  who  de- 
sires to  engage  in  a  project  of  independent  work  whether 
enrolled  in  the  departmental  honors  program  or 
not.Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor  1-3  credits 
per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


English     65 


Foreign  Lan- 
guages 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Doreste 

Ms.  Guerrette 

Dr.  Iglesias(Chmn.) 

Mrs.  Savior  (Adj.) 

Dr.  Scott 

Miss  Strange 


The  study  of  a  modern  foreign  language  has  a  three-fold  aim.  The  first  is  to  develop 
fluency  in  the  basic  communication  skills— speaking,  listening  comprehension,  reading 
and  writing.  The  second  is  to  provide  a  direct  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the 
literature,  civilization  and  cultural  heritage  of  the  people  whose  language  is  studied. 
The  third  aim  is  to  develop  an  understanding  of  language  as  the  fundamental  medium  in 
which  mankind  thinks,  perceives  and  interacts. 

The  department  prepares  the  language  major  for  a  career  in  a  variety  of  challenging 
fields:  teaching,  diplomatic  and  government  service,  foreign  trade,  business  and  industry, 
and  social  service.  Since  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  alone  is  often  insufficient  for 
many  of  these  careers,  the  language  major  should,  as  appropriate,  combine  study  of 
foreign  languages  with  work  in  other  disciplines. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  encourages  language  majors  to  spend  some  time  studying  in 
the  country  of  their  language.  To  facilitate  study  abroad,  Lebanon  Valley  College  has 
become  a  cooperating  member  of  the  International  Studies  Program  of  Central  College, 
Pella,  Iowa.  This  program  provides  for  6  to  12  months  of  study  in  France,  Germany  and 
Austria,  or  Spain. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  are  majoring  in  foreign  languages  may  become  candidates  for  depart- 
mental honors  if  they  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0  in  departmental  courses,  and  if 
they  receive  permission  from  the  departmental  staff  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty,  ordinarily 
no  later  then  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

Honors  work  will  involve  the  selection  of  a  topic  for  investigation  under  the  guidance 
of  the  departmental  adviser,  independent  reading  and  study,  frequent  conferences  with 
the  adviser,  preparation  of  a  paper  to  be  submitted  by  March  15  of  the  senior  year, 
satisfactory  defense  of  the  paper  before  a  committee  composed  of  the  departmental  staff, 
the  dean  of  the  faculty,  and  any  other  faculty  members  who  may  be  invited  to  participate, 
and,  finally,  an  oral  examination  in  the  language  of  major  concentration.  If  these  require- 
ments are  satisfied,  the  student  will  be  graduated  with  honors  in  the  major  language. 

Degree:  For  the  student  who  majors  in  foreign  languages,  French,  German  or  Spanish, 
the  B.A.  degree  is  offered. 

Major:  A  student  may  elect  to  major  in  one  foreign  language  or  in  Foreign  Languages. 
A  major  in  one  language  requires  Foreign  Languages  252  and  24  hours  above  the 
intermediate  level  in  the  language  studied.  A  major  in  Foreign  Languages  has  the  same 
requirements  plus  a  minimum  of  12  hours  above  the  intermediate  level  in  a  second 
language.  If  a  certificate  to  teach  is  desired.  Foreign  Languages  440  is  also  required. 
Beyond  the  intermediate  level,  French,  German  and  Spanish  courses  are  conducted  in 
the  language  studied. 


66    Foreign  Lang. 


Courses  in  Foreign  Languages 

252.  Introduction  to  Linguistics.  An  introductory 

study  of  language  as  a  communication  system,  de- 
signed for  the  major  and  non-major  alike  and  taught 
entirely  in  English.  3  credits. 


225H/226H.  Contemporary  European  Litera- 
ture I,  IL  Reading,  in  translation,  of  works  selected 
to  represent  important  authors  and  trends  in  contem- 
porary European  litenlure.  3  credits  per  semester 


440.  Methods  in  Teaching  Foreign  Languages.  A 

comprehensive  study  of  modern  methods  of  foreign 
language  teaching  in  secondary  schools  with  emphasis 
on  teaching  basic  skills.  Prerequisite:  French,  Ger- 
man or  Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  2  credits. 

Courses  in  French 

101,  102.  Elementary  French  I,  II.  A  beginning 
course  in  French.  3  credits  per  semester. 
Ill,  112.  Intermediate  French  I,  II.  A  continua- 
tion of  French  102  with  further  practice  in  conversa- 
tion, comprehension,  reading  and  writing.  Prerequi- 
site: French  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester 
115,  116.  Introduction  to  French  Literature  I, 
II.  Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of  literary  texts  and 
in  the  four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  French 
112  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester 

215.  French  Culture.  A  study  of  modern  France  with 
special  attention  to  those  qualities,  characteristics, 
and  traditions  which  are  uniquely  French.  Prerequi- 
site: French  112  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

216.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition. 
Intensive  practice  in  spoken  and  written  French  on  an 
advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level,  with  empha- 
sis on  the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situations. 
Prerequisite:  French  1 12  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

221.  French  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages.  A 
study  of  the  masterpieces  of  medieval  French  litera- 
ture in  the  context  of  the  social  and  intellectual  cli- 
mate in  which  they  were  produced.  Prerequisite: 
French  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

222.  French  Literature  of  the  Renaissance.  A 
study  of  the  major  works  of  the  French  Renaissance 
with  emphasis  on  Rabelais,  Montaigne  and  the  poets 
of  the  Pleiade.  Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equiva- 
lent. 3  credits. 

331.  French  Literature  of  the  Age  of  Louis  XIV. 
A  study  of  the  major  authors  of  this  apogee  of  French 
civilization,  including  Corneille,  Racine,  Moliere,  La 
Fontaine  and  Pascal.  Prerequisite:  French  116  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

332.  French  Literature  of  the  Enlightenment.  A 
study  of  the  main  literary  and  philosophical  currents 
of  the  eighteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on  the  works 
of  Montesquieu,  Diderot,  Voltaire  and  Rousseau.  Pre- 
requisite: Fretich  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

441.  The  modern  Novel  in  France.  A  study  of  the 
French  novel  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centu- 
ries. Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

442.  Modern  Theatre  and  Poetry  of  France.  A 
study  of  French  theatre  and  poetry  of  the  nineteenth 
and  twentieth  centuries.  Prerequisite:  French  116  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

445/446.  Seminar  I,  II.  Designed  to  supplement 
and  integrate  the  student's  knowledge  and  stimulate 


individual  study  and  research.  The  content  varies  ac- 
cording to  the  needs  and  interests  of  the  group.  Pre- 
requisite: French  116  or  equivalent.  1-3  credits 
per  .semester 

500.  Independent  Study.  This  course  enables  a 
student  to  engage  in  independent  study  whether  en- 
rolled in  the  departmental  honors  program  or  not. 
Prerequisite:  French  116  or  equivalent.  1  -3  credits. 
(Maximum  of  9). 


Courses  in  German 

101,  102.  Elementary  German  I,  II.  A  beginning 
course  in  German.  3  credits  per  semester. 
Ill,  112.  Intermediate  German  I,  II.  A  continua- 
tion of  German  102  with  practice  in  conversation, 
comprehension,  reading  and  writing.  Prerequisite: 
German  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 

113,  114.  Scientific  German  I,  II.  Practice  in  read- 
ing scientific  and  technical  German  with  emphasis  on 
the  vocabulary  used  in  this  type  of  writing.  Prereq- 
uisite: German  112  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per 
semester. 

115,  116.  Introduction  to  German  Literature  I, 
II.  Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of  literary  texts  and 
in  the  four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  Ger- 
man 112  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester. 

215.  German  Culture.  A  study  of  modern  Germany 
with  special  attention  to  those  qualities,  characteris- 
tics and  traditions  which  are  uniquely  German.  Pre- 
requisite: German  112  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

216.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition. 
Intensive  practice  in  spoken  and  written  German  on 
an  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situa- 
tions. Prerequisite:  German  112  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

221.  German  Literature  from  the  Beginnings  to 
1750.  A  study  of  representative  works  from  the  early 
Middle  Ages  through  the  baroque  with  emphasis  on 
the  generation  writing  in  the  early  thirteenth  century. 
Prerequisite:  German  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 


Foreign  Lang.     67 


68    Foreign  iMng. 


331.  German  Literature  from  1750  to  1848.  The 

effects  of  the  Enlightenment  and  the  subsequent  de- 
velopment of  German  romanticism  with  a  close  read- 
ing of  major  works  and  extensive  background  in  the 
history  and  esthetics  of  the  pex'wA.  Prerequisite:  Ger- 
man 116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

332.  Goethe  and  Schiller.  A  detailed  study  of  the 
lives,  society  and  artistic  achievements  of  these  pre- 
eminent literary  ^^iKi. Prerequisite:  German  116  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

410.  Special  Topics  in  German.  Advanced  study  of 
an  aspect  of  the  German  language.  Topic  varies,  e.g.. 
advanced  grammar,  stylistics,  history  of  the  German 
language.  Prerequisite:  German  116.  216  or  equiva- 
lent. 3  credits. 

441.  German  Literature  from  1848  to  the  Present. 
.An  examination  of  masterpeices  of  German  fiction, 
drama  and  poetry  with  special  attention  to  the  chang- 
ing role  of  the  artist  in  society.  Prerequisite:  German 
1 16  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

442.  Topics  in  Modern  German  Literature.  Offers 
a  detailed  study  of  one  aspect  of  modern  German  lit- 
erature, e.g..  the  novel,  contemporary  authors,  twen- 
tieth century  drama,  literary  e.xpressionism.  Prereq- 
uisite: German  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  For  the  student  who  wishes 
to  study  independently  whether  enrolled  in  the  depart- 
mental honors  program  or  not.  Prerequisite:  German 
116  or  equivalent.  1-3  credits  per  semester  (Ma.xi- 
mum  of  9). 

Courses  in  Greek 

101,  102.  Elementary  Greek  I,  IL  An  intensive 
course  in  the  basics  of  ancient  Greek.  3  credits  per 
semester 

111,112.  Intermediate  Greek  I,  II.  First  semester: 
readings  from  the  New  Testament  Gospels.  Second  se- 
mester: readings  from  Xenophon's--l;!i;6as/s.  A  review 
of  grammar  throughout  the  year.  Prerequisite:  Greek 

102.  3  credits  per  semester 

321.  Readings  from  the  Book  of  Acts.  Prerequi- 
site: Greek  1 12.  3  credits. 

322.  Readings  in  Hellenistic  Greek.  Prt'r<?(/i;;s;7c'; 
Greek  112.  3  credits. 

431.  Readings  from  the  Epistles  of  Vau\.Prereq- 
uisite:  Creek  112.  3  credits. 

432.  Readings  from  the  Greek  Philosophers. 

Prerequisite:  Greek  112.  3  credits. 

Courses  in  Latin 

101.  Elementary  Latin  I.  Basic  grammar  and  syn- 
tax, with  some  reading  of  ancient  writers.  3  credits. 

102.  Elementary  Latin  II.  A  review  of  grammar, 
translation  of  English  into  Latin  and  reading  Latin 
prose  selections,  including  Cicero.  Prerequisite:  Latin 
101  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 


111.  Intermediate  Latin  I.  A  review  of  grammar  and 
readings  from  prose  works  such  as  Cicero's  Essays. 
Prerequisite:  Latin  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

112.  Intermediate  Latin  II.  A  reading  of  passages 
selected  from  the  writings  of  Virgil  and  Ovid. Prereq- 
uisite: Latin  111  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

Courses  in  Spanish 

101,  102.  Elementary  Spanish  I,  II.  .A  beginning 
course  in  Sp^inish.  3  credits  per  semester 
111,  112.  Intermediate  Spanish  I,  II.  A  continua- 
tion of  Spanish  102  with  further  practice  in  conversa- 
tion, listening  comprehension,  reading  and  writing. 
Prerequisite:  Spanish  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits 
persetiiester. 

115,  116.  Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature  I, 
II.  Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of  literary  texts  and 
in  the  four  basic  language  skiWs.  Prerequisite:  Span- 
ish 1 12  or  equivalent.  3  credits  per  semester 

215.  Hispanic  Culture.  A  study  of  Hispanic  culture 
as  found  in  modern  Spain  and  its  reflection  in  Ameri- 
can countries  and  in  the  Spanish  language.  Prereq- 
uisite: Spariish  112  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

216.  Advanced  Composition  and  Conversation. 

Intensive  practice  in  spoken  and  written  Spanish  on 
an  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situa- 
tions. Prerequisite:  Spanish  112  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

221.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and 
Early  Renaissance.  A  study  of  the  outstanding  works 
of  the  period  with  emphasis  on  the  beginnings  of  the 
Renaissance  in  Spain.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

222.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age.  .\ 
study  of  the  major  works  of  the  period.  Prerequisite: 
Spanish  1 16  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

331.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  18th  and  19th 
Centuries.  Readings  from  the  Enlightenment  in  Spain 
and  a  study  of  the  major  works  of  romanticism  and 
realism.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

332.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  20th  Century. 
Starting  with  the  Generation  '98  and  Modernism,  a 
representative  study  of  the  literary  movements  of  this 
century.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  3 
credits. 

441.  Spanish-American  Literature  to  the  20th 
Century.  Readings  of  the  representative  authors  from 
the  colonial  and  independence  periods  of  Spanish- 
American  literature.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  116  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

442.  Spanish-American  Literature  of  the  20th 
Century.  A  study  of  important  writers  of  the  early 
part  of  the  century,  with  emphasis  on  recent  develop- 


ments  in  the  literature  of  Spanish-America.  Prereq- 
uisite: Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

445/446.  Seminar  I,  II.  Designed  to  supplement  and 
integrate  the  student's  knowledge  and  stimulate  indi- 
vidual study  and  research.  The  content  varies  accord- 
ing to  the  needs  and  interests  of  the  group.  Prerequi- 


site: Spanish  116  or  equivalent.  1-3  credits  per 
semester. 

500.  Independent  Study.  For  the  student  who  wishes 
to  study  independently  whether  enrolled  in  the  depart- 
ment honors  program  or  not.  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
116  or  equivalent.  1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Ma.xi- 
mum  of  9). 


Students  completing  a  three  year  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  studying  the 
liberal  arts  and  the  sciences  basic  to  forestry  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  cooperative 
forestry  program  with  Duke  University.  Upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of  the  two  year 
(plus  one  summer)  program  at  Duke  University,  the  student  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College.  After  completion  of  the  program  at  Duke 
the  student  will  receive  the  professional  degree  of  Master  of  Forestry  (M.F.)  or  Master  of 
Environmental  Management  (M.E.M.)  from  Duke  University.  Students  may  major  in 
biology,  economics,  political  science  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Requirements:  Required  courses  regardless  of  major  include  Biology  111/112;  Eco- 
nomics 110/120;  Mathematics  161  or  111,  and  Mathematics  170,  plus  those  courses 
necessary  to  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  college.  Additional  required  course- 
work  varies  depending  upon  whether  the  student  majors  in  economics,  biology,  mathe- 
matics or  political  science. 


Forestry 
(Coopera- 
tive) 


.Adviser: 
Dr.  Williams 


French 

(See  Foreign  Languages) 


Courses  in  geography  are  offered  as  an  adjunct  to  the  elementary  and  secondary      CeO^ra'DllT 
education  program,  or  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  take  the  courses  out  of  personal  ^^     " 

interest. 


Courses  in  Geography 

111.  World  Geography  I  (Physical  Geography). 

The  physical  aspects  of  the  earth,  its  place  in  the  solar 
system,  earth  movements,  earth's  waters,  landforms. 
climate,  soil  types,  weather  phenomena,  and  processes 
that  form  and  change  the  earth's  surface.  3  credits. 

112.  World  Geography  II  (Regional  Cultural  Ge- 
ography). This  course  is  recommended  for  elemen- 
tary education  majors  and  is  required  for  those  wishing 
to  be  certified  in  comprehensive  social  studies.  The 
course  examines  various  countries  and  regions  of  the 
world,  relating  the  geographic  features  of  each  to  the 
life  and  culture  of  the  people.  Natural  resources  and 
economy  of  each  region  are  studied  as  well  as  such 
facts  as  states  and  capitals,  population  density,  food 
supply,  and  ecological  factors.  3  crt?d(/s 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Ebersole 
Dr.  Jacques 


German 

(See  Foreign  Languages) 


Greek 

(See  Foreign  Languages) 


Health 
Professions 


Adviser: 
Dr.  Henninger 


Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  pre-professional  training  in  the  medical  (medicine, 
osteopathy,  optometry,  podiatry,  pharmacy,  chiropractic,  and  dentistry)  and  veterinary 
fields.  Students  interested  in  one  of  these  careers  usually  follow  a  science  curriculum 
with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology  or  chemistry.  At  Lebanon  Valley  College  we  feel 
that  a  strong  background  in  the  basic  natural  sciences  is  requisite  for  careers  in  the 
health  professions. 

In  addition  to  the  basic  natural  sciences  suited  to  advanced  professional  study,  the 
student  who  is  interested  in  veterinary  medicine  may  participate  in  a  cooperative  pro- 
gram between  the  college  and  local  veterinarians,  specializing  in  both  small  and  large 
animal  medicine.  Students  not  only  receive  credit  for  the  work,  but  also  gain  valuable 
experience  in  the  field. 

A  health  professions  committee  coordinates  the  various  plans  of  study  at  the  college 
in  addition  to  offering  advice  and  assistance  to  those  persons  interested  in  health  profes- 
sions careers. 

For  those  students  interested  in  podiatry,  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  the  Pennsyl- 
vania College  of  Pediatric  Medicine  have  established  an  accelerated  podiatric  medicine 
education  curriculum  consisting  of  a  minimum  of  ninety  undergraduate  semester  hours 
and  four  years  of  podiatric  medical  education.  Following  three  years  of  study  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College  a  student  may  be  recommended  for  further  study  at  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Podiatric  Medicine.  Lebanon  Valley  College  than  awards  the  baccalaureate 
degree,  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology  or  chemistry,  to  those  students  who 
complete  successfully  one  year  of  basic  science  education  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of 
Podiatric  Medicine. 

Majors  in  biology  and  chemistry  with  an  interest  in  health  professions  have  been 
admitted  to  some  of  the  nations  finest  schools  including  Johns  Hopkins  University 
Medical  School,  The  University  of  Pennsylvania,  The  University  of  Pittsburgh,  Jefferson 
Medical  School,  The  Milton  S.  Hershey  Medical  Center,  Temple  University,  The  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine,  The  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  and  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry. 


History  and 

Political 

Science 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Fehr 

Dr.Geffen(Chmn.) 

Mr.  Joyce 

Dr.  Norton 


The  Department  of  History  and  Political  Science  is  a  dual  department,  but  each 
cirriculum  is  distinct  and  taught  separately.  The  study  of  history  acquaints  the  student 
with  human  behavior  in  the  dimension  of  past  time.  Political  science  deals  with  the 
many-sided  aspects  of  government. 

INTERNSHIPS 

The  department  offers  supervised  academic  and  field  experience  in  two  types  of 
internship:  in  history,  in  historic  preservation  and  other  museum-related  work;  in  politi- 
cal science,  work  in  a  governmental  agency,  with  an  elected  public  official,  or  in  electoral 
activity.  Departmental  interns  typically  work  12  to  15  hours  per  week  on  assignment  as 
interns  in  the  Office  of  Historic  Preservation  of  the  Pennsylvania  Historical  and  Museum 


Commission  in  Harrisburg  or  on  site,  or  as  staff  assistants  to  various  committees  in  the 
Pennsylvania  State  Government,  such  as  the  House  Committee  on  Health  and  Welfare 
or  the  Senate  Committee  on  Education,  or  in  the  Harrisburg  office  of  Congressman 
Allen  Ertel  of  the  17th  Congressional  District. 

WASHINGTON  SEMESTER  PROGRAM 

Juniors  and  seniors  in  any  major  field  who  have  at  least  a  2.5  average,  have  had  basic 
courses  in  American  national  government,  and  are  recommended  by  the  chairman  of  the 
Department  of  History  and  Political  Science,  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Washing- 
ton Semester  Program,  which  is  offered  in  cooperation  with  The  American  University  in 
Washington,  D.  C.  This  includes  the  study  of  the  American  governmental  and  political 
system  as  a  whole  (the  Washington  Semester),  the  urban  polity  and  intergovernmental 
decision-making  in  urban  affairs  (the  Urban  Semester),  American  foreign  policy  formu- 
lation and  implementation  (the  Foreign  Policy  Semester),  the  economic  policy-making 
process  (the  Economic  Policy  Semester),  the  operation  of  the  criminal  justice  system 
(the  Justice  Semester),  and  the  cultural  institutions  of  Washington  (Semester  in  Ameri- 
can Studies). 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  majoring  in  history  or  political  science  may  participate  in  the  departmental 
honors  program  when  they  fulfill  the  following  requirements:  (1)  demonstrate  in  their 
academic  work  the  caliber  of  scholarship  required  to  undertake  an  extensive  research 
project;  (2)  achieve  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade- 
point  average  in  all  college  courses;  and  (3)  apply  for  and  receive  permission  for  such 
participation  from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty  no  later  than 
the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

The  student  may  work  for  from  one  to  three  semester  hours  credit  per  semester  for  a 
maximum  of  nine  semester  hours  in  the  departmental  honors  program.  A  member  of  the 
departmental  staff  will  serve  as  his  honors  adviser. 

During  his  participation  in  the  program,  the  student  must  (1)  submit  to  his  honors 
adviser  periodic  progress  reports;  (2)  show  progress  at  a  rate  and  level  indicating  that  he 
will  complete  the  program  on  time  and  at  the  desired  level  of  achievement;  and  (3) 
maintain  a  3.0  grade-point  average  in  departmental  courses  and  a  2.5  grade-point  aver- 
age in  all  college  courses. 

The  participant  must  (1)  obtain  departmental  approval  of  a  research  topic;  (2)  prepare 
an  essay  on  the  subject  selected  for  research  under  the  guidance  of  his  honors  adviser;  (3) 
complete  the  writing  of  the  essay  by  March  1  of  the  senior  year;  and  (4)  defend  the  essay 
in  a  manner  to  be  determined  by  the  departmental  staff  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty.  Upon 
fulfilling  these  requirements,  the  student  will  be  recommended  by  the  departmental 
chairman  to  the  dean  of  the  faculty  for  graduation  with  departmental  honors. 

Degrees:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  history  or  political  science. 

Majors:  (History)  Four  one  semester  courses  in  European  history;  History  125  and 
235/236  or  History  126  and  225/226  or  History  225/226  and  235/236  in  American  Hist.  &Pol.  Sci.    71 


history;  one  course  from  among  History  343,  344,  345,  346;  and  History  213  and  412  for 
a  minimum  of  30  hours. 

(Political  Science)  Political  Science  111/112,  211,  212, 217,  311,  312, 411, 412  and  413, 
plus  History  125  and  235/236orl26and  225/226  for  a  minimum  of  39  hours  or  History 
225/226  and  235/236  for  a  total  of  42  hours. 


Courses  in  History 

111/112.  History  of  Western  Civilization  I,  II. 

The  first  semester  covers  ttie  development  of  Western 
European  culture  in  all  its  aspects  from  its  Near  East- 
ern origins  to  about  1715.  The  second  semester  covers 
its  evolution  during  the  eighteenth,  nineteenth,  and 
twentieth  centuries.  3  credits  per  semester. 

125/126.  Survey  of  United  States  History  I,  II. 

The  first  semester  covers  the  development  of  the  United 
States  to  1865,  the  second  semester  from  1865  to  the 
present.  Special  emphasis  throughout  the  course  is 
placed  upon  historiographical  philosophy  and  method. 
3  credits  per  seinester. 

211.  Greek  and  Roman  History.  An  examination  of 
the  origins,  structure,  and  values  of  Greek  and  Roman 
societies  from  about  1200  B.  C.  to  about  500  A.  D.  The 
Mediterranean  nature  of  these  cultures  and  the  histo- 
rians' treatment  of  them  are  emphasized.  5  crec/iYs. 


72    Hist.  &  Pol.  Sci. 


212.  The  Middle  Ages.  A  study  of  the  emergence  of 
a  European  society  from  500  to  1300.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  social  and  intellectual  aspects  of  medieval  life, 
and  the  historiographical  record  is  analyzed.  3  cr(?d//s. 

213.  Introduction  to  Historiography.  Theory  and 
practice  in  the  writing  of  history.  The  work  of  selected 
historians  is  studied  and  each  student  conducts  and 
reports  upon  his  own  research.  Training  is  given  in 
research  methods  and  in  the  preparation  of  research 
reports.  3  credits. 

221.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation:  1300  to 
1600.  A  study  of  the  beginnings  of  the  modern  era, 
paying  particular  attention  to  the  inter-relationships 
between  its  political,  social,  economic,  and  intellec- 
tual aspects.  3  credits. 

222.  The  Old  Regime:  17th  and  18th  Centuries. 
An  investigation  of  the  impact  of  modern  science  and 
thought  upon  the  development  of  Western  European 
culture.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  the  nature  of 
European  society  before  the  era  of  revolutions.  3 
credits. 

224.  British  History  from  the  Tudors  to  the 
Present.  .A  survey  focused  on  the  British  Isles  from 
Henry  \"II  to  Elizabeth  II.  The  cultural  evolution  of 
the  English  people  is  studied  with  emphasis  on  the 
political-social-intellectual  configuration. 3  creA'/.?. 

225.  American  History  to  1800.  An  examination  is 
made  of  all  aspects  of  the  development  of  the  United 
States  from  its  European  origins  to  1800.  Historio- 
graphical issues,  methods,  and  problems  are  stressed. 
3  credits. 

226.  American  History  from  1800  to  1865.  The 
developments  of  nineteenth  century  American  history 
to  the  end  of  the  Civil  War  are  studied,  with  special 
attention  to  historiographical  concerns.  3  credits. 

235.  The  United  States:  1865  to  1920.  American 
history  from  the  end  of  the  Civil  War  through  World 
War  I  is  analyzed  and  interpreted,  with  emphasis  upon 
historiography.  3  credits. 

236.  The  United  States:  1920  to  the  Present.  The 
development  of  the  United  States  since  1920  is  stud- 
ied in  all  its  aspects.  Historiographical  interpretation 
is  stressed.  3  credits. 

331.  The  Era  of  Revolutions:  1789  to  1870.  A 
study  of  the  political  and  economic  changes  in  Europe 
from  1789  to  1870  and  the  total  cultural  impact  of 
these  changes.  3  credits. 


332.  Modern  Europe:  1870  to  1945.  An  analysis  of 
the  nineteenth  century  state  system,  its  economic  and 
social  bases,  its  ideology,  and  its  evolution  through 
world  wars  and  technological  revolutions.  3  creA'/s. 

333.  The  Western  IVadition  Since  1945.  Begin 
ning  with  the  reconstruction  following  World  War  II, 
the  course  focuses  upon  the  intellectual,  social,  and 
broadly  political  significance  of  the  period  in  the  con- 
text of  the  continuing  Western  tradition.  3  credits. 

334.  European  Intellectual  History.  The  course 
e.xamines  main  currents  of  European  thought  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present.  Major  themes  to  be  stud- 
ied will  be  war  and  peace,  social  and  economic  reform, 
and  revolution.  Primary  materials  will  be  emphasized. 
3  credits. 

343.  History  of  Russia.  A  survey  of  Russian  history 
from  ancient  times  to  the  present,  with  special  atten- 
tion to  developments  since  the  seventeenth  century 
3  credits. 

344.  History  of  the  Far  East.  A  survey  of  the  polit- 
ical, economic,  and  cultural  institutions  of  China  and 
Japan,  with  special  emphasis  given  to  the  Western  im- 
pact on  these  institutions  after  1500.3  credits. 

345.  History  of  Latin  America.  A  survey  of  the 
Latin  American  republics  from  their  colonial  begin- 
nings to  the  present  time.  J  credits. 

346.  Introduction  to  the  History  of  African  Cul- 
ture. A  survey  of  African  culture  from  the  tenth-cen- 
tury Sudanic  origins  to  the  present  day  Emphasis  is 
on  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.  3  credits. 
349.  Select  Problems  in  History.  A  course  to  pro- 
vide the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore  in 
depth  a  topic  of  special  interest.  Open  to  junior  and 
senior  history  majors  and  to  other  students  by  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  .3  crediVs. 

400.  Internship.  Supervised  academic  and  field  ex- 
perience in  historic  preservation  or  other  museum-re- 
lated careers.  Participants  will  be  selected  by  mem- 
bers of  the  Department  staff.3-6  credits  per  semester 
(Maximum  of  15). 

412.  Senior  Seminar  in  History.  A  review  of  the 
student's  college  program  in  history,  with  reading,  dis- 
cussion, and  writing  to  serve  the  following  purposes: 
(1)  synthesis  of  previous  course  work  in  history;  (2) 
relation  of  the  academic  discipline  of  history  to  other 
fields  of  knowledge;  and  (3)  formulation  and  expres- 
sion of  a  personal  philosophy  of  history  by  each  stu- 
dent. Open  only  to  senior  departmental  majors.  3 
credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  stu- 
dents who  wish  to  undertake  an  independent  study 
project  in  history.  Open  to  all  students,  subject  to  the 
following  qualifications:  Those  who  do  not  desire  de- 
partmental honors  are  admitted  by  permission  of  the 
instructor  who  agrees  to  accept  supervision  of  the  stu- 
dent's work.  Students  desiring  departmental  honors 


must  meet  the  conditions  set  forth  above  under  "De- 
partmental Honors."  1  -3  credits  per  semester  (Max- 
imum of  9). 

Courses  in  Political  Science 

111/112.  American  National  Government  I,  II. 

The  first  semester  includes  a  consideration  of  the  na- 
ture of  democracy,  constitutional  foundations  of 
American  government,  the  federal  system  of  govern- 
ment, civil  rights  and  liberties,  American  political  be- 
havior, political  parties,  and  campaigns  and  elections. 
The  second  semester  includes  the  study  of  the  struc- 
tures and  functions  of  American  government  (the 
Presidency,  the  Congress,  the  Courts,  and  the  bureau- 
cracy) and  the  foreign  and  domestic  policy-making 
processes.  3  credits  per  semester 

211.  Comparative  Government.  A  comparative 
study  of  important  political  systems  of  the  world,  in- 
cluding an  introduction  to  the  basic  methodologies.// 
is  strongly  recommended  tfiat  Political  Science 
111/112  be  taken  preciously  or  concurrently.  3 
credits. 

212.  Foreign  Relations.  A  survey  of  the  external 
relations  of  American  government,  with  emphasis  on 
twentieth  century  developments.  Subject  areas  in- 
clude diplomacy,  military  affairs,  geographic  and  re- 
gional problems,  trade  and  aid,  technology  and  under- 
development, alliances,  nuclear  problems,  and  opposing 
ideologies.  //  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political 
Science  111 /1 12  be  taken  previously  or  concurrently. 
3  credits. 

217.  Research  Methods  in  Political  Science.  A 

course  in  the  conduct  and  interpretation  of  research  in 
political  science.  Topics  covered  include:  formulation 
of  a  research  problem,  research  design,  techniques  of 
scaling  and  measurement,  data  collection  and  analy- 
sis, and  writing  the  research  report.  Prereguisites:  a 
major  in  political  science  and  sophomore  standing, 
or  permission  of  the  instructor  Mathematics  170,  El- 
ementary Statistics,  is  strongly  recommended.  3 
credits. 

219.  State  and  Local  Government.  This  course 
deals  with  governmental  institutions  and  political 
characteristics  of  state  and  local  political  systems.  It 
also  examines  the  major  intergovernmental  problems 
in  state  and  local  relationships  with  the  national  gov- 
ernment. It  is  strongly  recommended  that  Political 
Science  11 1/1 12  be  taken  previously  or  concurrently. 
3  credits. 

311.  Political  Parties  in  the  United  States.  A 
study  of  the  origins  and  history  of  American  political 
parties,  their  development,  organization,  leaders,  con- 
ventions, platforms,  and  campaigns.//  is  strongly  rec- 
ommended that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken 
previously  or  concurrently.  3  credits. 


Hist.  &  Pol.  Sci.     73 


312.  American  Constitutional  Law.  A  study  of  the 
growtti  and  development  of  the  Constitution  through 
the  medium  of  judicial  construction.  Recent  decisions 
illustrating  its  application  to  new  conditions  of  the 
present  age.  and  proposals  for  court  modification  are 
given  particular  attention.  It  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  pre- 
viously or  concurrently.  3  credits. 

313.  Foundations  of  American  Law.  This  course 
provides  an  historical  survey  of  the  Western  legal  tra- 
dition from  classical  times  through  eighteenth  century 
conceptions  of  the  English  common  law  as  an  intro- 
duction to  the  study  of  the  evolution  of  American  law. 
//  is  strongly  recommended  for pre-law  students.  Pre- 
requisite: permission  of  the  instructor  3  credits. 

314.  Public  Opinion.  An  analysis  of  the  nature  and 
sources  of  contemporary  public  opinion,  with  special 
attention  to  methods  of  determining  public  opinion. 3 
credits. 

350.  Select  Problems  in  Political  Science.  A  course 
to  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  explore 
in  depth  a  topic  of  special  interest.  //  is  strongly  rec- 
ommended that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken 
previously  or  concurrently. 

400.  Internship.  Supervised  academic  and  field  ex- 
perience in  a  governmental  agency,  with  an  elected 
public  official,  or  in  electoral  activity.  Participants 
will  be  selected  by  members  of  the  Department  staff 
Prerequisite:  Political  Science  111/112.  3-6  credits 
per  semester.  IMaximum  of  15). 


411.  Political  Theory.  A  survey  of  the  different  phi- 
losophies and  theories  of  government,  ancient  and 
modern,  withspecial  reference  to  political  philosophy 
since  the  sixteenth  century.  It  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  Political  Science  111/112  be  taken  pre- 
viously or  concurrently.  3  credits. 

412.  Senior  Seminar  in  Political  Science.  Read- 
ing, discussion,  and  written  assignments  to  accom- 
plish the  following  purposes:  (1|  relation  of  the  disci- 
pline to  other  fields  of  knowledge  and  (2)  development 
and  expression  of  an  individual  political  philosophy 
by  the  iiudeni.  Prerequisites:  a  major  in  political  sci- 
ence and  senior  standing;  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor 3  credits. 

413.  International  Politics.  A  course  in  the  origin, 
forms,  dynamics,  and  prospects  of  the  international 
political  pattern,  with  emphasis  on  current  develop- 
ments and  changing  concepts  in  world  politics.  It  is 
strongly  recommended  that  Political  Science  111/112 
be  taken  previously  or  concurrently.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  stu- 
dents who  wish  to  undertake  an  independent  study 
project  in  political  science.  Open  to  all  students,  sub- 
ject to  the  following  qualifications:  Those  who  do  not 
desire  departmental  honors  are  admitted  by  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor  who  agrees  to  accept  supervision 
of  the  student's  work.  Students  desiring  departmental 
honors  must  meet  the  conditions  set  forth  above  under 
"Departmental  Honors."  1-3  credits  per  semester 
(Maximum  of  91. 


Htunanities 


Advisers: 

Dr.  Ford 

Dr.  Iglesias 

Mr.  Thompson 


74    Humanities 


Students  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  major  in  humanities,  taking  courses  from  a 
variety  of  departments,  and  combining  them  in  such  a  way  as  to  create  a  major  suited  to 
a  specific  individual's  needs.  The  major  examines  mankinds  response  to  his  speculative 
and  creative  urges,  and  explores  human  values  through  literature,  art,  music  and  philos- 
ophy. 

This  interdisciplinary  approach  allows  the  student  to  explore  the  humanities  in  more 
breadth  than  do  the  traditional  majors  and  at  the  same  time  allows  for  a  degree  of 
concentration  in  one  specific  area  of  the  humanities. 

The  program  is  concerned  with  the  full  intellectual  development  of  the  student  as 
well  as  with  vocational  preparation,  such  as  for  graduate,  theological,  and  law  schools, 
and  for  careers  in  business  and  government. 

Degree:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  humanities. 

Major:  A  core  set  of  courses  is  required  including  Art  110,  Art  201  or  203;  English 
227/228;  Foreign  Language  115,  116  (French,  German  or  Spanish);  Music  100;  Philos- 
ophy 110,  228;  and  History  111/1 12,  for  a  total  of  33  hours,  and  concentration  in  one  of 
the  following  areas: 


English:  English  221,  222,  322,  337,  for  a  total  of  12  hours. 
Foreign  Language:  12  additional  hours  in  the  same  language  above  the  116  level. 
Philosophy:  Philosophy  120;  and  323 or  333,  and  any  other  two  courses  in  philosophy 
for  a  total  of  12  hours. 


Majors  in  philosophy,  psychology  and  English  and  other  interested  students  find  the 
interdisciplinary  courses  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  to  be  highly  valuable  in  adding  extra 
dimensions  to  coursework  within  a  particular  major.  Courses  are  taught  by  several 
members  of  the  different  departments  represented  by  the  interdisciplinary  coursework. 


Courses  in  Interdisciplinary  Subjects 

130.  Philosophy  in  Literature.  A  detailed  critical 
examination  of  various  literary  works  having  philo- 
sophical content.  Exact  topics  and  works  to  be  consid- 
ered will  vary  from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite:  Philos- 
ophy 110  or  consent  of  the  instructors.  3  credits. 
332.  Seminar  in  Psychology  and  Literature.  A 
consideration  of  major  psychological  theories  for  use 
in  literary  interpretaion.  Prerequisite:  a  major  in  psy- 


chology or  English,  junior  or  senior  standing  and/or 

permission  of  the  staff  3  credits. 

334.  Seminar  in  Philosophy  and  Psychology.  A 

detailed  consideration  of  matters  of  common  interest 
to  philosophy  and  psychology  taught  by  members  of 
both  departments.  Topics  will  vary  from  year  to  year. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructors.  3  credits. 


Interdisci- 
plinary 
Courses 


Occasionally  a  student  finds  that  his  career  goals  cannot  be  met  by  a  traditional  major 
at  the  college.  For  this  student  an  individualized  major  may  be  a  logical  choice.  Working 
with  two  advisors  a  student  develops  a  plan  of  study  including  a  rationale  for  the  specific 
major,  a  schedule  for  taking  existing  college  courses  which  relate  to  the  individualized 
major,  as  well  as  describing  those  courses  which  the  student  needs  to  pursue  on  an 
independent  study  basis.  The  plan  of  study  must  also  include  those  courses  to  fulfill  the 
general  requirements  of  the  college.  The  curriculum  is  then  submitted  to  the  dean  of  the 
faculty  for  approval. 

An  example  of  an  individualized  major  might  include  international  studies.  This 
program  would  allow  a  student  to  study,  in  depth,  such  areas  as  the  language,  history, 
art,  politics  and  geography  of  a  specific  country. 

Another  example  of  an  individuahzed  major  could  be  studies  in  church  service,  inte- 
grating coursework  from  the  departments  of  sociology,  religion  and  psychology. 

When  we  say  that  the  major  is  individualized  we  mean  just  that— a  course  of  study, 
designed  by  you  and  your  advisers,  to  meet  your  specific  educational  and  vocational 
needs. 

Degrees:  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  (depending  upon  concentration)  with  an  individualized 
major. 

Requirements:  Those  courses  specified  within  the  approved  individualized  major 
plus  those  courses  to  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  college. 


Indiyidtial- 
ized  Major 


Advisers: 

Determined  by  areas  of 
concentration 


Languages 

(See  Foreign  Languages) 


Latin 

(See  Foreign  Languages) 


Mathemati- 
cal Sciences 


Faculty: 

Miss  Burras 

Dr.  Chi 

Dr.  Fleischman 

Dr.  Hearsev 

Dr.  Mayer  (Chmn.') 


76    Math.Sci. 


The  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  offers  one  of  the  most  modern,  versatile, 
and  highly  respected  undergraduate  programs  in  the  country.  Since  1974,  95  percent  of 
the  graduates  from  the  department  have  found  attractive  mathematical  employment,  or 
continued  in  graduate  school.  Since  1970,  the  number  of  majors  in  the  department  has 
more  than  doubled,  while  nationwide  the  comparable  number  is  less  than  one-third  of 
what  it  was  in  1970. 

The  department  offers  a  wide  range  of  courses  which  support  major  programs  in 
Actuarial  Science,  Computer  Science,  Mathematics,  and  Operations  Research.  The 
major  in  Mathematics  can  be  tailored  to  prepare  for  Graduate  School,  Secondary  School 
Teaching,  Industrial  Mathematics,  or  to  dove-tail  with  a  second  major  in  another  depart- 
ment. A  Special  Topics  course  allows  coverage  of  material  specifically  requested  by 
interested  students.  In  Independent  Study,  outstanding  students  conduct  further  study 
and  research  in  areas  for  which  they  show  particular  talent  and  interest.  An  Internship 
Program  provides  a  further  broadening  of  the  students'  experience. 

In  the  last  five  years,  we  have  placed  systems  analysts  with  PP&L,  AT&T  Long  Lines, 
Air  Products,  Western  Electric,  Hershey  Foods,  EDS,  the  State  of  Delaware;  applied 
mathematicians  with  the  US  Treasury  Department,  American  Bank  and  Trust  Co., 
Smidth  Industries;  teachers  in  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  and  Maryland;  computer  sci- 
entists with  Blue  Shield,  and  a  school  district.  Two  of  our  graduates  have  started  their 
own  computer  software  consulting  firm.  Finally,  our  graduates  received  graduate  assis- 
tantships  in  Mathematics,  Computer  Science,  or  Operations  Research  from  North  Caro- 
lina State,  Wisconsin,  Cornell,  Carnegie-Mellon,  Lehigh,  Washington  State,  and  Dela- 
ware Universities.  In  each  of  1977  and  1978  one  of  our  graduates  held  a  Fulbright 
Scholarship  for  study  overseas. 

The  major  in  ACTUARIAL  SCIENCE  is  rather  unique.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the 
only  four-year  college  east  of  the  Mississippi  which  offers  courses  specifically  designed 
to  prepare  for  the  first  four  examinations  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries  and  the  Casualty 
Actuarial  Society. 

In  Actuarial  Science  the  demand  for  our  graduates  is,  and  will  continue  to  be,  much 
larger  than  the  supply.  During  the  last  five  years,  we  have  placed  graduates  with  Provident 
Mutual,  Prudential,  Reliance,  State  Mutual,  Liberty  Mutual,  GEICO,  Allstate,  Crum  & 
Forster,  and  Prupac  insurance  companies,  and  with  the  consulting  firms  of  Conrad  M. 
Siegel,  and  Alexander  &  Alexander.  A  special  option  recognizes  the  need  for  mathemat- 
ically trained  persons  in  forest  management:  after  three  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College 
and  two  years  at  Duke  University,  a  student  can  receive  the  B.S.  in  Actuarial  Science 
from  LVC,  and  the  M.S.  in  Forestry  from  Duke  University. 

The  major  in  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  has  a  strong  scientific  orientation,  conforming 
with  the  recommendations  of  the  Association  for  Computing  Machinery.  Required 
courses  in  Physics  will  acquaint  the  student  with  the  hardware  aspects  of  computers,  and 
an  internship  in  a  business  computer  operation  will  expose  him/her  to  the  "real  world" 
of  computer  applications.  The  curriculum  includes  courses  in  English,  Psychology,  and 
Philosophy  in  order  to  expand  the  student's  view  of  the  societal  and  ethical  implications 
of  computer  technology. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the  only  four-year  college  in  the  East  to  offer  a  major  in 


OPERATIONS  RESEARCH  with  a  strong  foundation  in  Mattiematics.  In  scope  and 
importance  to  society  this  field  may  be  the  fastest  growing  of  the  applied  mathematical 
sciences. 

A  rigorous  study  of  MATHEMATICS  is  the  common  foundation  of  all  four  major 
programs  in  the  department.  The  core  courses  required  of  all  students  in  the  department 
provide  the  first  phase  of  this  effort.  This  core  structure  allows  each  student  complete 
flexibility  in  the  choice  of  one  of  the  four  majors,  usually  by  the  end  of  the  second  year  of 
study.  A  strong  effort  is  made  not  to  differentiate  between  the  students  in  the  department 
by  majors.  Thus,  talented  students  of  any  major  are  encouraged  to  be  a  member  of  the 
departmental  Putnam  Examination  team  which  participates  annually  in  this  national 
mathematics  competition.  Similarly,  the  Mathematics  Club  is  open  to  any  interested 
student.  This  club  sponsors  a  variety  of  activities  including  an  annual  mathematics 
competition  for  area  high  school  students. 

Degrees:  B.S.  with  a  major  in  mathematics.  B.S.  with  a  major  in  actuarial  science. 
B.S.  with  a  major  in  computer  science.  B.S.  with  a  major  in  operations  research. 

Majors:  (Core  Courses)  MA  111,  112,  211,  222,  266,  CS  241. 

(Mathematics)  Core  courses  plus  15  hours  in  courses  numbered  above  300. 

(Actuarial  Science)  Core  Courses  plus  Mathematics  371,  372;  Actuarial  Science  385, 
386,  481,  482;  Accounting  151, 152;  Economics  110,  120;  also.  Exam  1  of  the  Society  of 
Actuaries  must  be  passed  by  the  fall  of  the  senior  year. 

(Computer  Science)  Core  Courses  plus  Mathematics  322, 463, 464;  Computer  Science 
341,  342,  400,  441;  English  215;  Philosophy  228;  Physics  103,  104,  212;  Psychology 
110,337. 

(Operations  Research)  Core  Courses  plus  Mathematics  371, 372;  Operations  Research 
335,  336,  431,  500;  Business  Administration  180;  Economics  201;  English  215;  Philos- 
ophy 228. 


Courses  In  Mathematics 

100.  Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics.  An  outline 
of  some  basic  mathematical  ideas  and  techniques.  3 
credits. 

102.  Algebra  and  TVigonometry.  An  introduction 
to  college  algebra  and  trigonometry. 3  cr(?d;7s. 
Ill,  112.  Analysis  I,  II.  A  rigorous  calculus  se- 
quence lor  majors  of  the  department.  5  credits  per 
semester 

161,  162.  Calculus  I,  II.  A  calculus  sequence  with 
emphasis  on  apphcations. 3  credits  per  semester 
166.  Calculus  II  and  Differential  Equations.  A 
continuation  of  MA  161  with  applications  in  biology 
and  medicine. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  161.  3  cred- 
its. 

170.  Elementary  Statistics.  Elementary  descriptive 
and  inferential  statistics. 

211.  Analysis  III.  Continuation  of  Analysis  I,  Il.Pre- 
requisite:  Mathematics  112.  3  credits. 
222.  Linear  Algebra.  Vectors,  matrices,  systems  of 
equations. Prere(7u/s;7e;  Mathematics  112.  3  credits. 


261.  Calculus  III.  Continuation  of  Calculus  1,11. Pre- 
requisite:  Mathematics  162.  3  credits. 
266.  Differential  Equations.  First  and  second  order- 
differential  equations,  partial  differential  equations. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics  21 1  or261.  3  credits. 
300.  Seminar.  A  seminar  devoted  to  problem  solving 
lechniques. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  21 1.  1  credit. 

322.  Abstract  Algebra.  Fundamentals  of  groups, 
rings,  fields.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  222.  3  cred- 
its. 

325.  Geometry.  Axiomatic  geometry,  Euclidean  and 
non-Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  Mathemat- 
ics 112.  3  credits. 

361, 362.  Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics  I,  II. 
Integral  equations,  Fourier  transforms,  partial  differ- 
ential equations.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  266.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

371.  Mathematical  Probability.  Random  variables, 
probability  law  and  distributions. Prerequisite:  Math- 
ematics 211.  3  credits. 


Math.  Sci.     77 


78    Math.Sci. 


372.  Mathematical  Statistics.  Generating  func- 
tions, decision  theory,  tests  of  hypotheses.  Prfrfyu/- 
site:  Mathematics  371.  3  credits. 

411.  Foundations  of  Mathematics.  The  topology 
of  real  and  complex  number  spaces.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  211.  3  credits. 

412.  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.  Analytic 
functions,  Cauchy  theorem,  conformal  mapping.  Prt'- 
requisite:  Mathematics  411.  3  credits. 

450.  Special  Topics.  Subjects  chosen  by  student  in- 
terest. 3  credits. 

452.  Seminar  for  Teachers.  Issues  of  concern  to  the 
prospective  secondary  school  teacher. 7  credit. 
463,  464.  Numerical  Analysis  I,  II.  Numerical  in- 
tegration, interpolation,  differential  equations,  matrix 
methods.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  266,  Computer 
Science  242.  3  credits  per  semester 
500.  Independent  Study.  Independent  study  and  re- 
search. Variable  credit. 


Courses  In  Actuarial  Science 

385.  Theory  of  Interest.  Study  of  material  for  the 
part  4  Society  of  Actuaries,  Casualty  Actuarial  Soci- 
ety, and  Enrollment  Actuaries  examination.  Prereq- 
uisite: Mathematics  211.3  credits. 

386.  Numerical  Analysis  for  Actuaries.  Study  of 
material  for  the  part  3  Society  of  Actuaries  and  Casu- 
alty Actuarial  Society  examination.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  211.  3  credits. 

481.  Life  Contingencies  I.  Study  of  material  for  the 
part  4  Society  of  Actuaries,  Casualty  Actuarial  Soci- 
ety, and  Enrollment  Actuaries  examination.  Prereq- 
uisite: Mathematics  372.  3  credits. 

482.  Life  Contingencies  II.  Continuation  of  Actu- 
arial Science  481.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  372.  3 
credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  Study  of  material  for  fur- 
ther Society  of  Actuaries  or  Casualty  Actuarial  Soci- 
ety examinations.  Variable  credit. 

Courses  In  Computer  Science 

241.  Introduction  to  Computer  Science.  Lan- 
guages, algorithms.  BASIC-PLUS  programming. Pre- 
requisite:  Mathemtics  112.  3  credits. 

341.  Computer   Organization  and  Assembler. 

Computer  architecture,  assembly  language,  applica- 
tions. Pri;rt>(/i/(si7t;.-  Computer  Science  241.  3  credits. 

342.  Data  Structures.  Graphs,  trees,  lists,  files,  ap- 
plications. Prerequisite:  Computer  Science  241.  3 
credits. 

400.  Internship.  A  summer  internship  with  business 
or  industry  3  credits. 

441.  Programming  Languages  and  Compilers. 
Grammars,  recognizers,  symbol  tables,  storage  allo- 
cation. Prerequisite:  Computer  Science  241.  3 
credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  Computer  hardware, 
input/output  devices.  Variable  credit. 

Courses  in  Operations  Research 

335.  Operations  Research  I.  Linear  Programming, 
queuing  theory,  decision  theory.  Includes  material  for 
the  part  3  Society  of  Actuaries  and  Casualty  Actuarial 
Society  examination.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  211, 
222.  3  credits. 

336.  Operation  Research  II.  Further  topics  in  Op- 
erations Research.  Prerequisite:  Operations  Re- 
search 335.  3  credits. 

431.  Systems  and  Simulation.  General  systems  the- 
ory,  hierarchies,   simulation   methods.  Prerequisite: 
Operations  Research  335.  3  credits. 
500.  Independent  Study.  Study  of  further  topics  in 
operations  research.  Variable  credit. 


In  medical  technology  the  student  takes  three  years  of  courses  at  Lebanon  Valley 
College  in  order  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  college  and  of  the  I3oard  of  Schools  of 
the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists.  Preceding  or  during  the  third  year  of  the 
program  at  LVC  a  student  applies  to  a  hospital  with  an  American  Medical  Association 
approved  school  of  medical  technology,  where  he  spends  the  fourth  year  of  training.  It  is 
the  student's  responsibility  to  gain  admission  to  such  a  program.  Upon  satisfactory 
completion  of  the  one-year  internship,  the  student  is  awarded  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Medical  Technology  by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  currently  affiliated  with  the  following  hospitals:  Abington, 
Allentown  Sacred  Heart,  Harrisburg,  Harrisburg  Polyclinic,  Jersey  Shore  Medical  Cen- 
ter-Fitkin  Hospital,  Lancaster  General  and  Reading.  However,  the  student  is  not  limited 
to  these  affiliations  and  may  seek  acceptance  at  any  approved  hospital  of  his  choice. 

Requirements:  Required  courses  for  the  medical  technology  curriculum  include 
Biology  111/112,  306,  and  eight  hours  which  typically  may  include  Biology  201  and/or 
305,  451  (Special  Topics  in  Immunology;  Parasitology),  452  (Special  Topics  in  Instru- 
mentation); Chemistry  111,  112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 216;  Physics  103, 104;  Mathematics 
170;  courses  to  meet  the  general  requirements  and  an  overall  minimum  of  92  hours  of 
work  at  LVC. 


Medical 
Technology 


Adiiser: 
Dr.  Pollack 


Lebanon  Valley  College  sponsors  an  urban  semester  program  through  the  Metropoli- 
tan Collegiate  Center  of  Germantown,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  This  is  a  one-semes- 
ter program  of  a  pre-professional  internship  and  academic  seminars  relating  to  the  city. 
The  program  is  designed  especially  for  students  who  are  interested  in  cities  and  the 
opportunity  of  living  and  working  in  a  pluralistic  urban  world;  or  who  want  the  practical 
and  personal  advantages  of  a  concrete  work  experience  especially  for  purposes  of  voca- 
tional and  educational  decisions. 

Internship  placements  are  available  in  a  diverse  range  of  social  service,  mental  health, 
law  enforcement,  medical  research,  and  health-care-delivery  agencies.  15  academic  cred- 
its are  offered  in  the  program. 


Courses  in  the  Metropolitan  Semester 

240.  Theology  in  the  City.  An  intensive  study  of  the 
process  of  ttieological  thinking,  using  the  student's 
experiences  in  the  city  as  primary  data;  study  of  the 
life  of  the  church  and  its  engagement  in  society;  study 
of  the  poor  and  oppressed  and  the  relationship  of  the 
church  to  such  people.  The  course  will  be  taught 
largely  by  the  inductive  method,  relying  to  a  great  e.x- 
tent  on  the  student's  initiative  in  being  involved  in 
urban  life.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor.  3 
credits. 

250.  Work  Internship.  Internships  in  service,  tech- 
nical and  business  agencies  and  institutions  of  choice 
of  students  are  supervised  by  staff  members  of  the 
Metropolitan  Semester.  Three-and-one-half  or  four 
days  per  week.  6  credits. 

260.  Metropolitan  Seminar.  The  seminar  surveys 


the  major  issues  in  urban  America,  using  Philadelphia 
as  the  point  of  reference.  3  credits. 
270.  The  City  and  Fine  Arts.  An  introductory  sur- 
vey of  fine  arts  related  to  urban  life  as  e.xemplified  in 
Philadelphia.  Regular  seminar  work  is  supplemented 
by  field  studies  in  institutions  such  as  the  Art  Mu- 
seum, Philadelphia  Orchestra,  Theatre,  and  the  like.3 
credits. 

280.  Social  Sciences  Research  Seminar.  The  sem- 
inar surveys  the  nature  of  social  research  with  special 
emphasis  on  methods  of  collecting  valid  data.  Stu- 
dents design  and  complete  a  small  research  study  on  a 
relevant  urban  problem.  3  credits. 
290.  Values  Seminar.  Students  examine  ethical  is- 
sues and  moral  dilemmas  which  arise  from  personal 
life,  work  in  large  organizations,  and  the  conduct  of 
public  policy.  3  credits. 


Metropolitan 
Semester 


Adiiser: 

Dr.  Lockwood 


Metro.  Semester     79 


Dr.  Albrecht 
Mr.  Bilger  (Adj.) 


]tf  |l^|p  Students  who  major  in  any  of  the  three  areas  in  the  Music  Department  (music  perfor- 

mance, sacred  music,  music  education)  quickly  reahze  the  aims  of  the  program  to  be  the 
preparation  of  performers,  church  musicians  and  teachers;  the  teaching  of  music  histor- 
Facuity:        ically  and  aesthetically  as  an  element  of  liberal  culture;  the  offering  of  courses  that  give 
a  thorough  and  practical  understanding  of  theoretical  subjects. 
Mrs.Bowers (Adj')  Each  music  student  regardless  of  his  major  takes  a  required  core  of  both  theory  and 

Mr.  Burrichter       history  courses.  Each  individual  major,  then,  augments  the  basic  core  requirements  to 
Mr.  Chandler  (Adj.)        xmei  the  needs  of  performers,  teachers,  and  church  musicians. 

Mr.  Dunn  (Adj.)  Attendance  at  a  portion  of  faculty  and  student  recitals  is  compulsory.  All  majors  in 

Mrs.  Engiebrighi       the  department  are  required  to  take  private  instruction  on  campus  in  their  principal 

'^M^G'^'r"ei       performance  medium.  Participation  in  music  organizations  may  be  required  of  all  ma- 

br.  Getz       jors.  One-half  hour  of  private  instruction  is  included  in  the  basic  tuition. 

Mrs.  Gingrich  (Adj.)  The  MUSIC  PERFORMANCE  major  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a  liberal 

Mrs"^  Knlslev  (tdj  1       ^^^^  context  in  their  preparation  for  a  career  in  applied  music. 

Dr.  Lau  (Chmnj  All  majors  are  required  to  take  an  hour  lesson  per  week  in  their  principal  performance 

Mr.  Meashey  (Adj.)       medium  and  are  expected  to  perform  a  half  recital  in  the  junior  year,  and  a  full  recital  in 
Mr.ReedTAdj"       the  Senior  year. 

Dr.  Richardson  All  majors  outside  of  the  keyboard  area  are  required  to  study  piano  (private  or  class) 

Mr.  Smith       until  the  minimum  requirements  have  been  met. 
Mrs.  stambachTAdj^  ^^^^  SACRED  MUSIC  major  prepares  students  for  full-time  work  as  directors  of 

Mr.  strohman  (Adj.)       church  music,  as  ministers  of  music,  or  as  college  teachers.  The  program  is  open  to  those 
Dr.  Sweigart        individuals  whose  interest  falls  mainly  within  the  areas  of  voice  or  organ. 

All  majors  are  expected  to  acquire  sufficient  skill  to  assume  responsibilities  as  a 
qualified  parish  church  musician. 

Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  organ  are  expected  to  study  voice  for 
at  least  two  years,  one  of  which  may  be  class  experience. 

Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  voice,  upon  admission  to  the  program, 
are  expected  to  show  sufficient  keyboard  proficiency  so  that  after  two  additional  years  of 
piano  study  (normally  by  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year)  they  may  benefit  from  a  year  of 
organ  study. 

The  MUSIC  EDUCATION  major,  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Edu- 
cation and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music,  is  designed  for  the  preparation 
of  teachers  of  public  school  music.  Additional  courses  are  determined  by  the  student's 
selection  oi  a  track  program.  The  track  programs  may  be  of  a  general  nature  or  may  be  a 
concentration  in  either  the  instrumental  or  the  keyboard/vocal  fields.  In  all  cases  the 
student  participates  in  student  teaching  in  local  elementary  and  secondary  schools. 

The  music  education  curriculum  requires  voice  instruction  (class  or  private)  for  a 
minimum  of  one  year  and  piano  instruction  (class  or  private)  for  a  minimum  of  two  years. 
A  competency  jury  must  be  passed  successfully  in  each  area. 

Graduates  of  the  Music  Department  often  attend  graduate  school,  teach  in  elementary 

and  secondary  schools  and  colleges  and  universities,  perform  as  recitalists  and  serve  as 

full  and  part-time  church  musicians.  Graduate  schools  represented  by  LVC  music  alumni 

include  Eastman  School  of  Music,  the  University  of  Michigan,  Iowa  State,  the  University 

80  Music  of  Miami,  Penn  State  University,  Arizona  State  and  The  University  of  North  Carolina  to 


name  a  few.  Other  graduates  of  the  college  hold  such  varied  positions  as  full-time 
organist  choirmaster  of  the  Camp  Hill  Presbyterian  Church,  free-lance  musician/composer 
and  former  assistant  musical  director  of  the  ABC  Dick  Cavett  Show  Orchestra,  professor 
of  music  at  West  Chester  State  College,  first  chair  french  horn  for  the  Philadelphia 
Orchestra,  and  president  of  Music  Educators  National  Conference  (MENC). 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

1.  A  candidate  must  have  achieved  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of  3.00  at  the  end  of 
the  sophomore  year,  and  must  maintain  this  minimum  to  remain  eligible  for  honors 
status. 

2.  The  private  instructor  in  the  candidates  principal  performance  medium  must  rec- 
ommend the  student  for  full  recital  privileges  during  the  senior  year,  and  will  serve  as 
adviser  to  the  individual's  departmental  honors  program. 

3.  The  candidate  through  reading  and  research  will  produce  a  thesis  or  an  essay,  based 
on  a  problem  or  subject  of  his  own  choosing  under  the  direct  supervision  of  his  faculty 
adviser.  Creative  work  will  be  encouraged  with  reference  to,  or  emphasis  upon,  his 
principal  performance  medium. 

4.  Honors  recognition  shall  be  dependent  upon  the  quality  of  the  prepared  thesis  or 
essay  and  the  level  of  the  candidate's  recital  performance,  both  to  be  reviewed  by  a 
committee  of  three,  including  the  private  instructor  (adviser),  the  chairman  of  the 


Music     81 


department,  and  a  third  music  faculty  member  to  be  designated  by  the  chairman  with 
the  approval  of  the  adviser. 

5.  In  addition  to  any  established  pattern  of  announcing  honors  candidates  and  recipi- 
ents, the  printed  recital  program  shall  also  indicate  "in  partial  fulfillment  of  require- 
ments for  Honors  in  Music." 

6.  A  maximum  of  9  hours  credit  can  be  earned  in  department  honors. 

7.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  above  requirements  at  a  satisfactory  level,  the  student 
will  be  recommended  by  the  reviewing  committee  to  the  dean  of  the  faculty  for 
graduation  with  departmental  honors. 
Degrees:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  applied  music.  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in 

sacred  music.  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  music  education. 

Majors:  (Core  Courses)  Music  111,  112,  113,  114,  115,  116,  215,  217,  226,  316, 
341/342,  530,  540. 

(Applied  Music)  Core  courses  plus  Music  132  (for  voice  majors)  224,  315,  329,  351- 
354  (for  organ  majors),  and  462,  for  a  minimum  of  49  credits. 

(Sacred  Music)  Core  courses  plus  Music  132,  224,  315,  321,  322,  347,  351-354  (for 
organ  majors)  421,  and  422,  for  a  minimum  of  55  credits. 

(Music  Education)  Core  courses  plus  Music  227.  231,  232,  334,  335,  337,  441,  607 
and  the  choice  of  one  of  the  following  track  systems: 

General:  Music  124,  328,  333,  336,  338,  345or  347, 416, 402or  404,  for  a  minimum  of 

72  credits. 

Instrumental:  Music  124,  328,  336,  338,  345,  402,  and  416,  for  a  minimum  of  69 

credits. 

Keyboard- Vocal:  Music  132,  333, 347,  and  404,  for  a  minimum  of  66%  credits. 

Courses  In  Music 
Theory  of  Music 

111.  Sight  Singing  I.  A  beginning  course  in  music  114.  Ear  Training  II.  A  study  of  more  difficult  tonal 
reading  with  the  use  of  syllables,  incorporating  ttie  problems  mcludmg  seventh  and  nmth  chords,  chro- 
elements  of  melodv  and  rhythm  within  the  beat  and  its  maticism,  modulation,  and  modality.  Emphasis  is 
diyision.  The  following  are  studied:  basic  beat  pat-  P'^ced  upon  harmonic  and  correctiye  dictation.  Cor- 
terns.  simple  and  compound  time,  diatonic  interyals.  related  with  Sight  Singing.  1  credit. 

implied  harmonic  structure  within  the  melodic  line.  115.  Harmony  I.  A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music 

the  C  clefs,  modulations.  Phrasing  and  the  application  including  notation,  scales,  intervals,  and  triads;  the 

of  dynamics  are  stressed,  i  ca'd;/.  connection  of  triads  by  harmonizing  melodies  and 

112.  Sight  Singing  II.  A  continuation  of  music  read-  basses  with  fundamental  triads;  playing  of  simple  ca- 
ing,  using  more  difficult  melodies  and  rhythms,  the  fences  at  the  piano;  analysis  of  phrases  and  periods. 2 
beat  and  its  subdivision,  and  additional  interval  prob-  credits. 

lems.  E.xercises  in  four  clefs,  employing  modal  melo-  116.  Harmony  II.  A  study  of  inversions  of  triads, 

dies,  remoted  modulation,  superimposed  background  seventh  and  ninth  chords,  harmonizations  of  melodies 

and  meter,  changing  and  less  common  time  signa-  and  figured  basses;  analysis  and  composition  of  the 

turesJ  credit.  smaller  forms;  modulation. 2  crerf;/s. 

113.  Ear  Training  I.  The  study  of  the  basic  of  music  215.  Harmony  III.  The  use  of  dominant  and  dimin- 
notation  essential  for  the  writing  of  melodic  and  ished  sevenths  as  embellishments  of  and  substitutes 
rhythmic  dictation.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  aural  rec-  for  diatonic  harmony;  harmonization  of  melodies  and 
ognition  of  intervals,  scales,  triads  and  their  inver-  figured  basses;  analysis  of  two  and  three-part  song 
sions,  and  simple  harmonic  progressions  and  ca-  forms;  composition  in  two-part  song  form.  Playing  of 
dences.  Harmonic  dictation  is  begun  in  the  latter  half  more  advanced  cadences  and  modulations  at  the  piano.2 


82    Music  of  the  course.  Correlated  with  Sight  Singing.  1  credit.         credits. 


315.  Elementary  Composition.  Melody  analysis 
and  writing:  four-part  choral  writing;  continuation  of 
two  and  three-part  song-form  analysis  and  composi- 
tion. Composition  in  theme  and  variations,  fantasia, 
rondo,  and  dance  forms.  Study  of  contemporary  har- 
monic ideas.  Majors  in  music  and  sacred  music.  2 
credits. 

316.  Keyboard  Harmony.  Work  at  the  piano  in- 
cludes reading  from  figured  bass  and  score  reading. 
Additional  work  includes  transposition  and  improvi- 
sation. (Students  are  placed  in  elementary,  intermedi- 
ate or  advanced  sections  on  the  basis  of  keyboard  abil- 
ity. The  successful  completion  of  a  piano  jury  is 
required  for  admission  to  the  course.  2  credits. 
217.  Basic  Concepts  of  Structure  and  Style.  A 
course  designed  to  develop  the  student's  knowledge  of 
specific  musical  styles  resulting  from  the  synthesis  of 
music's  constituent  and  expressive  elements.  The  study 
is  approached  through  listening  to,  discussing,  and 
analyzing  compositions  representing  a  variety  of  styles 
and  media.  Other  course  objectives  include:  acquaint- 
ance with  literature,  comprehensive  application  of  the 
basics  of  music  theory,  and  development  of  musician- 
ship. J?  credits. 

224.  Counterpoint.  Introductory  work  in  strict 
counterpoint  through  three  and  four-part  work  in  all 
the  species. 2  credits. 

226.  Form  and  Analysis  I.  A  study  of  simple  and 
compound  forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo 
and  sonata  forms.  Compositions  in  these  forms  are 
studied  primarily  for  their  structural  content.  Course 
includes  extensive  listening.  2  crediYs. 
329.  Form  and  Analysis  II.  A  study  through  analy- 
sis and  listening  of  fugal  forms,  suite,  overture,  com- 
plete sonata  forms  (evolution  of  the  symphony),  string 
quartet,  the  tone  poem.  Analysis  of  classical  and  con- 
temporary works  in  these  forms.  Majors  in  music.  2 
credits. 

410.  Composition,  Schillinger  System.  A  scien- 
tific system  of  music  composition  created  by  the  late 
Joseph  Schillinger,  teacher  of  such  accomplished 
professionals  as  George  Gershwin  and  Ted  Royal  Dewar. 
The  major  aims  of  the  system  are  to:  (1)  generalize 
underlying  principles  regarding  the  behavior  of  tonal 
phenomena;  (2)  classify  all  the  available  resources  of 
our  tonal  system;  (3)  teach  a  comprehensive  applica- 
tion of  scientific  method  to  all  components  of  the  tonal 
art.  to  problems  of  melody,  rhythm,  harmony,  counter- 
point, orchestration,  and  to  composition  itself.  The 
system  is  best  studied  in  the  light  of  a  traditional 
background  and  admission  to  course  or  private  in- 
struction is  by  special  permission  only. 

420.  Arranging  and  Scoring  for  the  Stage  Band. 

Study  of  modern  harmony,  modulation,  style  analysis. 


special  instrumental  effects  as  applied  to  modern  ar- 
ranging. Laboratory  analysis  and  demonstration  of 
sectional  and  ensemble  voicings. 2  credits. 
416.  Orchestration.  Study  of  instrumentation,  de- 
vices, techniques,  and  mechanics  of  scoring  transcrip- 
tions, arrangements  and  solos  for  orchestra  and  con- 
cert band;  special  work  in  scoring  for  mixed  ensembles 
as  they  occur  in  public  schools.  Laboratory  analysis 
and  demonstration  of  various  instrumental  colors  and 
combinations.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  creative  scoring. 
2  credits. 

Methods  and  Materials 

333.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  El- 
ementary. A  comprehensive  study  of  general  music 
teaching  at  the  elementary  level,  including  the  ratio- 
nale for  building  a  music  education  curriculum,  cur- 
rent emphases  in  music  education,  varied  approaches 
for  developing  conceptual  learning,  movement,  play- 
ing classroom  instruments,  introduction  to  Orff  and 
Kodaly  techniques,  creative  applications,  guided  lis- 
tening, the  child  voice,  materials,  and  interest  centers 
for  open  classrooms.  3  credits. 

334.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Ju- 
nior High  School.  Materials  and  approaches  for  ju- 
nior high  school  general  music,  attention  to  the  orga- 
nization and  presentation  of  a  varied  program,  and 
recent  trends  in  teaching.  Adolescent  voices,  creative 
applications,  improvisation,  guided  listening,  interest 
centers,  units  of  study,  and  characteristics  of  youth.  3 
credits. 

335.  Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental: 
Fourth,  Fifth  and  Sixth  Grades.  A  study  of  meth 
ods  and  materials  used  in  teaching  band  and  orchestral 
instruments  to  children  in  these  grades,  with  emphasis 
on  a  sound  rhythmic  approach.  Both  individual  and 
class  techniques  are  studied.  Musical  rudiments  as  ap- 
plied to  instrumental  teaching  are  reviewed. 2  crt;rf;/s. 

336.  Methods  and  Materials,  Instrumental:  Ju- 
nior and  Senior  High  School.  A  study  of  interme- 
diate and  advanced  instrumental  teaching  techniques; 
methods  of  organizing  and  directing  school  orchestras 
and  bands;  fundamentals  of  musicianship.  J?  crt'd//s. 

402.  Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental  Prob- 
lems. A  study  of  the  general  and  specific  problems 
which  confront  the  director  of  school  orchestras,  bands, 
and  instrumental  classes.  Problems  of  general  interest 
include;  organization  and  management,  stimulating 
and  maintaining  interest;  selecting  beginners;  sched- 
uling rehearsals  and  class  lessons;  financing  and  pur- 
chasing instruments,  uniforms,  and  other  equipment; 
marching  band  formations  and  drills;  evaluating  music 
materials;  organizing  festivals,  contests,  and  public 
performances.  2  credits. 


Music     83 


84    Music 


404.  Music  Education  Seminar:  Secondary  Level. 

A  study  of  aspects  of  secondary  school  vocal  music 
curriculum  and  related  course  offerings.  Topics  with 
which  a  high  school  choral  teacher  or  director  of  music 
will  need  to  be  knowledgeable  are  investigated  with 
particular  attention  given  to  those  problems  relating 
to  the  responsibilities  of  the  vocal  music  teacher.  Phi- 
losophy of  music  education,  music  theater,  tests  and 
measurements,  elective  courses,  planning  inservice 
events,  and  choral  mdL\.ena\s.  2  credits. 

405.  Methods  in  Piano  Pedagogy.  A  study  of  meth- 
ods of  teaching  piano  to  children  and  adults.  The 
course  includes  the  song  approach  method,  presenta- 
tion of  the  fundamental  principles  of  rhythm,  sight 
reading,  tone  quality,  form,  technique,  pedaling,  trans- 
position, and  the  harmonization  of  simple  melodies. 
Materials  are  examined  and  discussed.  2  crt?(//7s. 
412.  Electronic  Music.  An  introduction  to  the  use 
and  function  of  synthesizers  and  their  application  to 
the  electronic  music  field,  with  special  attention  to 
the  education  area,  live  performance,  and  integration 
with  studio  equipment.  1  credit. 

422.  Church  Music  Methods  and  Administra- 
tion. A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
the  organization,  direction  and  management  of  the 
church  music  program.  General  and  specific  problems 
which  confront  the  church  musician  are  discussed. 
Topics  of  concern  include  the  planning  and  develop- 


ment of  a  sound  choir  program  with  emphasis  on  solic- 
itation  of  participants  and  the  maintenance  of  inter- 
est; the  methods  and  techniques  of  rehearsal;  the 
preparation  of  budget  and  the  management  of  funds; 
the  incorporation  of  the  church  year  in  the  selection  of 
literature;  committee  and  pastoral  relationships.  Sa- 
cred  music  majors.  2  credits. 

Student  Teaching 

441.  Student  Teaching.  Each  student  spends  a  se- 
mester in  the  Music  Department  of  an  area  public 
school  under  the  supervision  of  cooperating  teachers. 
Experiences  are  provided  according  to  the  individual 
student's  selection  of  a  track  program,  with  emphasis 
on  general,  instrumental,  or  keyboard/vocal  areas.  Re- 
quirements are:  (1)  a  cumulative  grade-point  average 
of  2.0  during  the  first  six  semesters  in  college,  (2) 
ability  to  demonstrate  proficiency  in  the  competencies 
for  music  teachers  as  set  forth  by  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education,  (3)  approval  by  the  music 
faculty.  12  credits. 

Instrumental  Courses 

Class  Instruction  in  Band  and  Orchestral  In- 
struments. Practical  courses  in  which  students,  in 
addition  to  being  taught  the  fundamental  principles 
underlying  the  playing  of  all  band  and  orchestral  in- 
struments, learn  to  play  on  instruments  of  each  group, 
viz.,  string,  woodwind,  brass,  and  percussion.  Prob- 
lems of  class  procedure  in  public  schools  are  dis- 
cussed: transposition  of  all  instruments  is  taught.  En- 
semble playing  is  an  integral  part  of  these  courses. 

Brass  Instruments  (Trumpet  [Cornet].  Horn,  Trom- 
bone, Baritone.  Tuba) 

123.  Brass  I.  A  study  of  two  of  the  above  instruments. 
1  credit. 

124.  Brass  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above 
instruments.  1  credit. 

Percussion  Instruments  (Snare  Drum.  Timpani,  Bass 
Drum,  etc.) 

227.  Percussion  I.  A  study  of  snare  drum  only,  h 

credit. 

328.  Percussion  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the 

above  instruments,  h  credit. 

Woodwind  Instruments  (Clarinet,  Flute,  Piccolo, 
Oboe,  Saxophone,  Bassoon) 

231.  Woodwind  I.  A  study  of  the  clarinet,  i  credit. 

232.  Woodwind  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the 
above  instruments.  1  credit. 

String  Instruments  (Violin,  Viola,  Cello,  String  Bass) 

337.  String  I.  A  study  of  all  of  the  above  instruments. 
1  credit. 

338.  String  II.  A  continuation  of  the  study  of  all  of 
the  above  instruments.  1  credit. 


420.  Instrumental  Seminar — Brass.  Application 
of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruction. 
Prerequisite:  Music  124.  hor  1  credit. 
430.  Instrumental  Seminar — Percussion.  Appli- 
cation of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  in- 
struction. Prerci/u/s/Yi?;  Music  328.  '^  or  1  credit. 
440.  Instrumental  Seminar — String.  Application 
of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  instruc- 
tionPrerequisite:  Music  338.  h  or  1  credit. 
450.  Instrumental  Seminar — Woodwind.  Appli- 
cation of  specific  techniques  to  problems  of  class  in- 
struction. Prerequisite:  Music  232.  Vzor  1  credit. 

Music  Organizations 

Opportunities  for  individual  performance  in  a  group 
experience  are  provided  by  music  organizations.  Mem- 
bership in  the  organizations  is  open  on  an  audition 
basis  to  all  students  of  the  college. 

601.  Symphonic  Band.  The  Blue  and  White  March- 
ing Band  of  L.V.C.  is  noted  for  its  half-time  perfor- 
mances during  the  football  season.  In  the  Symphonic 
Band  the  finest  original  music  for  band  is  performed, 
as  well  as  arrangements  of  the  standard  repertoire. 
Membership  in  the  band  is  dependent  upon  the  ability 
of  the  applicant  and  the  instrumentation  of  the  band. 
Students  from  all  departments  of  the  college  are  in- 
vited to  audition.  Afe  credit. 

602.  All-Girl  Band.  L.V.C.  is  unique  in  having  one  of 
the  lew  all-girl  bands  in  the  nation.  All  girls  in  the 
college  with  ability  as  instrumentalists  are  welcome 
to  audition.  Membership  depends  upon  proficiency 
and  the  needs  of  the  band  regarding  instrumentation. 
No  credit. 

603.  Symphony  Orchestra.  The  Symphony  Orches- 
tra is  an  organization  of  symphonic  proportions  main- 
taining a  high  standard  of  performance.  A  professional 
interpretation  of  a  wide  range  of  standard  orchestral 
literature  is  insisted  upon.A'o  credit. 

604.  Concert  Choir.  The  Concert  Choir  is  composed 
of  approximately  fifty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  All 
phases  of  choral  literature  are  studied  intensively.  In 
addition  to  on-campus  programs  and  appearances  on 
radio  and  television,  the  Concert  Choir  makes  an  an- 
nual tour.  No  credit. 

605.  College  Chorus.*  The  College  Chorus  provides 
an  opportunity  to  study  and  participate  in  the  presen- 
tation of  choral  literature  of  major  composers  from  all 
periods  of  music  history.  It  is  open  to  all  students  vyho 
are  interested  in  this  type  of  musical  performance  and 
who  have  had  some  experience  in  singing.  Sacred 
music  majors.  No  credit. 

606.  Chapel  Choir.  The  Chapel  Choir  is  composed  of 
approximately  forty  voices,  selected  by  audition.  The 
main  function  of  this  choir  is  to  provide  musical  lead- 
ership in  the  college's  chapel  services.  In  addition, 
seasonal  services  of  choral  music  are  prepared.  No 
credit. 


607.  Beginning  Ensemble.  A  training  band  and  or- 
chestra in  which  students  play  secondary  instruments 
and  become  acquainted  with  elementary  band  and  or- 
chestral literature.  Opportunity  is  given  for  advanced 
conducting  students  to  gain  experience  in  conducting. 
No  credit. 

608.  Wind  Ensemble.  The  Wind  Ensemble  provides 
an  opportunity  for  advanced  players  of  wind  and  per- 
cussion instruments  to  play  the  growing  repertoire  of 
music  being  written  for  this  medium.  In  addition,  stan- 
dard classical  works  for  wind  and/or  percussion  in- 
struments are  played.  The  members  of  this  organiza- 
tion are  chosen  by  audition.  A'o  credit. 
Instrumental  Small  Ensembles.  Open  to  the  ad- 
vanced player  on  an  audition  basis. 

611.  String  Trio.Afo  credit. 

612.  String  Quartet.  A^o  credit. 

613.  Clarinet  Choir.  No  credit. 

614.  Woodwind  Quintet.  A'o  credit. 

615.  Brass  Ensemble.  A'o  credit. 

616.  Percussion  Ensemble.  A'o  creAV. 

617.  Saxophone  Trio.  A'o  credit. 

618.  Saxophone  Quartet.  A'o  credit. 

619.  Saxophone  Quintet.  Ab  credit. 

620.  Saxophone  Ensemble.  Ab  credit. 

621.  Flute  Ensemble.  A'o  credit. 

622.  Horn  Ensemble.  A'o  crerf//. 


The  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music 

100.  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music.  A  course 
for  the  non-music  major  designed  to  increase  the  indi- 
vidual's musical  perceptiveness.  Through  selective,  in- 
tensive listening,  the  student  develops  concepts  of 
musical  materials  and  techniques.  The  vocabulary 
thus  gained  is  utilized  in  a  survey  of  Western  music 
beginning  with  the  20th  century  and  progressing  back- 
wards to  the  Middle  Ages.  This  course  is  designed 
primarily  for  the  student  with  no  previous  musical 
background.  May  not  be  taken  if  student  completed 
Music  341  and/or  342.  3  credits. 

321.  Hymnology.  A  study  of  the  historical  develop- 
ment of  hymns  and  hymn  singing  and  an  in-depth  ap- 
proach to  the 'current  hymnodical  practices  of  the 
Christian  churches.  Sacred  music  majors.  2  credits. 

322.  Sacred  Choral  Literature  Seminar.  A  study 
of  sacred  choral  literature  to  extend  the  scope  of  the 
student's  familiarity  with  major  works  and  to  promote 
further  investigation.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  de- 
velopment of  sound  aesthetic  judgment  in  selecting 
literature  for  various  liturgical  settings.  Examination 
is  made  of  standard  oratorios,  requiems,  cantatas  and 
anthems;  sources  for  materials  are  identified.  Sacred 
music  majors.  2  credits. 


Music     85 


341/342.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  I,  II.  A 

survey  course  of  the  history  of  Western  music.  Empha- 
sis is  placed  on  the  various  stylistic  developments 
which  have  occurred  from  one  era  to  another,  on  the 
composers  who  have  been  responsible  for  these  devel- 
opments, and  the  music  written  during  these  various 
eras  illustrating  these  stylistic  trends.  For  this  pur- 
pose, extensive  use  of  recordings  is  made  a  part  of  the 
course.  The  first  semester  includes  the  development 
of  music  up  to  the  Baroque  era,  the  second  semester 
from  the  Baroque  to  the  present.  May  not  be  taken  if 
student  completed  Music  100.  3  credits  per  semester. 
351,  352,  353,  354.  Organ  Seminar  I,  II,  III,  IV. 
A  four-semester  sequence  based  upon  the  investiga- 
tion and  study  of  the  following:  3,51— Organ  Design 
and  Registration;  352  — Organ  History  and  Literature. 
(Early  times  through  the  mid-Baroque  with  emphasis 
upon  French  and  German  music);  353  — Organ  His- 
tory and  Literature.  (An  investigation  of  the  organ  lit- 
erature of  J.  S.  Bach  and  his  contemporaries;  organ 
literature  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.); 
354  — Church  Service  Playing;  Required  for  organ  stu- 
dents majoring  in  music  and  sacred  music;  open  to 
other  students  with  the  approval  of  the  instructor.  2 
credits  per  semester 

406.  Piano  Seminar.  A  survey  of  the  history  of  the 
piano  including  a  brief  review  of  its  predecessors;  a 
study  of  the  literature  for  the  instrument,  with  special 
emphasis  on  that  available  to  the  average  .student;  a 
study  of  the  problems  encountered  in  the  preparation 
of  piano  material,  its  presentation  in  recital,  and  re- 
lated pedagogical  problems.  Required  for  all  piano 
students  majoriny  in  music;  open  to  other  students 
witli  the  approval  of  the  instructor.  2  credits. 
421.  Liturgy.  A  study  of  the  music  and  its  forms  as 
related  to  the  historical  development  of  the  current 
practice  of  the  service  of  the  Christian  churches.  Sa- 
cred music  majors.  2  credits. 

462.  Music  Literature  Seminar.  A  study  of  music 
literature  to  extend  the  scope  of  students'  familiarity 
with  major  instrumental  works  and  to  promote  further 
investigation.  Designed  especially  for  the  major  in 


Music  Edu- 
cation 


(See  Music) 


music  with  application  of  accumulated  knowledge  in 
theory,  music  history,  and  musical  form.  The  course 
includes  examination  of  various  theories  of  aesthetics 
as  they  apply  to  music,  a  survey  of  orchestral  litera- 
ture, study  of  twentieth-century  compositions,  and 
student  pursuit  of  a  project  of  each  individual's  own 
interest..  l/)/'/'i?t/  music  majors.  3  credits. 

Conducting 

246.  Principles  of  Conducting.  Principles  of  con- 
ducting and  the  technique  of  the  baton  are  presented. 
Each  student  conducts  vocal  and  instrumental  ensem- 
bles made  up  of  the  class  personnel. 2  crt'c///s. 
345.  Instrumental  Conducting.  Emphasis  on  prac- 
tical work  with  instrumental  groups.  I^ehearsal  tech- 
niques are  applied  through  individual  experience.  2 
credits. 

347.  Choral  Conducting.  Further  refinement  of  the 
conductor's  basic  technique  applied  to  the  choral  idiom. 
Laboratory  situations  will  provide  for  training  in  areas 
of  rehearsal  procedures,  materials,  and  special  prob- 
lems of  choral  conducting:  diction,  tonal  development 
and  style.  2  credits. 

Applied  Music  Instruction 

132.  Diction  for  Singers.  An  introduction  to  the 
pronunciation  of  singer's  English,  German,  French, 
Italian,  and  Latin,  utilizing  the  International  Pho- 
netic Alphabet.  Required  for  all  voice  students  ma- 
joring in  music,  all  students  majoriny  in  sacred  music, 
and  all  keyboard-vocal  track  students  majoring  in 
tnusic  education:  open  to  other  students  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  instructor.  1  credit. 
510.  Class  Piano  Instruction.  7  credit. 
520.  Class  Voice  Instruction.  1  credit. 
530.  Individual  Instruction.  (Voice,  Piano,  Organ, 
Orchestra  and  Band  Instruments.)  Piano  study  (pri- 
vate or  class)  is  required  for  a  minimum  of  two  years.  7 
credit. 

540.  Individual  Instruction.  (Voice,  Piano,  Organ, 
Orchestra  and  Band  Instruments.)  A  charge  is  made 
for  the  second  half-hour  of  instruction.2crec//^':. 

Departmental  Honors  and  Independent 
Study 

500.  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  the 
student  who  desires  to  engage  in  independent  study, 
either  with  or  without  departmental  honors.  1-3  cred- 
its per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 

The  Student  Recitals 

The  student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all 
students  in  acquainting  them  with  a  wide  range  of  the 
best  musical  literature,  in  developing  musical  taste 
and  discrimination,  in  affording  experience  in  appear- 
ing before  an  audience,  and  in  gaining  self-reliance  as 
well  as  nerve  control  and  stage  demeanor.  Students  at 
all  levels  of  performance  appear  in  these  student  recit- 
als. 


Lebanon  Valley  College  has  developed  a  cooperative  program  in  Nuclear  Medicine 
Technology  with  the  University  of  Virginia  Medical  Center.  The  student  spends  three 
years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College,  taking  a  minimum  of  92  semester  hours.  During  the 
junior  year,  application  is  made  to  the  University  of  Virginia  Medical  Centers  School  of 
Nuclear  Medicine  Technology,  and  if  accepted  into  their  program,  the  student  spends 
the  fourth  year  at  that  institution.  After  successfully  completing  this  course  of  study  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  with  a  major  in  nuclear  medicine  technology,  is  awarded 
by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Requirements:  Biology  111,112, 201, 202, 452  (Special  Topics  in  Human  Anatomy); 
Chemistry  111,  112, 113, 114, 213, 214;  Physics  103, 104 or  111,  112;  Mathematics  102, 
101  or  161, 166;  Computer  Programming  170;  courses  to  meet  the  general  requirements 
(to  include  one  course  in  psychology  and  one  course  in  sociology)  and  an  overall  mini- 
mum of  92  hours  of  work  at  LVC.  The  following  courses  are  strongly  recommended: 
Chemistry  216;  Physics  211;  Mathematics  170. 

The  nursing  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  students  the  opportunity  to 
obtain  a  liberal  arts  education  in  connection  with  an  accredited  hospital  school  of 
nursing  of  their  choice.  Each  student  spends  two  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  a 
minimum  of  two  years  at  an  accredited  hospital  school  of  nursing  from  which  credits  are 
accepted  and  counted  toward  graduation.  Either  phase  of  the  program  may  be  taken 
prior  to  the  other. 

Although  the  college  is  not  affiliated  with  the  National  League  of  Nurses,  we  do  not 
find  that  this  is  a  drawback  to  our  nursing  program.  Each  year  Lebanon  Valley  College 
attracts  numerous  nursing  students  to  a  program  which  has  proven  to  be  highly  flexible. 
Following  the  completion  of  their  two  years  of  work  at  LVC,  nursing  students  may 
transfer  to  a  hospital  nursing  school  of  their  choice.  Students  at  schools  with  a  nursing 
school  affiliation,  on  the  other  hand,  must  transfer  to  the  hospital  nursing  school  affi- 
liated with  their  undergraduate  institution.  Also,  under  Lebanon  Valley's  program,  tui- 
tion is  paid  to  LVC  only  for  the  two  years  of  academic  training  on  our  campus.  The 
tuition,  then,  for  clinical  training  is  paid  to  the  hospital  at  the  lower  hospital  tuition 
rate. 

Each  year  Lebanon  Valley  s  nursing  majors  transfer  to  hospitals  of  their  choice  includ- 
ing such  schools  as  Columbia  University  School  of  Nursing,  Reading  General  Hospital, 
Sacred  Heart  Hospital,  Lancaster  General  Hospital,  Muhlenberg  Hospital  (NJ),  Geisin- 
ger  Medical  Center,  Chester  County  School  of  Nursing,  Allentown  General  Hospital, 
Lankenau,  and  the  Einstein  Hospital  School  of  Nursing,  Philadelphia. 

Graduates  of  the  LVC  nursing  program  are  employed  in  a  variety  of  positions  including 
positions  on  nursing  staffs  of  numerous  hospitals,  as  well  as  continuing  their  educations 
in  their  professional  areas. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  nursing. 

Major:  A  year's  study  of  a  natural  science  (from  among  Biology  101/102,  or  1 1 1/112; 
Biology  451/452;  courses  to  meet  the  general  requirements  and  an  overall  minimum  of 
64  hours  of  work  on  the  LVC  campus. 


Nuclear 
Medicine 
Technology 
(Coopera- 
tive) 

Adviser: 
Dr.  Pollack 


Nursing 

Adviser: 
Dr.  Wolf 


Nursing     87 


Philosophy 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Heffner 
Mr.  Thompson  (Chrnn.) 


The  study  of  philosophy  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  directly  involves  the  student  in 
the  process  of  sharpening  critical  and  analytical  abilities.  This  is  accomplished  by 
relatively  small  classes  which  are  taught  by  a  combination  of  the  lecture  and  the  discus- 
sion method.  In  advanced  courses  the  discussion  method  is  predominant.  In  all  classes 
heavy  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  writing  of  critical  and  analytic  papers  dealing  with 
various  aspects  of  philosophical  thought  as  it  pertains,  for  example,  to  the  questions  and 
issues  of  knowledge,  human  values  and  conduct,  history,  politics,  religion,  science, 
society,  and  the  nature  of  human  beings.  Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  such  study  since 
it  is  a  vitally  important  part  of  liberal  learning. 

Extensive  studies  in  philosophy,  whether  done  by  means  of  a  full  major  specialization, 
or  through  the  taking  of  a  number  of  courses,  provides  an  excellent  background  and 
preparation  for  post-graduate  activities  such  as  law  school  and  legal  studies,  business, 
theological  and  seminary  training.  Undergraduate  study  in  philosophy  is  also  an  appro- 
priate field  of  intellectual  activity  for  the  student  who  is  not  preparing  for  any  specific 
vocation  or  profession  and  who  desires  a  broad  undergraduate  exposure  to  humanistic 
learning. 

Students,  even  those  planning  for  specialized  occupation  following  their  graduation 
with  a  major  in  philosophy,  are  encouraged  to  pursue  a  double  major  with  another 
discipline  such  as  English  literature,  a  foreign  language,  religion,  history,  or  business.  A 
double  major  is  easily  arranged  and  will  aid  in  insuring  a  broader  program  of  study  in 
liberal  learning. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  who  wish  to  do  independent  work  in  philosophy  beyond  the  scope  of  courses 
listed  in  the  college  catalog  may  elect,  with  departmental  approval,  to  take  Independent 
Study,  Philosophy  500,  which  is  conducted  in  a  tutorial  fashion. 

A  junior  or  senior  student  may,  with  departmental  permission,  undertake  to  do  indi- 
vidual study  for  honors  by  enrollment  in  Philosophy  500,  Independent  Study.  This 
involves  the  writing  and  oral  defense  of  a  detailed  research  project  or  critical  study  on  an 
approved  topic.  This  program  is  open  ordinarily  only  to  departmental  majors  who  have 
done  well  in  their  course  work  and  are  aiming  at  advanced  work  in  philosophy;  it  is  not, 
however,  limited  to  such  students.  The  student  who  successfully  meets  the  requirements 
of  the  program  shall  be  recommended  to  the  dean  of  the  faculty  for  graduation  with 
departmental  honors. 

Degree:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  philosophy. 

Major:  Philosophy  120  plus  an  additional  21  hours  of  philosphy  courses  for  a  total  of 
24  hours. 


88    Philosophy 


Courses  in  Philosophy 

110.  Problems  of  Philosophy.  An  introduction  to 
some  of  the  main  problems  of  philosophy  and  to  the 
ways  in  which  leading  philosophers  have  dealt  with 
them.  As  part  of  this  course,  students  learn  the  critical 
analysis  of  ideas.  3  credits. 
120.  General  Logic.  An  introduction  to  the  rules  of 


clear  and  effective  thinking.  Attention  is  given  to  the 
logic  of  meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  inference,  and  the 
logic  of  factual  inquiry.  Main  emphasis  is  laid  upon 
deductive  logic,  and  students  are  introduced  to  the 
elements  of  symbolic  logic  as  well  as  to  traditional 
modes  of  analysis.  3  credits. 


228.  Ethics.  An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of 
ethics,  with  an  examination  of  the  responses  of  major 
ethical  theories  to  those  problems.  3  credits. 
231.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  A  study  of  the  issues 
raised  for  philosophy  by  contemporary  religious  and 
theological  thought.  A  critical  examination  of  such 
problems  as  faith  and  reason:  the  meaning  of  revela- 
tion, symbolism,  and  language;  the  arguments  for  the 
existence  of  God:  faith  and  history;  religion  and  cul- 
ture. 

240.  Philosophy  in  the  United  States.  A  survey  of 
philosophical  thought  in  the  United  States  from  the 
colonial  period  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the 
work  of  Peirce.  James,  and  Dewey.3  crt?rf//.s. 
323.  Greek  Philosophy.  A  study  of  the  evolution  of 
philosophy  from  its  origin  in  the  speculations  of  the 
pre-Socratic  nature  philosophers  to  the  work  of 
Hellenistic  philosophers  of  the  fourth  century,  with 
emphasis  on  the  thought  of  Plato  and  Aristotle.  Prc- 
requisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 3  credits. 

326.  Medieval  Philosophy.  The  history  of  philoso- 
phy is  traced  from  the  decline  of  the  Hellenistic  Age 
to  the  Renaissance,  with  emphasis  on  the  development 
and  subsequent  criticism  of  the  systematic  elabora- 
tions of  the  schoolmen  of  the  late  Middle  Ages.  Pre- 
requisite:  Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 3  credits. 

333.  Modern  Philosophy.  This  course  follows  the 
development  of  philosophic  thought  in  the  writings  of 
the  principalthinkers  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  be- 


ginning of  the  nineteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on 
the  work  of  Hume  and  Kant.Prc'rL'i/!//.s;7e;  Philosophy 
110  or  cortsent  of  the  instructor  3  credits. 
336.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  An  examina- 
tion of  the  foremost  American.  British,  and  Continen- 
tal philosophers  from  1900  to  the  present.  Prerequi- 
site: Philosophy  110  or  consent  of  the  instructor  3 
credits. 

350-359.  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy.  3  credits 
per  semester 

442.  Seminar.  Discussion  of  selected  problems  of 
philosophy.  Open  to  upperclassmen  only,  with  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 
500.  Independent  Study.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
the  instructor.  3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


While  there  is  no  major  offered  in  physical  education,  two  semesters  of  participation 
are  required  for  graduation.  The  requirement  of  physical  education  is  justified  by  the 
Physical  Education  Department's  aim  to  encourage  attitudes  and  habits  of  good  total 
health,  to  develop  the  student's  physical  capacities,  and  to  provide  activities  which  will 
enrich  leisure  throughout  one's  life. 

In  addition  to  the  family  physician's  report,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  all  enter- 
ing students  also  undergo  a  thorough  visual  examination. 

Students  are  required  to  wear  the  regulation  gymnasium  outfit,  which  may  be  pur- 
chased at  the  college  store. 


Physical  Ed- 
ucation 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Correll 
Miss  Harriger 
Mr.  Petrofes 
Mr.  Reed 


Courses  in  Physical  Education 

110.  Physical  Education  (Men)  (Women).  (Men) 
The  physical  education  activities  include:  touch  foot- 
ball, basketball,  Softball,  volleyball,  badminton,  hand- 
ball,   tennis,    swimming,    soccer,    and    paddleball. 


(Women)  The  physical  education  activities  include: 
soccer,  Softball,  swimming,  archery,  volleyball,  bad- 
minton, tennis,  speedball,  field  hockey,  basketball,  and 
paddleball. jVo  credit. 


Phys.  Ed.     89 


Physics 


Faculty: 

Mr.  O'Donnell 

Dr.  Rhodes  (Chmn.) 

Dr.  Thompson 


90    Physics 


The  Department  of  Physics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  attempts  to  develop  in  the 
student  an  increased  understanding  of  the  basic  laws  of  nature  as  they  relate  to  our 
physical  environment,  and  to  indicate  the  possible  extent,  as  well  as  the  limitations,  of 
our  knowledge  of  the  physical  world. 

In  this  age  of  science  and  technology  when  members  of  a  free  society  must  make 
decisions  on  such  issues  as  the  size  of  a  national  space  program,  the  rate  of  development 
of  nuclear  energy,  and  the  control  of  environmental  pollution,  physics  has  an  important 
contribution  to  make  toward  the  liberal  education  of  people  involved  in  the  decision- 
making process. 

The  Department  of  Physics  strives  to  be  of  service  to  as  many  students  as  possible  in 
a  variety  of  curriculum.  For  those  who  will  not  pursue  a  science  major  the  department 
offers  a  course  dealing  with  the  impact  of  physics  on  society.  For  those  with  a  strong 
interest  in  music  the  department  offers  a  course  in  the  physics  of  music. 

Since  physics,  as  the  basic  natural  science  dealing  with  forces,  motion,  energy,  heat, 
sound,  light,  electromagnetism,  electronics,  atomic  structure,  and  the  structure  and 
interactions  of  all  matter,  underlies  work  in  all  other  natural  sciences  as  well  as  the  areas 
of  applied  science  including  engineering,  the  department  offers  comprehensive  introduc- 
tory courses  for  students  majoring  in  any  of  the  natural  sciences. 

For  those  students  who  plan  careers  in  the  field  of  physics,  or  in  engineering,  or  in  any 
area  in  which  several  natural  sciences  overlap  (astrophysics,  biophysics,  geophysics,  and 
computer  science),  the  department  offers  a  three  or  four  year  sequence  of  courses  to 
prepare  for  future  employment  or  for  further  study  in  a  chosen  field. 

Laboratory  work  is  an  integral  part  of  all  physics  courses,  and  is  designed  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  experimental  techniques  and  the  measuring  instruments  appropri- 
ate to  the  various  areas  of  investigation. 

To  the  graduate  with  a  degree  in  physics,  positions  are  available  in  research  and 
development  in  governmental  laboratories,  such  as  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards, 
Goddard  Space  Center,  Naval  Research  Laboratory,  and  also  in  industrial  laboratories. 
Those  students  who  have  had  a  semester  of  professional  preparation  in  teaching  will  find 
jobs  available  in  the  teaching  of  physics  and  mathematics  in  secondary  schools.  A 
background  in  physics  may  also  prepare  a  student  for  study  at  the  graduate  level  not  only 
in  physics,  but  also  in  various  fields  of  engineering,  astronomy  and  astrophysics,  geology 
and  geophysics,  meterology,  biophysics,  computer  science  and  others. 

Recent  LVC  graduates  in  physics  hold  such  varied  positions  as  technical  research 
assistant  at  Hershey  Medical  Center,  electrical  engineer  at  the  Naval  Air  Research 
Center,  research  physicist  with  Exxon  Corporation,  technical  writer  and  abstracter  at 
the  Research  Laboratory  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  Philadelphia,  research  physicist  at  the 
Frankford  Arsenal,  Philadelphia,  and  post-doctoral  fellow  in  cryogenic  physics,  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  Graduate  schools  represented  include  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  the  University  of  Texas. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Independent  Study,  Physics  500,  is  available  to  all  physics  majors  with  the  approval  of 
the  departmental  chairman.  Experimental  facilities  are  available  in  the  department  for 


independent  investigations  in  X-ray  diffraction,  neutron  reactions,  radioactivity,  Moss- 
bauer  effect,  gamma  ray  spectroscopy,  and  wave  analysis.  Theoretical  problems  may  be 
chosen  from  classical  physics,  statistical  mechanics,  or  quantum  mechanics. 

Physics  majors  who  have  demonstrated  high  academic  ability  may,  with  the  permis- 
sion of  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty,  participate  in  the  depart- 
mental honors  program  in  physics.  Application  for  admission  to  this  program  should  be 
made  before  the  end  of  the  junior  year.  A  student  admitted  to  the  program  enrolls  in 
Physics  500  and  works  on  an  experimental  or  theoretical  research  project,  normally  for 
a  period  of  a  year,  with  departmental  supervision.  Upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of 
an  approved  project  and  the  formal  presentation  of  a  research  paper  before  an  examining 
committee,  the  student  will  be  recommended  to  the  dean  of  the  faculty  for  graduation 
with  departmental  honors. 

Degree:  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  physics. 

Major.  Physics  111,  112,  211,  311,  321,  322,  plus  six  additional  semester  hours  (at 
least  two  in  experimental  physics),  for  a  total  of  30  hours.  Also  required  are  Math  161, 
162,  261,  and  266 or  Math  HI,  112,  211  and  266. 


Courses  in  Physics 

100.  Physics  and  Its  Impact.  A  course  designed  to 
acquaint  the  student,  especially  the  non-science  major, 
with  some  of  the  important  concepts  of  physics,  both 
classical  and  modern,  and  with  the  scientific  method, 
its  nature  and  its  limitations.  The  role  of  physics  in 
the  history  of  thought  and  its  relationships  to  other 
disciplines  and  to  society  and  government  are  consid- 
ered. The  weekly  two-hour  laboratory  period  provides 
experience  in  the  acquisition,  representation,  and 
analysis  of  experimental  data,  and  demonstration  of 
the  physical  phenomena  with  which  the  course  deals. 
4  credits. 

103,  104.  General  College  Physics  I,  II.  An  intro 
duction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  and  laws  of  the 
various  branches  of  physics,  including  mechanics,  heat, 
sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic  and 
nuclear  structure,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  4 
credits  per  semester. 

110.  The  Physics  of  Music.  This  course,  for  students 
with  an  interest  in  music,  comprises  a  study  of  wave 
motion,  the  analysis  and  synthesis  of  waves,  reso- 
nance, physical  characteristics  of  music  sounds,  mu- 
sical instruments,  the  reproduction  and  amplification 
of  sound,  and  the  acoustical  properties  of  rooms.  A 
working  knowledge  of  algebra  arid  trigonometry  is 
required.  3  credits. 

111,  112.  Principles  of  Physics  I,  II.  An  introduc- 
tory course  in  classical  physics,  designed  for  students 
who  desire  a  more  rigorous  mathematical  approach  to 
college  physics  than  is  given  in  Physics  103,  104,  Cal- 
culus is  used  throughout.  The  first  semester  is  devoted 
to  mechanics  and  heat,  and  the  second  semester  to 


electricity,  magnetism,  and  optics,  with  laboratory 
work  in  each  area.  This  course  should  be  followed  by 
Physics  211.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathemat- 
ics 111  or  161.  4  credits  per  semester. 

211.  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics.  .An  introduction 
to  modern  physics,  including  the  foundation  of  atomic 
physics,  the  quantum  theory  of  radiation,  and  atomic 
nucleus,  radioactivity,  and  nuclear  reactions,  with  lab- 
oratory work  in  each  area.  Prerequisite:  Physics  104 
or  112.  4  credits. 

212.  Introduction  to  Electronics.  The  physics  of 
electrons  and  electronic  devices,  including  diodes, 
transistors,  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators, 
switching  circuits,  and  servomechanisms,  with  labo- 
ratory work  in  each  area.  Prerequisite:  Physics  104  or 
112,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 


Physics     91 


Political 
Science 

(See  History  and  Political 
Science) 


311,  312.  Analytical  Mechanics  I,  II.  A  rigorous 
study  of  classical  mechanics,  including  the  motion  of 
a  single  particle,  the  motion  of  a  system  of  particles, 
and  the  motion  of  a  rigid  body.  Damped  and  forced 
harmonic  motion,  the  central  force  problem,  the  Euler 
description  of  rigid  body  motion,  and  the  Lagrange 
generalization  of  Newtonian  mechanics  are  among  the 
topics  treated.  Prerequisites:  Physics  111  a/id  Math- 
ematics 266.  3  credits  per  semester 
321,  322.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II.  Theory 
of  the  basic  phenomena  of  electromagnetism,  together 
with  the  application  of  fundamental  principles  to  the 
solving  of  problems.  The  electric  and  magnetic  prop- 
erties of  matter,  direct  current  circuits,  alternating 
current  circuits,  the  Maxwell  field  equations,  and  the 
propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  are  among  the 
topics  treated.  Prerequisites:  Physics  112  and  Math- 
ematics 266.  3  credits  per  semester. 
327/328.  Experimental  Physics  I,  II.  Experimen 
tal  work  selected  from  the  areas  of  mechanics,  A.C. 
and  D.C.  electrical  measurements,  optics,  atomic  phys- 
ics, or  nuclear  physics,  with  emphasis  on  experimental 
design,  measuring  techniques,  and  analysis  of  data. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  211.  1  credit  per  semester. 
421, 422.  Modern  Physics  I,  II.  A  study  of  selected 
topics  in  modern  physics,  utilizing  the  methods  of 
quantum  mechanics.  The  Schrodinger  equation  is 
solved  for  such  systems  as  potential  barriers,  potential 


wells,  the  linear  oscillator,  and  the  hydrogen  atom. 
Perturbation  techniques  and  the  operator  formalism 
of  quantum  mechanics  are  introduced  where  appropri- 
ate. Prerequisites:  Physics  211  and  Mathematics 
266,  or  permissiori  of  the  instructor  3  credits  per  se- 
mester. 

430.  The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  Secondary 
Schools.  A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  some  of  the  special  methods,  programs,  and  prob- 
lems in  the  teaching  of  physics  in  secondary  schools. 
Required  for  secondary  certification  in  physics.  1 
credit. 

480.  Special  Topics  in  Physics.  A  course  in  one  or 
more  of  the  following  areas  of  physics  is  offered  each 
semester,  and  is  open,  with  the  approval  of  the  instruc- 
tor, to  juniors  and  seniors  from  any  department. 

(a)  Thermodynamics.  3  crerf//s. 

(b)  Statistical  Mechanics. 3  crec///s. 

(c)  Optics. 3  credits. 

(d)  Nuclear  Physics.  3  credZ/s. 

(e)  Solid  State  Physics. 3  cri;rf;Ys. 

(f)  Mathematical  V\\yi\cs. 3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  An  experimental  or  the- 
oretical investigation  in  a  selected  area  of  physics 
under  the  supervision  of  a  physics  staff  member. 
Open  to  all  physics  majors  with  the  permission  of 
the  departmental  chairman.  1-3  credits  per  semes- 
ter (Maximum  of  9). 


Psychology 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Carlson 

Dr.  Davidson  (Chmn.) 

Dr.  Lasky 

Dr.  Love 

Mr.  Smith  (Adj.) 


92    Psychology 


For  many  students  courses  in  psychology  are  primarily  a  contribution  to  their  general 
education,  a  background  for  more  meaningful  living.  For  others  a  major  in  psychology  is 
pre-professional,  leading  to  graduate  study  in  psychology.  Our  alumni  have  done  well  in 
graduate  programs  in  experimental,  clinical,  educational,  and  school  psychology.  Some 
majors  have  entered  other  graduate  programs,  including  social  work,  medicine,  business 
administration,  divinity  and  education.  Many  who  have  not  gone  to  graduate  school  hold 
responsible  positions  in  hospitals,  community  agencies,  government  offices,  and  indus- 
try. 

Recently  a  number  of  students  have  chosen  a  double  major,  with  psychology  and  either 
education,  sociology,  business  administration,  or  a  foreign  language.  A  double  major  in 
psychology  and  education  provides  certification  to  teach  in  elementary  school,  as  well 
as  preparation  for  graduate  work. 

In  addition  to  course  work  there  is  a  program  of  directed  studies,  developed  individ- 
ually, to  introduce  the  student  to  research,  or  to  permit  pursuing  particular  academic 
interests  by  reading,  by  projects  in  the  laboratory,  or  by  supervised  work  in  a  school  or 
agency  There  is  also  an  internship  program  which  may  include  off-campus,  full-time 
work  during  the  summer  and  part-time  work  during  the  academic  year.  There  are  semes- 
ter-programs in  Philadelphia  and  abroad. 


INDEPENDENT  STUDY  AND  DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

For  the  capable  student  who  wishes  to  take  part  in  selecting  and  planning  his  own 
investigation  within  particular  areas  of  psychology,  a  program  of  independent  study  and 
research  for  credit  may  replace  courses.  The  student  is  assisted  by  a  member  of  the 
faculty  with  whom  he  has  individual  conferences.  The  student's  investigation  is  desig- 
nated as  Independent  Study  (Psychology  500),  whether  or  not  he  is  a  candidate  for 
departmental  honors. 

In  order  to  begin  a  program  of  individual  study  for  departmental  honors,  a  psychology 
major  is  required  to:  (1)  have  an  over-all  grade-point  average  of  2.5;  (2)  have  an  average  of 
3.0  in  psychology  courses;  (3)  show  consistently  high  interest  and  initiative;  and  (4) 
obtain  the  approval  of  the  departmental  staff  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty. 

Graduation  with  honors  in  psychology  will  depend  on  the  quality  of  independent 
study,  the  written  and  oral  reports,  and  the  maintenance  of  the  grade-point  averages 
specified  for  admission  to  the  study  program. 

Degree:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  psychology. 

Major:  Psychology  100,  120,  216,  236,  343  and  443;  one  of  the  following:  235,  335, 
444;  and  two  of  the  following:  321,  332,  346,  and  431  — for  a  minimum  of  27  hours. 
Students  with  particular  career  goals  or  special  academic  programs  may  receive  depart- 
mental approval  to  adjust  major  requirements  to  individual  needs. 


Courses  in  Psychology 

100.  Psychology:  The  Individual  and  Society. 

Psychological  approaches  to  the  study  of  the  person 
as  the  individual  develops  and  interacts  with  others. 
Representative  topics  are:  human  development,  learn- 
ing, arousal,  motivation,  sex,  aggression,  the  self,  self- 
control  and  morality,  abnormal  behavior,  interper- 
sonal attraction,  dependency  and  social  attachment. 5 
credits. 

120.  Psychology:  By  Experiment.  An  introduction 
to  psychology  as  a  laboratory  science,  emphasizing 
research  with  people,  but  including  studies  of  animal 
behavior.  The  relations  of  the  perceived  world  to  the 
physical  environment,  the  uses  of  reward  to  modify 
behavior,  ways  in  which  meaning  influences  verbal 
learning,  and  the  effects  of  new  experiences  upon 
memories  are  among  the  topics  to  be  presented.  The 
course  is  not  a  complete  survey  of  psychology,  but  a 
study  of  selected  sets  of  experiments  to  indicate  sig- 
nificant principles  and  the  methods  used  to  verify 
i\\em.  3  credits. 

216.  Experimental  Methods  in  Behavioral  Sci- 
ence. The  various  methods  which  enable  students  to 
critically  evaluate  behavioral  research  findings.  Ex- 
perimental and  correctional  procedures  are  applied  to 
problems  in  behavioral  research,  biomedical  research, 
and  program  evaluation  in  health  and  human  service 
agencies.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  100  or  120  taken 
previously  or  concurrently.  3  credits. 


Psychology     93 


94    Psychology 


220.  Educational  Psychology.  Review  of  the  psy- 
chological literature  concerning  cognitive,  behav- 
ioral, emotional  and  social  effects  of  typical  educa- 
tional influences.  Required  for  state  certification  is 
elementary  and  music  education.  Prerequisite:  Psy- 
chology 100  or  120.  3  credits. 

235.  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.  Review  of 
major  areas  of  investigation  of  visual,  auditory  and 
other  sensory  systems.  Psychophysical  methods,  and 
principles  of  sensory  differentiation  and  field  organi- 
zation are  included.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  120.  3 
credits. 

236.  Learning  and  Memory.  Instrumental  and  clas- 
sical conditioning  techniques  are  compared  and  re- 
lated to  theories  of  human  and  animal  learning  and 
motivation.  Basic  methods  in  the  investigation  of  ver- 
bal learning  are  introduced.  .Analyses  of  learning  in- 
clude cognitive  processes.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
100  or  120.  3  credit-;. 

237.  Laboratory  Investigations  I:  Sensory  and 
Perceptual  Processes.  E.xperiments  with  human 
subjects,  coordinated  with  topics  in  Psychology  235. 
Students  select  sensory/perceptual  problems  for  in- 
vestigation, have  a  part  in  the  design  of  experiments, 
conduct  trials,  do  statistical  computation,  and  inter- 
pret the  results.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  120.  216. 
Corequisite:  Psychology  235.  1  credit. 

238.  Laboratory  Investigations  II:  Learning.  An- 
imal and  human  learning  experiments  coordinated 
with  topics  in  Psychology  236.  Simple  learning  situa- 
tions are  demonstrated.  Students  conduct  investiga- 
tions, analyze  data,  and  write  reports.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  100  or  120.  Corequisite:  Psychology  236. 
1  credit. 

300.  Cinematic  Conceptions  of  Man.  Viewing  films 
as  literary  works,  an  examination  of  the  thematic,  sty- 
listic, and  structural  statements  and  assertions  con- 
cerning man's  actions  and  psychology  that  are  made 
by  auteurs.  and  involved  in  film  genres  and  historical 
periods.  Specific  topics  (e.g..  Fellini.  Antonioni.  the 
Western,  and  Neo-Realism)  to  be  selected  each  term, 
and  discussions  will  be  based  upon  films  in  a  film  se- 
ries illustrating  the  topic,  a  series  held  in  conjunction 
with  the  course.  May  be  taken  twice  for  credit.  3  cred- 
its. 

321.  Childhood  and  Development.  The  study  of 
cognitive,  social  and  emotional  change  over  the  life 
span,  as  well  as  the  psychological  effects  of  physical 
growth.  Special  attention  is  given  to  research  studies, 
developmental  mechanisms  and  theories  of  develop- 
ment. Students  are  encouraged  to  conduct  research 
with  children.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  100  or  120.  3 
credits. 

332.  Psychological  Testing  and  Assessment.  An 
introduction  to  basic  psychometric  theory,  and  an  ov- 
erview of  selected  personality,  ability  and  attitude 
measuxes.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120;  Psy- 


chology 216.  Mathematics  1  70.  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 3  credits. 

335.  Research  Design  and  Statistics.  The  student 
evaluates  published  studies  and  identifies  problems  in 
the  design  and  execution  of  both  laboratory  and  ap- 
plied studies.  Factorial  designs,  multivariate  tech- 
niques, and  non-parametric  statistics  are  covered  in 
clinical,  organizational,  educational  and  laboratory 
seiVxngs.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120,  216, 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 
337.  Organizational  Psychology.  The  application 
of  basic  psychological  principles  and  findings  to  prob- 
lems of  organizational  behavior  and  psychology  in  in- 
dustry. Topics  to  include  ecological  psychology  — man 
environment  relations,  systems  design  and  analysis, 
human  factors  engineering,  and  the  evaluation  of  the 
impact  of  the  organization  on  the  individual.  Prereq- 
uisite: Psychology  100  or  120.  3  credits. 
343.  Personality.  Reasons  for  individuality  and  con- 
sistency in  the  lives  of  persons  are  studied.  Attention 
is  typically  given  to  the  role  of  aggression,  altruism, 
anxiety,  competence,  dependency,  and  sexuality  Psy- 
choanalysis, existential-phenomenology  and  social 
learning  are  among  the  major  personality  theories  to 
be  studied.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120:  ju- 
nior or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor 3  credits. 

346.  Social  Psychology.  The  study  of  how  groups  or 
other  individuals  interpersonally  and  intrapersonally 
affect  the  individual.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  review 
of  research  studies  and  theories.  Topics  include:  atti- 
tude development  and  change,  conformity,  persuasion, 
person  perception,  attribution,  attraction,  norms,  and 
small  groups.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120: 
junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 3  credits. 

350-399.  Special  Topics  in  Psychology.  An  area  of 
investigation  of  special  topics  will  be  considered 
through  individual  or  group  study.  The  courses  will 
offer  the  opportunity  for  intensive  readings,  research 
and  theories  and  issues;  and  prepare  papers  on  selected 
topics.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120:  junior 
or  senior  standing:  other  prerequisites  may  be  re- 
quired depending  on  the  nature  of  the  course:  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  1-3  credits  per  semester. 

431.  Abnormal  Behavior  and  Experience.  The 
study  of  personal  problems,  including  alcohol  and 
drug  dependence,  brain  disorders,  criminal  and  psy- 
chopathic behavior,  psychoneurosis.  psychosomatic 
reactions,  psychoses,  sexual  deviations,  subnormal  in- 
telligence, suicide,  and  the  disorders  of  childhood  and 
adolescence.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120; 
junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 3  credits. 

432.  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.  An  in- 
troduction to  the  work  of  psychologists  in  understand- 
ing and  assisting  persons  who  have  problems.  Partic- 


ular  attention  is  given  to  clinical  interviewing: 
projective  techniques,  testing  and  diagnosing:  indi- 
vidual and  group  therapy;  marriage  and  family  coun- 
seling; and  play  therapy  with  children.  Field  work  in  a 
clinical  setting.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or 
120:  431  or  nursing  training  with  psychiatric  affilia- 
tion, or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

443.  History  and  Theory.  Philosophical  issues,  areas 
and  trends  of  investigation,  and  "schools  of  psychol- 
ogy" prior  to  19A0.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or 
120  and  236:  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.  How  biological 
processes  interrelate  with  behavioral  events  in  learn- 
ing, thinking,  feeling,  perceiving,  and  striving,  includ- 
ing neural  and  hormonal  bases  for  learning,  memory, 
and  personality.  Findings  in  biofeedback,  sexuality, 
sleep,  and  behavior  disorders  are  examined.  Prereq- 
uisite: Psychology  1 00  or  120.  3  credits. 


400.  Internship.  An  applied  and  academic  program 
which  combines  work  in  community  mental  health  and 
related  agencies,  hospitals  and  schools,  with  discus 
sions.  guided  reading,  and  systematized  observations 
Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or  120:  junior  or  se 
nior  standing:  approval  of  instructor,  based  on  rele 
rant  coursework  in  psychology  and  personal  attri 
bates:  approval  of  commuriity  agency.  1-6  credits  per 
semester.  (Maximum  of  9.  or  with  departmental  ap- 
proval, 15). 

500.  Independent  Study.  Individual  investigation  of 
a  selected  topic  in  psychology,  involving  either  an  ex- 
periment, a  project  in  the  community,  or  a  systematic 
program  of  reading,  each  under  the  supervision  of  a 
member  of  the  department.  This  includes  conferences 
with  the  instructor.  Prerequisites:  Psychology  100  or 
120:  one  additional  psychology  course,  and  permis- 
sion of  the  department.  1-3  credits. 


Occasionally,  an  incoming  student  may  have  problems  with  an  inabiliy  to  comprehend 
college  material  or  an  inability  to  study  properly.  It  is  for  this  student  that  the  reading 
and  study  skills  course  is  intended. 


Reading  and 
Study  Skills 


110.  Reading  and  Study  Skills.  A  study  of  tech 
niques  intended  to  improve  those  skills  important  to 
reading  and  to  study  at  the  college  level.  Texts  as- 
signed for  students'  own  classes  are  utilized,  and  ad- 


ditional resource  materials  are  available  in  the  Media        Faculty: 
Center.  Students  who  have  SAT  verbal  .■icores  below        Dr.  M.  Albrecht 
450  are  strongly  advised  to  take  the  course.  1  credit.  Mr.  Woods 


The  entire  program  of  the  Religion  Department  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  designed 
to  give  students  insight  into  the  meaning  of  man's  religious  experience,  and  such  an 
investigation  is  particularly  appropriate  in  light  of  the  colleges  affirmation  of  its  ties 
with  the  Christian  heritage  which  fostered  the  founding  of  the  college  in  1886.  Course- 
work  in  the  department  introduces  the  student  to  the  various  historical  and  contempo- 
rary expressions  of  Christian  heritage  as  well  as  those  which  acquaint  him  with  the 
diverse  religious  traditions  of  mankind.  As  pre-professional  preparation,  courses  are 
provided  for  those  who  are  looking  toward  graduate  studies  in  the  humanities,  social 
sciences,  world  cultures,  the  Christian  ministry,  world  missions,  and  other  church  voca- 
tions, as  well  as  the  academic  teaching  of  religion. 

Many  of  the  courses  in  the  Religion  Department  are  of  general  interest  to  the  whole 
campus  community,  and  specific  courses  are  of  particular  interest  to  such  curriculums  as 
philosophy,  sociology  and  sacred  music. 

Coursework  is  supplemented  by  a  number  of  extra-curricular  and  off  campus  oppor- 
tunities including  field  trips  to  museums  including  the  Philadelphia  Museum  of  Art  and 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania  museum  (World  Religions),  and  a  visit  to  the  nationally 
historic  Ephrata  Cloister  in  nearby  Lancaster  County  (Religion  in  America). 

Majors  in  the  department  hold  monthly  meetings  planned  around  topics  of  their  own 


Religion 


Faculty: 

Dr.  Byrne  (Chmn.) 
Dr.  Cantrell 
Dr.  Troutman 
Dr.  Wethington 


Religion     95 


choosing  for  a  kind  of  pre-professional  growth  and  enrichment.  Discussion  subjects 
include  examination  of  personal  faith  and  commitment  as  well  as  anticipated  situations 
in  future  work  following  graduation. 

While  field  experience  in  religion  is  not  discouraged  (some  religion  majors  serve  as 
youth  ministers,  supply  pastors,  and  Sunday  school  teachers)  the  department  primarily 
encourages  a  solid  academic  background  prior  to  continued  education  at  a  theological 
school  or  seminary. 

Although  the  college  is  related  to  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  its  forerunner  the 
Evangelical  United  Brethren  Church,  departmental  majors  come  from  a  variety  of  reli- 
gious backgrounds  as  does  the  whole  campus  community.  Likewise,  graduates  of  the 
department  have  been  able  to  attend  virtually  any  seminary  or  graduate  school  of  their 
choice  including  schools  such  as  Duke  University,  Princeton,  Boston  University,  United 
Theological  Seminary  and  Wesley  Theological  School. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

Students  wishing  to  participate  in  the  departmental  honors  program  in  the  depart- 
ment may  do  so  by  fulfilling  the  following  requirements:  (1)  achieve  high  academic 
standing  in  departmental  courses;  (2)  submit  a  paper  in  connection  with  a  course  beyond 
the  first  year  courses;  (3)  apply  and  receive  approval  for  participation  in  departmental 
honors  from  the  departmental  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty  by  the  end  of  the 
first  semester  of  the  junior  year;  (4)  prepare  an  essay  of  10,000  words  or  more  under  the 
direction  of  a  member  of  the  department  to  be  submitted  by  March  15  of  the  senior  year; 
(5)  defend  the  essay  before  a  faculty  committee  selected  by  the  department  chairman 
and  the  dean  of  the  faculty. 

On  the  basis  of  his  performance  in  the  essay  and  the  oral  examination,  the  departmen- 
tal chairman  and  the  dean  of  the  faculty  will  determine  whether  or  not  the  candidate  is 
to  receive  departmental  honors. 

Degree:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  religion 

Major:  Religion  110,  222,  331,  404,  one  course  ft-om  among  202,  211,  212,  and 
electives  (including  Greek  321,  431)  for  a  total  of  24  hours.  The  following  courses  are 
recommended  for  a  major  in  religion:  Biology  101,  Greek  101/102,  111/112,  History 
111/112,  Philosophy  110,  231,  Psychology  110,  and  Sociology  110,  321. 


96    Religion 


Courses  in  Religion 

110  Introduction  to  Religion.  An  exploration  of 
the  many  dimensions  of  religion  as  a  central  human 
experience  by  examining  such  topics  as:  varieties  of 
religious  experience  and  expression,  religious  knowl- 
edge, the  self  and  meaning,  religion  in  its  sociocul- 
tural  context,  religion  and  the  natural  order,  and  the 
universal  issues  such  as  death,  the  End,  evil,  suffering, 
and  the  moral  oxAex.  3  credits. 

111.  Introduction  to  Biblical  Thought.  An  exam- 
ination of  some  of  the  basic  themes  of  Biblical  religion 
in  relation  to  their  historical  context  and  their  con- 
temporary implications.  3  cr(?d;Ys. 


112.  Introduction  to  the  Christian  Faith.  A  sys- 
tematic inquiry  into  the  areas  of  religious  languages, 
religious  knowledge,  and  the  doctrines  of  God,  man, 
Christ,  and  the  Church.  3  credits. 
120.  Religion  in  America.  A  study  of  contemporary 
Judaism,  Roman  Catholicism,  and  Protestantism  in 
the  United  States,  including  a  brief  historical  back- 
ground of  each.  Some  attention  is  given  to  the  various 
religious  sects  and  cults.  5  creaf//s. 
130.  American  Folk  Religion.  A  study  the  folk  tra- 
ditions of  selected  American  denominations  and  sects, 
and  of  the  theological  implications  of  "secular"  folk- 


lore.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  field-work  as  well  as 
on  analysis.  Prt'rt'</i//s//tv  Religion  120  or  permission 
of  instructor.  3  credits. 

140.  World  Religions.  An  examination  of  the  rise 
and  development  of  religion  along  with  a  study  of  the 
ideas,  and  cultic  and  ethical  practices  of  the  great 
world  faiths.  Special  attention  given  to  Asian  reli- 
gions. J  crt't/(7,s. 

202.  The  Prophets.  A  study  of  the  lives  and  writings 
of  the  Old  Testament  prophets,  and  an  analysis  of  their 
contributions  to  Hebrew-Christian  religious  thought. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  111.  3  credits. 
206.  Near  East  Archaeology  and  the  Bible.  An 
examination  of  archaeology  in  biblical  lands,  its  meth- 
ods, objectives,  and  contributions  to  the  areas  of  his- 
tory, culture,  and  reUgion.  Preregui.^ite:  Religion  111 
or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

211.  Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.  An  intensive 
study  of  the  life  and  message  of  Jesus  as  set  forth  in 
the  Gospels.  Prerequisite:  Religion  111.  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor  3  credits. 

212.  Life  and  Epistles  of  Paul.  A  study  of  the  life, 
writings,  and  theological  thought  of  Paul  and  their 
relationship  to  the  practices,  problems,  and  beliefs  of 
the  early  church.  Prert>(/;«'.s-//t'.-  Religion  111  or  112.  3 
credits. 

222.  Christian  Ethics.  A  systematic  analysis  of  the 
implications  of  the  Christian  faith  both  for  personal 
moral  decision,  and  for  social  policy  in  such  areas  as 
marriage  and  family  government  and  political  life, 
work  and  the  economic  order.  Prerequisite:  Religion 
111  or  112.  3  credits. 

331.  Christian  IVadition  and  Reform.  A  study  of 
the  major  and  continuing  strains  in  the  history  of 
Christianity  and  the  principal  reform  movements.  Re- 
quired of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre- 
theological  students.  3  credits. 


332.  Theological  Issues  in  Contemporary  Secu- 
lar Authors.  Identification,  analysis,  and  interpreta- 
tion of  issues  of  special  theological  import  raised  by 
thinkers  representing  "non-theological"  disciplines. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  112  or  consent  of  instructor  3 
credits. 

340.  Introduction  to  Christian  Nurture.  .An  inves- 
tigation of  some  of  the  principles  and  problems  of 
religious  education  as  they  are  related  to  higher  edu- 
cation, the  public  school,  the  church  school,  and  the 
home. Prerequisite:  Religion  111  or  112.  3  credits. 

403.  Seminar  in  Classical  Christian  Thinkers.  An 
intensive  study  of  the  thought  of  such  classical  reli- 
gious thinkers  as  Augustine,  Aquinas,  Luther,  and 
others.  3  credits. 

404.  Seminar  in  Selected  Religious  Problems.  A 
study  of  selected  problems  arising  from  recent  theo- 
logical efforts.  Research  methodology  is  stressed. /?c- 
quired  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all 
pre-theological  students:  others  tyy  permi.'ision  of  the 
chairman  of  the  department.  Prerequisite:  Religion 
111  and  112.  3 credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  Request  guidelines  from 
adviser,  i -3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 


Sacred 
Music 

(See  Music) 


The  social  sciences  examine  the  structure  of  society  and  the  behavior  of  human  beings 
in  group  relationships  within  that  structure.  This  interdisciplinary  program  provides  an 
opportunity  for  the  student  to  explore  the  basic  concepts  of  a  broad  spectrum  of  social 
science  disciplines— economics,  history,  political  science,  and  sociology— and  then  to 
do  more  concentrated  work  in  his  choice  of  one  of  these  subject  areas. 

The  program  also  offers  basic  preparation  for  graduate,  theological,  and  law  schools, 
and  for  careers  in  business,  government,  social  work,  and  teaching. 

Degree:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  social  science. 

Major.  Basic  Requirements:  Economics  110/120,  History  125/126,  Political  Sci- 
ence 111/112,  Sociology  110  and  251,  for  a  total  of  24  hours. 

Concentration  Requirements  (One  of  the  following): 


Social  Sci- 
ence 


.Adriser: 
Dr.  Geffen 


Soc.  Sci.     97. 


Economics:  Economics  409,  490  and  any  other  two  courses  in  economics  for  a  mini- 
mum of  12  hours. 

History:  History  213,  412,  and  any  other  two  courses  in  history  for  a  minimum  of  12 
hours. 

PoHtical  Science:  Pohtical  Science  217,  412,  and  any  other  two  courses  in  political 
science  for  a  minimum  of  12  hours. 

Sociology:  Sociology  311,  432,  and  any  other  courses  in  sociology  for  a  minimum  of 
12  hours. 


Sociology 

and  Social 

Service 


Faculty: 

Mr.  Clay  (Chmn.) 
Dr.  Hanes 
Mr.  Raiten 


98    Soc.&Soc.Serv. 


Students  who  major  in  sociology  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  do  so  to  benefit  from  a 
richer  understanding  of  contemporary  issues,  and  are  encouraged  to  develop  a  strong 
sense  of  personal  selfhood  and  identity.  The  primary  motivation  for  majoring  in  social 
service  is  that  ours  is  a  service-oriented  society,  and  such  a  major  increases  the  job 
competitiveness  for  a  student  who  is  interested  in  social  work,  social  welfare,  or  in  a 
related  field. 

Students  majoring  in  social  service  may  elect  to  concentrate  their  studies  in  one  of 
four  areas:  criminal  justice— dealing  with  incarceration  and  its  alternatives,  family  inter- 
vention—counselling with  families  as  a  unit,  gerontology— working  with  the  aging,  and 
thanatology— focusing  on  care  for  the  terminally  ill. 

In  addition  to  providing  the  necessary  coursework  needed  for  majors  in  sociology  and 
social  service,  the  department  has  developed  an  extensive  network  of  community  service 
agency  positions  where  students  may  participate  in  internships  to  gain  valuable  pre- 
professional  training.  Agencies  represented  in  internship  programs  include:  Lebanon 
County  Workshop,  RSVP,  Child  Welfare,  area  nursing  homes,  and  state  government 
agencies  in  Harrisburg. 

Recent  graduates  in  the  department  have  attended  graduate  school  at  the  University 
of  California-Berkeley,  Oklahoma,  Rutgers,  Stanford,  Northwestern,  Maryland,  the  Col- 
lege of  William  and  Mary,  and  the  University  of  York  (United  Kingdom).  Graduates  have 
assumed  positions  in  the  Lehigh  Valley  Head  Start  program,  the  Lancaster  Community 
Action  Program,  Urbana  College,  Montours  State  Hospital,  the  Children's  Care  Center 
in  Harrisburg,  the  Camden  County  (N.J.)  Welfare  Board,  and  the  Penn  State  Extension 
Service. 

Degrees:  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  sociology.  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  social 
service. 

Major:  (Sociology)  Sociology  110,  311,  421,  and  432,  plus  15  additional  hours  in 
Sociology.  (Social  Service)  Sociology  110  and  311;  Social  Service  262,  341,  9  semester 
hours  of  Social  Service  400  plus  one  of  the  following  options:  No  Concentration— Two 
courses  selected  from  Sociology  122,  232,  273,  and  282,  for  a  total  of  32-33  hours; 
Criminal  Justice  Concentration— Sociology  273,  275,  and  302,  for  a  total  of  36  hours; 
Family  Intervention  Concentration— Sociology  232,  242,  Social  Service  342,  for  a  total 
of  34  hours;  Gerontology  Concentration— Sociology  232,  242,  291,  and  302,  for  a  total 
of  37  hours;  Thanatology  Concentration— Sociology  232,  242,  351,  and  Social  Service 
342,  for  a  total  of  37  hours. 


Courses  in  Sociology 

110.  Introduction  to  Sociology.  A  systematic  study 
of  the  major  concepts,  methods,  and  area  of  sociology 
focusing  on  the  nature  of  society,  the  behavior  of  social 
groups,  and  the  impact  of  society  on  individuals.  3 
credits. 

122.  Social  Problems.  An  in-depth  investigation  of 
selected  problems  of  contemporary  life  as  seen  through 
different  analytical  perspectives.  Prerequisite:  Soci- 
ology 110.  3  credits. 

211.  Urbanology.  An  inquiry  into  the  nature  and  de- 
gree of  urbanization  in  the  United  States  and  the 
world,  and  of  the  impact  of  urban  life  on  contemporary 
soc'\e\.y.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.  3  credits. 
232.  Family  Sociology.  An  intensive  study  of  the 
family  as  a  social  institution  which  varies  from  one 
social-historical  context  to  dinoi\\e\.  Prerequisite:  So- 
ciology 110.  2  credits. 

242.  Marriage  Making.  A  look  at  the  marriage  pat- 
tern, from  initial  dating  to  final  dissolution,  which 
most  Lebanon  Valley  students  can  e.xpect  to  encoun- 
ter, Prc'rei/ii/.s/te  Sociology  110.  2  credits. 
251.  Introduction  to  Anthropology.  A  general 
survey  of  the  uses  and  methods  of  anthropology  focus- 
ing on  the  interaction  of  physical,  economic,  and  cul- 
tural factors  in  the  development  of  people  and  their 
behavior.  3  credits. 

273.  Criminology.  An  investigation  of  the  social 
phenomenon  of  crime,  including  consideration  of  the 
nature,  causes,  and  responses  to  behavior  which  is  de- 
fined as  criminal  or  deviant.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
110.  3  credits. 

275.  Criminal  Justice.  An  in-depth  examination  of 
the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  our  criminal  justice 
system  and  of  possible  alternatives  to  \\..  Prerequisite: 
Sociology  110.  3  credits. 

282.  Social  Inequality.  An  analysis  of  relations 
within  and  between  racial  and  other  ethnic  groups. 
Consideration  is  given  to  unique  historical  contexts, 
basic  social  processes,  and  emergent  contemporary 
developments.  Prcri?(7u/s/te  Sociology  110.  3  credits. 
291.  Gerontology.  An  investigation  of  the  ways  in 
which  individuals,  families,  communities,  and  society 
as  a  whole  respond  to  the  problems  created  by  aging. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.  3  credits. 
302.  Community  Organization.  A  study  of  the 
structure,  action,  and  change  of  communities  as  a 
whole  and  the  organizations  which  comprise  them. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.  3  credits. 
311.  Research  Methods.  Students  learn  to  develop 
research  design,  to  code  data,  to  interpret  and  com- 
municate findings,  and  to  utilize  and  evaluate  the  re- 
search of  others.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  110,  Sociol- 
ogy major,  junior  or  senior  status,  or  permission  of 
department  chairperson.  3  credits. 


322.  Sociology  of  Religion.  An  investigation  of  the 
structure  and  functions  of  religious  organizations  and 
phenomena,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  varieties 
of  religious  expression  in  American  society.  Prereq- 
uisite: Sociology  110.  3  credits. 
351.  Thanatology.  An  exploration  of  some  of  the 
basic  legal,  medical,  ethical,  and  social  issues  related 
to  death  and  dying  in  contemporary  society.  Prereq- 
uisite: Sociology  110.  3  credits. 
360-399.  Topical  Seminars  in  Sociology.  A  con- 
sideration of  selected  social  issues  which  are  of  aca- 
demic interest  to  students  and  faculty  members.  Pre- 
requisite:  Sociology  1 10.  3  credits  per  semester. 
400.  Field  Experience.  An  extension  and  applica- 
tion of  knowledge  through  a  supervised  internship  ex- 
perience in  an  appropriate  agency  or  organization. 
Prerequisites:  Sociology  110,  18  hours  in  sociology 
and  permission  of  instructor.  3-12  credits.  (Ma.ximum 
of  15). 

421.  Social  Theory.  An  intensive  exploration  of  the 
major  sociological  theorists  and  movements.  Prereq- 
uisites: Sociology  110  and  12  hours  in  the  depart- 
ment. 3  credits. 

432.  Seminar  in  Sociology.  A  critical  analysis  of 
selected  themes  and  issues  in  contemporary  sociol- 
ogy. Prerci/i/Zs/to/  Sociology  llOand 421.  3 credits. 


Soc.  &  Soc.  Sew.     99 


Spanish 

(See  Foreign  Languages) 


500.  Independent  study.  Directed  work  in  areas  ap- 
proved by  the  instructor.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110, 
18  hours  in  sociology,  a  cumulative  2.5  average,  and 
a  contract  with  the  instructor  prior  to  registration  for 
the  course.  1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Maximum  of  9). 

Courses  in  Social  Service 

262.  Social  Welfare.  An  introduction  to  social  wel- 
fare policy,  past  and  present,  stressing  its  functions, 
problems,  prospects  and  the  dynamics  of  the  policy- 
making process.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  110.  3  cred- 
its. 

331.  Social  Service  Theory.  A  consideration  of  the 
various  theories  underlying  social  work  intervention 
at  the  individual,  family,  small  group,  community  and 
societal  \e\'e\s.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110;  Social 
Service  262.  3  credits. 

341.  Intervention  Methods  I.  An  examination  of 
the  knowledge  and  skills  required  for  social  work  in- 
tervention with  individuals,  family  and  small  groups, 
emphasizing  the  methods  of  social  casework,  counsel- 
ing, family  therapy  and  social  group  work.  Prerequi- 
sites: Sociology  110;  Social  Service  262.  3  credits. 


342.  Intervention  Methods  II.  A  further  examina- 
tion of  the  knowledge  and  skills  required  for  social 
work  intervention,  emphasizing  advanced  clinical 
methods,  social  planning,  community  organization 
and  social  action.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110;  So- 
cial Service  341.  3  credits. 

400.  Field  Experience.  An  extension  and  applica- 
tion of  knowledge  through  a  supervised  field  place- 
ment experience  in  a  public  or  private  social  service 
agency  or  program.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110;  So- 
cial Service  331  and  341.  3-12  credits  per  semester 
(Maxim  umof  15). 

442.  Seminar  in  Social  Work.  A  detailed  study  of  a 
relevant  social  work  area:  group  work,  family  and  chil- 
dren's casework,  community  organization,  or  social 
action.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110;  Social  Service 
331  and  341.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  study.  Directed  work  in  areas  ap- 
proved by  the  instructor.  Prerequisites:  Sociology  110; 
Social  Service  331  and  341,  a  cumulative  2.5  aver- 
age, and  a  contract  with  the  instructor  prior  to  regis- 
tration for  the  course.  1-3  credits  per  semester.  (Max- 
imum of  9). 


100    Soc.&Soc.Seni 


Directories  19S0-S1 


EMERITI 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER, 
1959-1976;  Chaplain  Emeritus. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1936;  M.Div.,  United  Theological 
Seminary.  1939;  S.T.M.,  Lutheran 
Theological  Seminary,  Phila.,  1945; 
S.T.D..  Temple  University.  1951. 
RUTH  ENGLE  BENDER,  1918- 
1922;  1924-1970;  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Music  Education.  A.B.. 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  1915; 
Oberiin  Conservatory;  graduate 
New  England  Conservatory. 
O.  PASS  BOLLINGER,  1950- 
\97Z;  .Associate  Professor  Emeri- 
tus of  Biology.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College.  1928;  M.S..  The  Penn- 
sylvania State  University.  1937. 
D.  CLARK  CARMEAN,  1933- 
1972;  Director  Emeritus  of  Ad- 
missions. A.B.,  Ohio  Wesleyan 
University.  1926;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University.  1932. 

HILDA  M.  DAMUS,  1963-1976; 
Professor  Emeritus  of  German. 
M.A..  Universitv  of  Berlin  and  Jena. 
1932;  Ph.D..  Universitv  of  Berlin. 
1945. 

GLADYS  M.  PENCIL,  1921- 
1927;  1929-1965.  Registrar 
Emeritus.  A.B..  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  1921. 

DONALD  E.  PIELDS,  1928- 
1930;  1947-1970:  Librarian 
Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  1924;  M.S..  Princeton 
University,  1928;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Chicago,  1935;  A.B.  in  Library 
Science,  University  of  Michigan, 
1947. 

SAMUEL  O.  GRIMM,  1912- 
1970iProfessor  Emeritus  of  Phys- 
ics. B.Pd..  State  Normal  School, 
Millersville.  1910;  A.B..  Lebanon 
Valley  College.  1912;  A.M..  1918; 
Sc.D..  1942. 

JUNE  EBY  HERR,  1959-1980; 
Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of 
Elementary  Education.  B.S..  Leb- 
anon Valley  College.  1943;  M.Ed.. 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1954. 


THOMAS  A.  LANESE,  1954- 

1978;.4.';.soc/(i/t'  Professor  Ejneri- 
tus  of  Strings.  Conducting,  and 
Theory.  B.Mus..  Baldwin-Wallace 
College,  1938;  Fellowship,  Juil- 
liard  Graduate  School;  M.Mus.. 
Manhattan  School  of  Music.  1952. 
ANNA  D.  PABER  MCVAY,  1954- 
1976;  Professor  Emeritus  of  En- 
glish. A.B..  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege. 1948;  M.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 
SARA  ELIZABETH  PIEL,  Jan. 
1960-1975;  Professor  Erneritus 
of  Languages.  A.B..  Chatham  Col- 
lege. 1928;  M.A.,  Universitv  of 
Pittsburgh,  1929;  Ph.D..  1938. 
ALVIN  H.  M.  STONECIPHER, 
1932-1958;  Professor  Emeritus 
of  Latin  Language  and  Literature: 
Dean  Emeritus.  A.B..  Vanderbilt 
Universitv.  1913;  A.M.,  1914;  Ph.D.. 
1917;  Lit't.D.  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1962. 

GEORGE  G.  STRUBLE,  1931- 
1970;  Professor  Emeritus  of  En- 
glish. B.S.  in  Ed..  University  of 
Kansas.  1922;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  1925; 
Ph.D..  Universitv  of  Wisconsin. 
1931. 

JAMES  M.  THURMOND,  1954- 

1979;Profes.<;or  Emeritus  of  Music 
Education  and  Brass.  Diploma. 
Curtis  Institute  of  Music.  1931; 
A.B..  American  LIniversitv.  1951; 
M.A..  Catholic  University.  1952; 
Mus.D.  Washington  College  of 
Music.  1944. 


ACTIVE  FACULTY 

MADELYN  J.  ALBRECHT, 
1973 — iAssistant  Professor  of  Ed- 
ucation. B.A.,  Northern  Baptist  Col- 
lege, 1952;  M.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1958;  Ph.D.  1972. 
TIMOTHY  E.  ALBRECHT, 
1978 — ;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Music.  B.A.,  Oberiin  College,  1973; 
B.M.,  1973;  M.M.,  Eastman  School  of 
Music,  1975;  D.M.A.,  1978. 


RICHARD  C.   BELL,   1966—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Vallev  College,  1941; 
M.Ed..  Temple  University.  1955. 
JERE  S.  BERGER,  1977— ;.4'i 
s/s tant  Professo r  of  English .  B . A . , 
Oberiin  College.  1953;  S.T.B., 
Episcopal  Theological  School, 
1956;  S.T.M.,  Union  Theological 
Seminary,  1965;  M.F.A..  Carnegie- 
Mellon  University,  1969;  Ph.D., 
1973. 

DAVID  V.  BILGER,  197i—;Ad- 
junct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.M..  Ithaca  College.  1967. 

PHILIP  A.  BILLINGS,  1970—; 

Associate  Professor  of  English. 
B.A.,  Heidelberg  College,  1965; 
M.A..  Michigan  State  Universitv. 
1967;  Ph.D..  1974. 

TERESA  M.  BOWERS,  1978—; 

Adjunct  Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.M.,  Susquehanna  University, 
1973;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1974. 

FAY  B.  BURRAS,  1964— ;.4ss/s- 

tant  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1960;  M.A..  Smith  College.  1961. 

RONALD  G.  BURRICHTER, 
1968-1971;  1973—;  Assistant 
Professor  of  Music.  B.M.E..  Wart- 
burg  College.  1964;  M.M.,  Ffeabody 
Conservatory  of  Music,  1968. 

DONALD  E.  BYRNE,  JR., 
1971 — •..A.^ociate  Professor  of  Re- 
ligion: Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Religion.  B.A..  St.  Paul 
Seminary,  1963;  M.A.,  Marquette 
University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Duke  Univer- 
sity, 1972. 

VOORHIS  C.  CANTRELL, 
1968 — ;  Professor  of  Religion  and 
Greek.  B.A.,  Oklahoma  City  Uiiver- 
sity,  1952;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist 
University,  1956;  Ph.D.  Boston  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

ROGER  D.  CARLSON,  1972—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 
A.B.,  Sacramento  State  College, 
1968;  M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Oregon,  1972. 


Facility  & 
Administra- 
tion 


Faculty  &  Admin.     101 


102    Faculty  &  Admin. 


ERWIN      P.      CHANDLER, 

1978 — ;  Adjunct  Assistant  Profes- 
sor of  Brass.  B.S.,  Ithaca  College, 
1966;  M.M..  Indiana  I'niversity,  1971. 
ALBERT  Y.  CHI,  1980— ;,4.ss« 
tant  Professor  of  Mattiematics. 
B.A.,  National  Tsing  Hua  Univer- 
sity, 1969;  M.A.,  Emporia  State 
University,  1973;  Ed.S.,  1974;  Ph.D., 
Oklahoma  State  University.  1979. 
ROBERT  A.  CLAY,  1978— ;,45 
sistant  Professor  of  Sociology: 
Ctiairman  of  ttie  Department  of 
Sociology  and  Social  Service.  A.B., 
St.  Mary's  Seminary  and  Univer- 
sity, 1962;  S.T.B.,  Pontifical  Gre- 
gorian University,  1964;  M.A.,  Cor- 
nell University,  1974. 
BRUCE  S.  CORRELL,  1972—; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State  Univer- 
sity, 1971;  M.Ed.,  1972. 
M.  ELAINE  COSTELLO,  Jan.- 
May,  1977;  1979— instructor  in 
Biology.  B.S.,  Drew  University, 
1973;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1977. 

GEORGE  D.  CURFMAN, 
1961—;  Professor  of  Music  Edu- 
cation. B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1953;  M.M.,  Lhiversity  of 
Michigan,  1957;  DEd.,  The  Ffennsyl- 
vania  State  University,  1971. 
DONALD  B.  DAHLBERC, 
1980 — ;  .-Xssistant  Professor  of 
Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Wash- 
ington, 1967;  M.S.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1969;  Ph.D,  1971. 
ROBERT  S.  DAVIDSON, 
1970 — ;  Professor  of  Psychology: 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Psychology.  A.B.,  University  of  Illi- 
nois, 1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Ffenn- 
sylvania,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 
ALBERT  E.  DORESTE, 
1980 — ;  Instructor  in  Spanish. 
A.B.,  Rutgers  University,  1971;  M.A., 
Bryn  Mawr  College,  1976. 
JAMES  L.  DUNN,  1972—;  Ad- 
junct Instructor  in  Woodwinds. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1964; 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1968. 

CLOYD  H.  EBERSOLE, 
1953 — ;  Professor  of  Education: 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Education.  A.B.,  Juniata  College, 
1933;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1941;  D.Ed.,  1954. 


VIRGINIA  E.  ENGLEBRIGHT, 
1971 — ;  A.ssistant  Professor  of 
Voice.  B.M.E.,  Florida  State  Uni- 
versity, 1969;  M.M.,  1970. 
WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB, 
1947 — ;  Associate  Professor  of 
Piano  and  Music  History.  Mus.B., 
cum  laude,  Philadelphia  Conserva- 
tory, 1949. 

ALEX  J.  FEHR,  1951— ;  Profes- 
sor of  Political  Science.  A.B.,  Leb- 
anon Valley  College,  1950;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1957;  Ph.D., 
Syracuse  University,  1968. 
WILLIAM  M.  FLEISCHMAN, 
1973 — ;  Professor  of  Mathemat- 
ics. B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1959; 
M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965—; 
Professor  of  English:  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  English.  A.B., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959; 
M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  Univer- 
sity, 1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
RALPH  W.  FREY  III,  1980—; 
Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Ac- 
counting. B.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1964;  M.B.A.,  1966;  D.B.A., 
1972. 

G.    THOMAS    GATES,    1963- 
1970;  1976— ;Adjunct  Associate 
Professor  of  Business  Law.   A.B., 
Brown  University,  1945;  J.D.,  Bos- 
ton University,  1949. 
ELIZABETH  M.  GEFFEN, 
1958 — ;    Professor     of    History; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
History  and  Political  Science.  B.S. 
in  Ed.,   University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1934;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D,  1958. 
LEONARD  S.  GEISSEL,  JR., 
1979 — ;  Assistant   Professor   of 
Music  Education  and  Brass.  B.A., 
University  of  Delaware,  1957;  M.A., 
L^niversity  of  Iowa,  1971. 
PIERCE  A.  GETZ,  1959— ; Pro 
fessor  of  Organ.  B.S. ,  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College,  1951;  M.S.M.,  Union 
Theological  Seminary  School  of 
Sacred  Music,  1953;  A.M.D.,  East- 
man School  of  Music,  1967. 
MARY  F.  GINGRICH,  January, 
1979 — ;  Adjunct    Instructor   in 
Piano.  Lebanon  Valley  College. 
JOSEPH  A.  GOEBEL,  JR., 
1972 — -fAdjunct  Instructor  in  Per- 
cussion. B.S.  in  Ed.,  Millersville  State 
College,  1961. 


MICHAEL      A.      GRELLA, 

1980 — ;  Associate  Professor  of  Ed- 
ucation. B.A.,  St.  Mary's  College, 
1958;  M.A.,  West  Virginia  University, 
1970;  Ed.D.,  1974. 

CORINNE  JOY  GUERRETTE, 
1979 — ;  .Assistant  Professor  of 
German.  B.A.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia at  Berkeley,  1971;  M.A., 
1975. 

CAROLYN  R.  HANES,  1977—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 
B.A.,  Central  Michigan  University, 
1969;  M.A.,  University  of  New 
Hampshire,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
JANET  L.  HARRIGER,  1977—; 
Instructor  in  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College, 
1974. 

BRYAN  V.  HEARSEY,  1971—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Mathemat- 
ics. B.A.,  Western  Washington 
State  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Wash- 
ington State  University,  1966; 
Ph.D.,  1968. 

ALAN  G.  HEFFNER,  1980—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
and  Business  Administration. 
B.A.,  Sonoma  State  College,  1970; 
M.A.,  California  State  University, 
1973;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University, 
1976. 

JOHN  H.  HEFFNER,  1972—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1968; 
A.M.,  Boston  University,  1971; 
Ph.D.,  1976. 

ANN  L.  HENNINGER,  1973—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A.,  Wilson  College,  1968;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1973. 
JUNE  EBY  HERR,  1959— ;^d 
junct  Assistant  Professor  of  Ele- 
mentary Education.  B.S.,  Leba- 
non Valley  College,  1943;  M.Ed., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1954. 

DIANE  M.  ICLESIAS,  1976—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Languages.  B.A.,  Queens 
College,  1971;  M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D., 
1979. 

RICHARD  A.  ISKOWITZ, 
1969— ;  Associate  Professor  of  Art; 
Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Art.  B.F.A.,  Kent  State  University, 
1965;  M.F.A.,  1967. 


I.  EUGENE  JACQUES,  1975—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Education. 
B.A.,    University    of    Pittsburgh. 
1937;  M.Ed.,  1941;  D.Ed.,  1952. 
RICHARD  A.  JOYCE,  1966—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  History.  A.B., 
Yale  University,  1952;  M.A..  San 
Francisco  State  College,  1963. 
JOHN  P.  KEARNEY,   1971—; 
Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  St.  Ben- 
edicts College,  1962;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 
RICHARD  N.  W.  KIRBY,  1972- 
1973;  l97i—;AdJunct  Assistant 
Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Leicester,  1966;  M.A.,  1967; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Sussex,  1972. 
ROYAL   E.   KNIGHT,   1975—; 
Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
and     Business     Administration. 
B.S.,  Eastern   Illinois   University, 
1955;  M.S.,  1970;  Ed.D.,  University 
of  Northern  Colorado,  1976. 
NEVELYN  J.  KNISLEY,  1954- 
1958;  1963;  1970— ;.4d/ur!c/.4.s 
sistant  Professor  of  Piano.  Mus.B., 
Oberlin    Conservatory    of    Music, 
1951;    M.F.A.,    Ohio    University, 
1953. 

DAVID  I.  LASKY,  1974— ;  Pro 
fessor  of  Psychology.  A.  B.,  Temple 
University,  1956;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.. 
1961. 

ROBERT  C.  LAU,  1968— ;  .4s 
sociate  Professor  of  Music;  Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Music. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1965; 
M.A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music, 
1970;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University, 
1979. 

'KARL     L.     LOCKWOOD, 
1959 — ;  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,  Muhlenberg  College,  1951;  Ph.D. 
Cornell  University,  1955. 
JEAN  O.  LOVE,  1954— ;Pro/e5 
sor  of  Psychology.   A.B.,  Erskine 
College,    1941;    M.A.,    Winthrop 
College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1953. 
LEON     E.    .MARKOWICZ, 
1971 — -yAssociate  Professor  of  En- 
glish.    A.B.,    Duquesne    University, 
1964;   M.A.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

'Leave  of  absence,  full  year. 


JOERC  W.  P.  MAYER,  1970—; 

Professor  of  Mathematics:  Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Muiiie- 
matical  Sciences.  Dipl.  Math., 
University  of  Giessen,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1954. 

ROBERT  T.  MEASHEY, 
1980 — ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in 
Trumpet.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1977. 

OWEN  A.  MOE,  JR.,  1973—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
B.A.,  St.  Olafs  College,  1966; 
Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1971. 
PHILIP  G.  MORGAN,  1969—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Voice. 
B.M.E.,  Kansas  State  College, 
1962;  M.S.,  1965. 

HOWARD  A.  NEIDIG,  1948—; 
Professor  of  Chemistry:  Chairman 
of  the  Department  of  Chemistry. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943; 
M.S.,  University  of  Delaware.  1946; 
Ph.D.,  1948. 

JOHN  D.  NORTON,  1971— ;.4s 
sociate  Professor  of  Political  Sci- 
ence. B.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1965;  M.A..  Florida  State  Univer- 
sity, 1967;  Ph.D.,  American  Univer- 
sity, 1973. 

AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL, 
1961— ;Pro/i;ssor  of  English.  A.B.. 
Immaculata  College,  1948;  M.Ed., 
Temple  University,  1952;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Ffennsylvania,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1976. 

J.  ROBERT  O'DONNELL, 
1959 — ;  .Associate  Professor  of 
Physics.  B.S.,  The  Ffennsylvania  State 
L'niversity,  1950;  M.S..  Uniwrsity  of 
Delaware;  1953. 

GERALD  J.  PETROFES, 
1963 — ;  Associate  Professor  of 
Physical  Education:  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation. B.S.,  Kent  State  University 
1958;  M.Ed..  1962. 
SIDNEY  POLLACK,  1976—; 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A.,  New  York  University,  1963: 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
1970. 

HOWARD  L.  RAITEN,  1979—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology. 
B.S.,  City  University  of  New  York 
1965;  M.S.W.,  University  of  Ha 
waii,  1976. 


H.   DONALD   REED,    1975—; 

.Adjunct  Instructor  in  Bra.s.s.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1964; 
M.Ed..  West  Chester  State  Col- 
lege, 1973. 

O.  KENT  REED,  1971— ;.4,s.so 
date  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion. B.S.  in  Ed.,  Otterbein  Col- 
lege, 1956;  M.A.  in  Ed.,  Eastern 
Kentucky  University.  1970. 
JACOB  L.  RHODES,  1957—; 
Professor  of  Physics:  Chairmart  of 
the  Department  of  Physics.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1958. 

VERNAL  E.  RICHARDSON, 
1978 — ;  Associate  Professor  of 
Strings,  Conducting  and  Theory. 
B.M.  and  B.M.E.,  Indiana  Univer- 
sity, 1955;  M.M.,  1963;  D.M.A., 
Catholic  University,  1977. 
GEOFFREY  F.  SANDERS, 
1980—;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Economics  and  Business  .Admin- 
istration. B.A.,  Wabash  College, 
1971;  M.A.,  LIniversity  of  Colorado, 
1976. 

MALIN  PH.  SAYLOR,  1961—; 

.Adjunct  A.^sistant  Professor  of 
French.  Fil.  Kand.,  Universities  of 
Upsala  and  Stockholm,  1938. 

JAMES  W.  SCOTT,  1976— ;. 4s 

sociate  Professor  of  German.  B.A., 
Juniata  College,  1965;  Ph.D..  Prin- 
ceton University,  1971. 

JOHN  S.  SMITH,  1979—;  .Ad- 
junct Instructor  in  Psychology. 
B.S.,  Juniata  College,  1971;  M.A., 
Pepperdine  University,  1976. 

ROBERT  W.  SMITH,  1951—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Music  Edu- 
cation. B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege. 1939;  M.A..  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1950. 

RONALD  E.  SNIEGOCKI, 
1980 — ;Adjunct  Instructor  in  Ac- 
counting. B.S.,  University  of  Scran- 
ton,  1970;  C.RA.,  New  York  State, 

1975. 

FRANK  E.  STACHOW,  1946—; 

Associate  Professor  of  Theory  and 
Woodwinds.  Diploma.  Clarinet, 
Juilliard  School  of  Music;  B.S.,  Co- 
lumbia University,  1943;  M.A., 
1946. 


Faculty  &  Admin.     103 


104    Faculty  &  Admin. 


GLORIA  E.  STAMBACH,  1970- 
1973;  1975— -Adjunct  Instructor 
in  Piano.  Diploma,  Juilliard  School 
of  Music,  1952;  Post  Graduate  Di- 
ploma, 1956. 

RICHARD  G.  STONE,  1976—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
and  Business  Administration. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1957;  M.S.,  Franklin  &  Marshall 
College,  1969;  M.B.A.,  University 
of  Connecticut,  1972. 

ALICE  J.  STRANGE,  1976—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  French.  A.B., 
Indiana  University,  1965;  M.A., 
1967. 

THOMAS  M.  STROHMAN, 

1977 — ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in 
Flute.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1975. 

GEORGE  G.  STRUBLE,  1931- 
1970;  .Adjunct  Professor  of  En- 
glish. B.S.  in  Ed.,  University  of 
Kansas,  1922;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  1925; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1931. 

DENNIS     W.     SWEIGART, 

1972 — ;  Associate  Professor  of 
Piano.  B.S.,  Lebanon  \^lley  College, 
1963;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1965;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa, 
1977. 

PHILLIP  E.  THOMPSON, 
1974 — ;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Physics.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Dela- 
ware, 1975. 

WARREN  K.  A.  THOMPSON, 

1967 — ;  .Associate  Professor  of 
Philosophy:  Chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Philosophy.  A.B., 
Trinity  University,  1957;  M.A., 
University  of  Texas,  1963. 

C.  F.  JOSEPH  TOM,  1954—; 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Busi- 
ness Administration.  B.A.,  Has- 
tings College,  1944;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

PERRY     J.     TROUTMAN, 

1960— ;  Professor  of  Religion.  B.A., 
Houghton  College,  1949;  M.Div., 
United  Theological  Seminary,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1964. 


SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK,  1974—; 

Assistant  Professor  of  Biology. 
B.A..  Ohio  Wesleyan  University, 
1964;  M.A.,  Indiana  University, 
1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 
1975. 

SAMUEL  C.  WEAVER,  1980—; 
Adjunct  Instructor  in  Economics 
and  Business  Administration. 
B.A.,  Lehigh  University  1975; 
M.B.A.,  1978. 

L.  ELBERT  WETHINGTON, 
1963—;  Professor  of  Religion. 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University,  1944; 
B.D.,  Divinity  School  of  Duke  Uni- 
versity, 1947;  Ph.D.,  Duke  Univer- 
sity 1949. 

STEPHEN  E.  WILLIAMS, 
1973 — ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Bi- 
ology. B.A.,  Central  College,  1964; 
M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1966; 
Ph.D.,  Washington  University,  1971. 
R.  GORDON  WISE,  1973—; 
.Adjunct  Professor  of  .Art.  B.S., 
University  of  Missouri,  1960;  M.A., 
Roosevelt  University,  1964;  Ed.D., 
L'niversity  of  Missouri,  1970. 
PAUL  L.  WOLF,  1966— ;Profc 
sor  of  Biology;  Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  Biology.  B.S.,  Eliz- 
abethtown  College,  1960;  M.S., 
Universityof  Delaware.  1963;  Ph.D., 
1968. 

'ALLAN  F.  WOLFE,  1968—; 
Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Gettys- 
burg College,  1963;  M.A.,  Drake 
University  1965;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Vermont,  1968. 
GLENN  H.  WOODS,  1965—; 
.Associate  Professor  of  English. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1951;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University, 
1962. 


ADMINISTRATION 
President 

FREDERICK      P.      SAMPLE, 

196S—; President.  B.A.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1952;  M.Ed.,  West- 
ern Maryland  College,  1956;  D.Ed., 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1968;  Pd.D.,  Albright  College, 
1968. 

*Sabbatical  leave,  full  year 


Presidential  Staff 

CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947—; 

Vice-president,  1967—;  Assistant 
to  the  President  1980—;  A.B., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1940; 
M.Div.,  United  Theological  Semi- 
nary 1943;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University, 
1954. 

GEORGE  R.  MARQUETTE, 
1952—;  Dean  of  Students, 
1972—;  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1948;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1951;  Ed.D.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

RICHARD  REED,  1980—;  Vice- 
president,  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 
B.A.,  Stetson  University,  1962; 
M.A.,  Emory  University,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  1971. 

ROBERT  C.  RILEY,  1951—; 
Controller  1962-:  Vice-presi- 
dent. 1967-.  B.S.  in  Ed.,  Ship- 
pensburg  State  College,  1941;  M.S., 
Columbia  University,  1947;  Ph.D., 
New  York  University,  1962;  C.PM., 
1976. 

JOHN  ABERNATHY  SMITH, 
1980—;  College  Chaplain.  B.A., 
Vanderbilt  University,  1961;  M.Div., 
Drew  University,  1965;  M.A.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1971. 

GREGORY  G.  STANSON, 
1966 — ;  Dean  of  Admissions, 
1980-;  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1963;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Tb- 
ledo,  1966. 

ROBERT  M.  WONDERLING, 
1967—;  Executive  Director  of  De- 
velopment and  College  Relations, 
1976—:  B.S.,  Clarion  State  Col- 
lege, 1953;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1958. 


Administrative  Staff 

JOSEPHINE      N.      BERGER, 
1977—;  Library  Assistant.  B.A., 
University  of  Vermont,  1953. 
KATHY  E.  BICKLSER,  1979—; 

Counselor  in  Admissions.  B.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1977. 


BETH    E.    EARLY    BRANDT, 

1978— -tAssistant  Director  of  Pub- 
lic Relations.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Val- 
ley College.  1976. 
ELOISE  P.  BROWN,  1961— ;L/ 
brarian.  B.S.L.S..  Simmons  Col- 
lege, 1946. 

WILLIAM  J.  BROWN,  JR., 
1980 — ;  Counselor  in  Admissions. 
B..^.,  Lebanon  \  alley  College,  1979. 
FAY  B.  BURRAS,  1964— ;ar<?c 
tor  of  the  Computer  Center. 
1979-:  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1960:  M.A..  Smith  College, 
1961. 

ALICE  S.  DIEHL,  1966—;  Tech- 
nical Processes  Librarian.  A.B., 
Smith  College.  1956;  B.S..  Carne- 
gie Institute  of  Technology.  1957: 
M.L.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
1966. 

ROBERT   F.   EARLY,    1971—; 

College  Physician.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1949:  M.D..  Jeffer- 
son Medical  College,  1952. 

POLLY  C.  EHRGOOD,  1980—; 

Assistant  Director  of  Derelop- 
ment.  A.B..  Smith  College.  1947. 

RONALD  G.  EVANS,  1972—; 
.Administrative  Serrices. 

KAREN    E.    FLEAGLE,    R.N., 

Resident  Nurse. 

RUSSELL    L.    GINGRICH, 

1971—;  College  Physician.  B.S.. 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  1947:  M.D.. 
Jefferson  Medical  College.  1951. 

PRESTON    H.    HADLEY,    III, 

1979— ;.4ss/stof7/  Director  of  De- 
velopment. A.B.,  Bucknell  Univer- 
sity, 1968. 

ROBERT  E.  HARNISH, 
1967—;  Manager  of  the  College 
Store:  Business  Manager  of  the 
Concert  Choir  and  Chamber  Or- 
chestra. B.A.,  Randolph  Macon  Col- 
lege, 1966. 

HERMAN  W.  HEISEY,  1975—; 

Director  of  Security. 

ANN  L.  HENNINGER,  1973—; 

Director  of  the  .Auxiliary  Schools, 
1980-.  B.A.,  Wilson  College, 
1968:  Ph.D..  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1973. 


WILLIAM  E.  HOUGH,  III, 
1970 — ;  The  Librarian:  .Associate 
Professor  A.B..  The  King's  Col- 
lege, 1955:  Th.M.,  Dallas  Theolog- 
ical Seminary.  1959:  M.S.L.S..  Co- 
lumbia L'niversity.  1965. 
RICHARD  N.  W.  KIRBY,  1972- 
1973;  1974—;  Counselor  in  .Ad- 
missions. 1980—.  B. A..  University 
of  Leicester.  1966:  M.A..  1967; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Sussex.  1972. 
ROBERT  M.  KLINE,  1970—; 
College  Physician.  B.S..  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1950:  M.D..  Jeffer- 
son Medical  College,  1955;  B.A., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1971. 

GEORGE  F.  LANDIS,  JR., 
1966 — ;  Manager  of  Food  Service. 
1970 -. 

CAROL  J.  LENNOX,  1978—; 

.Assistant  in  Public  Relati(ms.  B.A.. 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and 
State  University.  1978. 

DELLA  M.  NEIDIG,  1962— ;a 

recto  r  of  Housekeeping.  1972—. 

GERALD    J.    PETROFES, 

1963— ;£'/ri;ctor  of  Athletics.  B.S.. 
Kent  State  University,  1958-  M.Ed., 
1962. 

FRANCIS    P.    SATALIN,    JR., 

1975 — ;  Director  of  .Alumni  Rela- 
tions. 1980—:  B.A..  St.  Bonaven- 
ture  University.  1967:  M.S.  in 
Counseling.  Syracuse  Universitv. 
1971;  M.S.  in  Physical  Education. 
1974. 

KATHLEEN     M.     SCHWALM, 

K.fi.,Resident  Nurse. 
RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951; 
Feb.,  1953—;  Assistant  Dean  of 
the  College  and  Registrar,  1967—. 
A.B..  Lebanon  Valley  College. 
1942;  A.M..  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1947;  Ph.D..  1962. 

STEPHEN  SHOOP,  1978— ;-ls 

sistant  Director  of  the  Computer 
Center  B.S..  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege. 1974. 

WALTER  L.  SMITH,  1961- 
1969;  1971—;  College  Center  Di- 
rector: Coordinator  of  Confer- 
ences. B.S..  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1961:  M.S.  in  Ed..  Temple 
University.  1967. 


LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO, 
1971 — ;  Assistant  Dean  of  Stu- 
dents, 1974—:  Director  of  Place- 
ment, 1975—.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1954;  M.A.,  Bucknell  Uni- 
versity. 1961. 

SUSAN  L.  SPONSLER,  1980—; 
Athletic  Trainer:  Sports  Informa- 
tion Director.  B.S..  Salisbury  State 
College,  1978;  Eastern  Kentucky 
University,  1980. 

WENDY  L.  THOMPSON, 
1979 — ;Counselor  in  .Admi.'isions. 
A.B.,  Westminster  College,  1977; 
M.A..  Drew  University,  1978. 
JOHN  J.  UHL,  i9S0—; Director 
of  Media  Services.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1979. 
HAROLD  D.  ULMER,  1973—; 
Director  of  Public  Relations, 
1978-:  B.A..  Lebanon  Valley  Col- 
lege, 1973. 

DANE  A.  WOLFE,  1977— ;. 4s 
sistant  Controller.  B.S..  Lebanon 
Valley  College.  1974. 
JULIANA  Z.  WOLFE,  1975- 
1978;  1979— ;//i.'U(//Vi/r.st'.  R.N., 
St.  Joseph's  Hospital,  Carbondale, 
1963. 

ROSEMARY  YUHAS,  1973—; 
.Assistant  Dean  of  Students. 
1976-.  B.S..  Lock  Haven  State 
College,  1966;  M.Ed.,  West  Ches- 
ter State  College,  1970. 
SAMUEL  J.  ZEARFOSS, 
1952 — ;  Superintendent  of  Build- 
ings and  Grounds,  1969—. 
WILLIAM  JEFF  ZELLERS, 
1977—;  Financial  .Aid  Officer 
B.A..  Muskingum  College,  1974; 
M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  Univer- 
sity, 1975. 


Coaching  Staff 

RONALD  C.  BREHM,  1980—; 

Women 's  Basketball  Coach. 
BRUCE  S.  CORRELL,  1972-; 
Lacrosse  Coach:  Soccer  Coach:  Di- 
rector of  Intramurals  for  Men. 
JOHN  S.  DeFRANK,  1979—; 
Assistant  Football  Coach. 
HAROLD  G.  GETZ,  1978— ;As 
sistant  Football  Coach. 


Faculty  &  Admin.     105 


JANET  L.  HARRIGER,  1977—; 

Women 's  Lacrosse  Coach;  Director 
of  Intra  murals  for  Women;  Assis- 
tant Field  Hockey  Coach. 
JOEL  E.  HOFFSMITH,  1979—; 
Cross  Country  Coach. 
JOHN  T.  LOFTUS,  \975—;  As- 
sistant Basketlxill  Coach. 
DENNIS  A.  MILLER,  1980—; 
Baseball  Coach. 


GERALD  J.  PETROFES, 
1963—;  Golf  Coach;  Wrestling 
Coach. 

O.  KENT  REED,  1971— ;/l55;5- 
tant  Football  Coach;  Track  Coach. 
FRANCIS  P.  SATALIN,  JR., 
1975— ;Bas/fe^to//  Coach. 
STEPHAN  C.  SCHAFFER, 
1980 — •,Equipment  Manager 
ROBERT  H.  SCHOTT,  1979—; 
Tennis  Coach. 


LOUIS      A.      SORRENTINO, 

l97\—;Football  Coach. 
SUSAN  L.  SPONSLER,  1980—; 
Athletic  Trainer. 
JACQUELINE    S.    WALTERS, 

1965— -.Field Hockey  Coach. 
ROSEMARY  YUHAS,  1973—; 

Assistant       Women 's      Lacrosse 
Coach. 


The  Board 

of  Trustees 

1980-81 


106    Bd.  of  Trustees 


OFFICERS 

F.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD,  JR. 

President 

ELIZABETH    K.    WEISBUR- 

GERFirst  Vice-president 
GERALD  D.  KAUFFMAN  Sec- 
ond Vice-president 
E.  D.  WILLIAMS,  JR.  Secretory 
E.  PETER  STRICKLER  Trea- 
surer 

HARLAN  R.  WENGERT  Assis- 
tant Treasurer 

E.  N.  FUNKHOUSER  President 
Emeritus 

ALLAN    W.    MUND   President 
Emeritus 


MEMBERS 

MR.  EDWARD  H.  ARNOLD  (at 

largc);Pr(2s;yer!/,  New  Penn  Motor 
Express,  Inc.  Lebanon,  PA. 
BISHOP  JAMES  M.  AULT  (at 
large);  Resident  Bishop   of  the 
Philadelphia  Area,  Eastern  Penn- 
sylvania Conference  and  Wyoming 
Conference,      United      Methodist 
Church.  Philadelphia,  PA. 
MR.  EDWARD  H.  BENSON  (at 
large);  Lancaster,  PA. 
WILLIAM  D.  BOSWELL,  ES- 
QUIRE (church);  .4/tor;7ey,  Ber 
man  and  Boswell.  Harrisburg.  PA. 
MR.    NICHOLAS    BOVA,    JR. 
(alumni);    Vice-president.     Avon 
Products,  Inc.  New  York  City,  NY. 
MRS.   MILDRED   A.   BOWEN 
(church);     Cafeteria     Manager, 
Northeastern  School  District.  Mt. 
Wolf,  PA. 


MRS.  JEAN  BUCKLEY 
(church);  Homemaker.  Jamison, 
PA. 

MR.  RAYMOND  H.  CARR  (at 

large); PrcsWen/,  Pickering  Creek 
Industrial  Park,  Inc.  Lionville,  PA. 

MRS.  RUTH  S.  DAUGHERTY 
(church);  Homemaker.  Reading, 
PA. 

MR.  CURVIN  N.  DELLINGER 

(at  large);Pres/yen/,  1  C.  Hauer's 
Sons,  Inc.  Lebanon,  PA. 

DR.  WOODROW  S.  DELL- 
INGER (at  large);  Genero/  Prac- 
titioner. Red  Lion,  PA. 
MR.  DEWITT  M.  ESSICK  (at 
large);  Retired  Executive,  Arm- 
strong Cork  Company.  Lancaster, 
PA. 

MR.  JOSEPH  H.  EUBANKS 
(church);  Registered  Representa- 
tive, Broker,  Kidder,  Peabody  and 
Co.,  Inc.  Reading,  PA. 
EUGENE  C.  FISH,  ESQUIRE 
(church);  President,  Peerless  In- 
dustries, Inc.  Boyertown,  PA; 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  Eastern 
Foundry  Company.  Boyertown,  PA; 
^/tor?7ej/  — Romeika,  Fish  and 
Scheckter.  Philadelphia,  PA;  Se- 
nior Partner,  Tax  Associates. 
Philadelphia,  PA. 

DR.  ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  JR. 
(faculty);  Chairperson,  Depart- 
ment of  English,  Professor  of  En- 
glish, Lebanon  Valley  College. 
Annville,  PA. 

DR.  DANIEL  W.  FOX  (alumni); 
Manager,  Central  Research,  Chem- 
istry Research  and  Development, 
General  Electric  Company- 
Plastic  Division.  Pittsfield,  MA. 


MR.  JAMES  G.  GLASGOW  (at 

large);  Student,  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  Annville,  PA. 
GEORGE  S.  GLEN,  ESQUIRE 
(church);^//orr!ey,  Glen  and  Glen. 
Chambersburg,  PA. 
DR.  MURRAY  B.  GROSKY 
(alumni);  Physician,  Internal 
Medicine.  President,  Grosky  and 
Druckman  Associates.  Lebanon, 
PA. 

MRS.  KATHRYN  M.  GROVE 
(church);  Homemaker.  Philadel- 
phia, PA. 

MISS  LISA  M.  GROZINSKI  (at 
large);  Student,  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  Annville,  PA. 
DR.  THOMAS  W.  GUINIVAN 
(church);  Pastor  Colonial  Park 
United  Methodist  Church.  Harris- 
burg, PA. 

MR.  JOHN  R.  HARPER  (at 
large);  President,  Pardee  Com- 
pany. Philadelphia,  PA. 
PHILIP  C.  HERR,  II,  ES- 
QUIRE (church); 
Attorney —  Hen,  Potts  and  Herr. 
Philadelphia,  PA. 

REV.  EARL  H.  KAUFFMAN 
(church);  Pastor,  Highspire/Mt. 
Zion  United  Methodist  Church. 
Highspire,  PA. 

DR.  GERALD  D.  KAUFFMAN 
(church);  Pastor,  Grace  United 
Methodist  Church.  Carlisle,  PA. 
MR.  WALTER  LEVINSKY  (at 
large); Freelance  Musician,  Com- 
poser and  Conductor  New  York 
City,  NY. 

MRS.  JEAN  W.  LEVY  (at  large); 
Owner,  The  Sample  Store.  Leba- 
non, PA. 


DR.  JEAN  O.  LOVE  (faculty); 

Professor  of  Psychology,  Lebanon 
Valley  College.  Annville,  PA. 

DR.  THOMAS  S.  MAY  (church); 

Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist 
Church.  Palmyra,  PA. 

MISS  JOAN  C.  McCOLLOH 
(church);  Chairperson,  Depart- 
ment of  English,  Annville-Cleona 
High  School.  Annville,  PA. 

DR.    ALLAN    W.    MUND    (at 

large);  Retired  Chairman,  Board 
of  Directors,  Ellicott  Machine  Cor- 
poration. Baltimore,  MD. 

DR.     HENRY     H.     NICHOLS 

(church);  Pastor,  Janes  Memorial 
United  Methodist  Church.  Phila- 
delphia, PA. 

DR.   AGNES   B.   O'DONNELL 

(faculty);  Professor  of  English, 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  Annville, 
PA. 

GENERAL  PETER  G.  OLEN- 
CHUK  (alumni);  Management 
Consultant,.  Timex  Corporation. 
New  York  City,  NY;  Chairman  of 
the  Board,  Newport  Institute. 
Newport,  RI.  Major  General,  U.S. 
Army  (Ret). 

DR.  HAROLD  S.  PEIFFER 
(church);  Retired  Ppstor,  United 
Methodist  Church.  Lancaster,  PA. 

MR.  BERNARDO  J.  PENTU- 
RELLI  (at  large);  Corporate 
Consultant.  Laureldale,  PA. 

MR.  KENNETH  H.  PLUMMER 

(church);  Vice-president,  E.D. 
Plummer  Sons,  Inc.  Chambers- 
burg,  PA. 

MRS.  JESSIE  A.  PRATT 
(church);  Homemaker.  Philadel- 
phia, PA. 

MRS.    RHEA    R    REESE    (at 

\atgey,Homemaker.  Hershey,  PA. 

MISS    MILDRED    M.    REIGH 

(church);  Pro/essor  of  Mathemat- 
ics, Indiana  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. Indiana,  PA. 

MR.  MELVIN  S.  RIFE  (at  large); 

Retired  Executive,  Schmidt  and 
Ault  Paper  Company— Div.  St. 
Regis  Paper  Company.  York,  PA. 


MR.  F.  ALLEN  RUTHER- 
FORD, JR.  (at  large);  Retired 
Principal,  Arthur  Young  and  Com- 
pany. Richmond,  VA. 
DR.  FREDERICK  R  SAMPLE; 
President  of  the  College.  Annville, 
PA. 

MISS  PAMELA  L.  SHADEL  (at 
large);  Student,  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  Annville,  PA. 
DR.  DANIEL  L.  SHEARER 
(church);  District  Superinten- 
dent, State  College  District,  Cen- 
tral Pennsylvania  Conference, 
United  Methodist  Church!  State 
College,  PA. 

DR.  ARTHUR  W.  STAMBACH 

(church);  Superintendent,  Cham- 
bersburg  District,  Central  Pennsyl- 
vania Conference,  United  Method- 
ist Church.  Chambersburg,  PA. 

DR.  PAUL  E.  STAMBACH 
(church);  Pastor,  Asbury  United 
Methodist  Church.  York,  PA. 

MR.  E.  PETER  STRICKLER  (at 

large);  President,  Strickler  Insur- 
ance Agency,  Inc.  Lebanon,  PA. 

DR.  SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK  (fac- 
ulty);/Iss/sto;]/  Professor  of  Biol- 
ogy, Lebanon  Valley  College.  Ann- 
ville, PA. 

MR.    RONALD     B.    WEINEL 

(alvaani);Assistant  Treasurer,  The 
Bendix    Corporation.    Southfield, 

MI. 

DR.  ELIZABETH  K.  WEIS- 
BURCER  (at  large);C/i;e/^o/^Car 
cinogen  Metabolism  and  Toxicol- 
ogy Branch,  National  Cancer 
Institute.  Bethesda,  MD. 

MR.  HARLAN  R.  WENGERT 

(at  large);  President,  Wengert's 
Dairy,  Inc.  Lebanon,  PA. 

DR.    J.    DENNIS    WILLIAMS 

(church);  Pastor,  United  Method- 
ist Church  of  West  Chester.  West 
Chester,  PA. 

MR.  E.  D.  WILLIAMS,  JR.  (at 
large);  Secretary,  Board  of  Trust- 
ees, Lebanon  Valley  College.  Ann- 
ville, PA. 

HARRY    B.   YOST,   ESQUIRE 

(church);  v4«orne{/  —  Hassell,  Yost 
and  Sorrentino.  Lancaster,  PA. 


EMERITI  TRUSTEES 

DR.  WILLIAM  D.  BRYSON;Pe 

tired  Executive,   Walter  W.  Moyer 
Company.  Ephrata,  PA. 
DR.  E.  N.  FUNKHOUSER;  Re- 
tired President,   Funkhouser  Cor- 
poration. Hagerstown,  MD. 
DR.  PAUL  E.  HORN;Pastor,  Ste- 
vens Memorial  United  Methodist 
Church.  Harrisburg,  PA. 
BISHOP        HERMANN        W. 
KAEBNICK;    Retired     Bishop, 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference, 
United  Methodist  Church.  Hershey, 
PA. 

MR.  ROBERT  W.  LUTZ;  Re- 
tired Executive,  Blumenthal-Kahn 
Electric  Company.  Owings  Mills, 
MD. 

DR.  EZRA  H.  RANCK;P«;//r<?d 
Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church. 
Mt.  Joy,  PA. 

MR.  ROBERT  H.  REESE;  Re- 
tired President,  H.  B.  Reese  Candy 
Company,  Inc.  Hershey,  PA. 
MR.  RALPH  M.  RITTER;Pr«/ 
dent,  Ritter  Brothers,  Inc.  Harris- 
burg, PA. 

DR.  SAMUEL  K.  WENGERT; 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  Wengert's 
Dairy,  Inc.  Lebanon,  PA. 


HONORARY 
TRUSTEES 

JEFFERSON  C.  BARNHART, 
ESQUIRE;  /l»ornc(/-McNees, 
Wallace  and  Nurick.  Harrisburg, 
PA. 

DR.  BERTHA  B.  BLAIR;  Pres; 
dent  and  Chairman  of  the  Board, 
Denver    and    Ephrata    Telephone 
Company.  Ephrata,  PA. 
MRS.  CECIL  B.  LUTZ;  Home- 
maker.  Denver,  PA. 
HORACE      E.     SMITH,     ES- 
QUIRE;   Attorney,     Smith    and 
McCleary.  York,  PA. 
MR.  WOODROW  W.  WALTE- 
VlYER;Business  Executive,  York, 
PA. 

MRS.  ALBERT  WATSON; 
Homemaker.  Carlisle,  PA. 


Bd.  of  Trustees     107 


Correspondence  Directory 


TO  FACILITATE  PROMPT  ATTENTION,  INQUIRIES 
SHOULD  BE  ADDRESSED  AS  INDICATED  BELOW: 

Matters  of  General  College  Interest    President 

Academic  Program  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty 

Admissions    Dean  of  Admissions 

Alumni  Interests    Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Business  Matters,  Expenses   Vice  President  and  Controller 

Campus  Conferences   Coordinator  of  Conferences 

Development  and  Bequests     Executive  Director  of  Development 

Evening  School  and  Summer  Session    Director  of  Auxiliary  Schools 

Financial  Aid  to  Students  Financial  Aid  Officer 

Teacher  Placement    Director  of  Teacher  Placement 

Business  and  Industrial  Placement Director  of  Placement 

Publication  and  Publicity   Director  of  Public  Relations 

Religious  Activities Chaplain 

Scheduling  of  Events    Administrator  in  Charge  of  Specific  Building 

Student  Interests   Dean  of  Students 

Teacher  Certification   Registrar 

Transcripts,  Academic  Reports     Registrar 

Weekend  College    Director  of  Auxiliary  Schools 

ADDRESS  ALL  MAIL  TO: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003 

DIRECT  ALL  TELEPHONE  CALLS  TO: 

Lebanon  Valley  College 

Annville,  Pennsylvania 

Area  Code  717        Local  Number  867-4411 

REGULAR  OFFICE  HOURS  FOR  TRANSACTING  BUSINESS: 

College  office  hours  are  from  8:30  a.m.  to  12:00  noon  and  1:00  p.m.  to  5:00  p.m. 
Monday  through  Friday.  Members  of  the  staff  are  aval  lable  at  other  times  if  appointments 
108   Corresp.Dir.  are  made  in  advance. 


Gamptis  Map  and  Key 


CAMPUS  ENTRANCE  ■ 


® 


Administration  Building 

Allan  W.  Mund  College  Center 

Arnold  Field 

Art  Studio 

Blair  Music  Center 

Carnegie  Bldg.  (Admissions) 

Centre  Hall 

Faculty  Offices,  104  College  Ave. 

Faculty  Offices.  112  College  Ave. 

Faculty  Offices,  130  College  Ave. 

Funkhouser  Hall 

Gladys  M.  Pencil  Bldg.  (Registrar) 

Gossard  Memorial  Library 


®  Hammond  Hall 

®  Heating  Plant 

®  Infirmary 

®  KeisterHall 

®  Kreiderheim 

®  LaughlinHall 

@  Lynch  Memorial  Gymnasium 

@  Maintenance  Building 

@  Marv  Capp  Green  Hall 

®  Miller  Chapel 

®  North  College 

@  Savior  Hall 

@  Science  Anne.x 


@  Science  Center  (Proposed) 

@  Science  Hall 

@  Security  Building 

®  Sheridan  Hall 

®  Silver  Hall 

®  South  Entrance  (Bollinger)  Plaza 

®  L'nited  Methodist  Church 

®  \'ickroy  Hall 

®  Wagner  House 

®  West  Hall 

®  West  Annex 


Campus  Map     109 


Index 


no    IndiLX 


Academic  Procedures    45 

Accounting    57 

Accreditation    21 

Actuarial  Science   76 

Admissions    25 

Admissions  (Early) 25 

Administration  (Directory)     104 
Administrative  Regulations     46 

Advisers   37 

Affiliation  (Church)    21 

Application    25 

Application  Form    ....    111,112 

Art  50 

Athletics   21,89 

Attendance  (Class)  46 

Auditing  Courses    46 

Average  (Grade  Point)    38 

Biochemistry  50 

Biology  51 

Board  of  Trustees    21,106 

Business  Administration     ...  57 

Calendar  (1980-81) 19 

Chapel  Programs    22,46 

Chemistry    53 

Coaching'Staff     105 

Computer  Programming    ....   56 

Computer  Science     76 

Cooperative  Programs  51,63,69,87 

Course  Credit 49 

Course  Numbering  System    ..  49 

Credits  (Course)   . . .' 37,49 

Credits  (Transfer) 27,38 

Criminal  Justice    98 

Cultural  Opportunities    22 

Degrees  37 

Dentistry  (Pre)    70 

Departmental      Honors  52,54,60. 
64,66,71,81,86,88,90,93,96 

Deposits   25,26,30,31 

Directories  101 

Dishonesty  (Academic)   46 

Dismissal    47 

Economics  57 

Education    60 

Education  (Secondary)    62 

Elementary  Education     60 

Endowment  Funds    28 

Engineering  (Cooperative)    .  .  63 
English   64 


Environmental       Biology       (Off 

Campus)  43,52 

Evening  School    43 

Faculty  (Directory)   101 

Family  Intervention    98 

Financial  Aid  33 

Financial  Aid  (Application)     34 

Fees (1980-81)  30 

Foreign  Languages    66 

Forestry  (Cooperative)    69 

French  66 

Geography    69 

German   66 

Germantown  Semester  (Off  Cam- 
pus)      44,79 

Gerontology   98 

Grading  System  39 

Greek  68 

Health  Professions  52,70 

History    70 

History  of  the  College    2 

Honors    42 

Humanities 74 

Individualized  Major    75 

Independent      Studv  51,53,56,58, 
59,60,61,65,67,68,69,73,74,78, 
86,88,89,90,92,93,95,97,100 
Interdisciplinary  Subjects   ...   75 
International  Studies  (Off  Cam- 
pus)      44 

Internships  52,56,58,59,65.70, 
73,74,78,79,95 

Law  (Pre)    70 

Major  38 

Map  (Campus)    109 

Map  (Location)    4 

Mathematics    77 

Meals  32 

Medical  Technology   79 

Medicine  (Pre)   70 

Metropolitan  Semester   .  .    44,79 

Music  80 

Music  Education  80 

Music  (Sacred)  80 

Nuclear     Medicine     Technology 

87 

Nursing 52,87 

Operations  Research    77 

Orientation  (New  Student)    ..  27 


Pass/Fail    40 

Pharmacy  (Pre)      70 

Philosophy   88 

Philosophy  Courses    88 

Physical  Education 89 

Physics    90 

Placement  (Advanced)  26 

Placement  (Counseling) 39 

Podiatry  (Pre) 70 

Political  Science   70 

Preregistration    30,45 

Prerequisites 49 

Probation    47 

Psychology  92 

Reading  and  Study  Skills  , .  .  .  95 

Recreation    21 

Refunds  31 

Registration    30,45 

Religion    95 

Religious  Life    22 

Repeating  Courses    45 

Requirements  (The  General)    41 

Residence  Halls  31 

Residence  Requirement   38 

Sacred  Music    ' 80 

Schedules  45 

Secondary  Education   62 

Semester  Hours  37 

Social  Life    22 

Social  Science   97 

Social  Service    98 

Social  Work    98 

Sociology    98 

Spanish   66 

Statement  of  Purpose 20 

Student  Conduct  Code   23 

Student  Government     23 

Summer  Session    43 

Suspension  47 

Thanatology 98 

Transcripts  47 

Transfer  Credit    27,38 

Trustees  (Directory)  106 

University  Center    43 

Veterinary  (Pre)  70 

Washington  Semester  (Off  Cam- 
pus)      44,71 

Weekend  College 43 

Withdrawal    47 


LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 

ANNVILLE,  PENNSYLVANIA     17003 

717-867-4411 

APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION 

19 


Mr. 
Full  Name    Ms. 
Miss 
Mrs. 

Address   


Session  (Ciiecli  one  or  more): 

Full-time 
Part-time 
Freshman 
Transfer 
Entrance    Aug. 
Jan. 
Resident 
Commuter 


First 


Middle 


Number 


Last 
.  Phone    


Street  Name 


Area  Code 


City  County 

Major  Choice:  Accounting  , 

Business  Administration , 

Elem.  Educ.  .       English  , 

Humanities  .  individualized  Major 

Music  .  Music  Education  , 


Zip  Code 

io-Chemistry  


State 

Actuarial  Science  . 

Chemistry  ,  Computer  Science  , 

French  ,       For.  Languages German 


Biology 
Economics 
History  , 


Mathematics 


Medical  Technology 

,  Nursing  . 

Operations  Research  .        Philosophy .        Physics Political  Science  .        Psychology  . 

Religion Sacred  Music  .   Social  Science Social  Service  .    Sociology Spanish 


Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Physics Political  Science 


_  (interest  in  areas  of  liberal  arts. 


.or  science. 


--) 


I'ndecided  _ 
Pre-Prolessional  Preparation: 

Students  may  also  choose  to  prepare  for  Professional  or  Vocational  interests  in  the  following  areas: 

Co-op  Engineering Pre-Dental  ,  Pre-Forestry Pre-Law  

Pre-Ministerial  ,       Pre-Optometry Pre-Osteopathy Pre-Pharmacy 

Social  Service  (Social  Work.  Gerontology,  Thanatology.  Criminal  Justice.  Family  Intervention). 

Teaching  ,  (Elementary.  Secondary,  Music),  Pre- Veterinary 

1.    

2.    


Pre-Medicine  , 
Pre-Podiatry  . 


High  School 


Name  of  Guidance  Counselor 


Attendance  and  Graduation  Dates 


Telephone  Number  of  Guidance  Office 
Transfer  applicants  should  have  official  transcripts  of  ALL  previous  college  credits  sent  directly  to  the  Admissions  Office. 

1.    

2.    


College  or  University 


Curriculum  or  Division 


Attendance  Dates 


Please  list  the  names  and  addresses  of  two  persons  who  can  provide  us  with  information  about  your  extra-curricular  and/or  non- 
school  related  activities.  (Please  do  not  list  family  members.) 
Name  Address 

1.    


DO  NOT  WRITE  BELOW  THIS  LINE    

Application  Application  Fee  

H.S.  Record   College  Transcript 

Admissions  Committee  Action:  


Conditions: 


ADV  DEP 

ALUM 

AUD 

PRES 

UW 

ACH 

ACT 

V 

M 

RANK 

V 

M 

PERSONAL  INFORMATION 


1. 


Date  of  Birth  

Married  Single  

If  married,  Spouse's  full  name 

Children:      Boys  (Ages)  

What  is  vour  height? 


Place  of  Birth 
.Occupation  


Male  . 


Female  . 


_  Social  Security  # 


.  Occupation 


weight? . 


Girls  (Ages) 

.  Condition  of  Health:  Good  _ 


Average  . 


Poor. 


What  operation  or  serious  illness  have  you  had  within  the  last  two  years?'  

Of  what  church  or  religious  organization  are  you  a  member  or  a  regular  attendant? 
Name  of  father .Address    


First 
Education  — High  School 

His  occupation 

Name  of  mother  


Middle        Last 
(Check)  College 


If  deceased  check  here 


(Name  and  Degrees) 


.Employed  by  _ 
Address 


First 
Education  — High  School 
Her  Occupation  


Middle        Last 
(Check)  College 


If  deceased  check  here 


(Name  and  Degrees) 


Number  of  Brothers  (Ages). 


_Employed  by 
.Sisters  (Ages). 


8.     Name  and  address  of  guardian,  if  applicable    

y.     From  what  source  or  sources  do  you  expect  to  derive  your  financial  support  while  in  College? 

10.     In  what  ways  have  you  contributed  toward  meeting  the  costs  of  a  college  education?  


11.     Do  you  plan  to  complete  a  full  four-year  program  at  LVC? 
If  not.  what  are  your  plans?  


,'       12.     E.xtra-curricular  acti\'ities  in  high  school  in  order  of  preference: . 


13.  High  school  honors: 

14.  How  did  you  learn  about  Lebanon  Valley  College?  (Name  of  person  or  activity) 

15.  Why  did  you  choose  to  apply  for  admission  to  Lebanon  Valley  College? 


I  am  enclosing  the  application  fee  of  $15.00  and  understand  that  this  fee  is  not  refundable. 

In  signing  this  formal  application.  1  signify  that  the  information  provided  on  this  application  is  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and 

belief  accurate  and  correct.  If  admitted,  I  agree  to  abide  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  College. 


Applicants  Signature 


CO 

U   S   Q 

tiJ 

1- 

a.  u  ^ 

^  Ld 

z:  ^ 

z: 

a 

NOF^OSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

INITED  STATES 


m 

UJ 

o 

LlI 

o 

w 

t^ 

f^ 

IJJ     T-H 

UJ 
Q 
9 

cn  y  P 

> 

o  o  > 

CO 

CO  Uji 

CO  >.  ^ 

UJ 

m 

^5^a 

-J 

u->'^. 

UJ 

O  z:  LL 
UJ  O  J 

< 

y55 

i 

OFF 
LEB/ 
ANN 

NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


PERSONAL INFOR 


1. 


Date  of  Birth 
Married  


If  married.  Spou; 
Children:      Boys 

3.  What  is  your  he 
What  operation  ( 

4.  Of  what  church  o 

5.  Name  of  father  _ 

Education  — Hig 
His  occupation  _ 

6.  Name  of  mother 

Education — Hig 
Her  Occupation 

7.  Number  of  Broth 

8.  Name  and  addres 

9.  From  what  sourc 

10.  In  what  ways  ha\ 

11.  Do  you  plan  to  C( 
If  not.  what  are  y 

12.  E.xtra-curricular 

13.  High  school  hon- 

14.  How  did  you  lear 

15.  Why  did  you  cho 


1  am  enclosing  the  apj 
In  signing  this  formal 
belief  accurate  and  co 


I 


■■"««*►# 


« 


BLSIIVESS  REPLY  CARD 


FIRST  CLASS     PERMIT  NO.  8     ANNVILLE.  PA. 


POST.\GE  WILL  BH  RAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 
OFFICE  OF  ADMISSIONS 


ANNVILLE,  PENNSYLVANIA     17003 


BLSIXESS  REPLY  CARD 


FIRST  CLASS     PERMIT  NO.  8     ANNVILLE.  PA. 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 
OFFICE  OF  ADMISSIONS 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF.NIAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


u 

u 

mi 

■E  pa  c  — 


C80/81 


O  "^  t>  — 

;«  i>r  S  ~ 

^    .^    **"     ^^ 


C80/81 


Year  of  High  School  Graduation    

Transfer  Student?   M-s  

Have     We     Corresponded     With     You     Before 


Field  of  Interest (a) 
(b) 


Yes 


No 

No 

Uncertain 


Extra  Curricular  Interest    

I  would  Like  an  Interview  it  Tour 
Date   


Time: 


Other  Material  or  Information  Needed: 


1  Would  Like  a  Personal  Call  From  Admissions  Staff 

NAMK 

First 

A\nnRRSs 

Middle 

Last 

street 

City 
TKI.FPHONF,   (          1- 

Stale 

ZIP 

Area  Cnde 
HIGH  SCHOOL 

Year  of  High  School  Graduation 
Transfer  Student?    


Yes 


Have     We     Corresponded     With     You     Before 


Field  of  Interest (a) 
(b| 


Yes 


No 

No 

Uncertain 


Extra  Curricular  Interest   

I  would  Like  an  Interview  &  Tour 
Date   


Time: 


Other  Material  or  Information  Needed: 


1  Would  Like  a  Personal  C 
NAMR 

illF 

rom 

Admissions  Staff 

First 
ADDRRSS 

Middle 

Last 

street 

' 

City 
TFI.RPHONF   ( 

- 

State 

ZIf 

Area  C 
HIGH  SCHOOL 

)de 

Photography  by  Jim  Grumblne